HomeMy WebLinkAboutVAIL VILLAGE FILING 12 BLOCK 2 LOT 12 VAIL MOUNTAIN SCHOOL 1989 PART 2 LEGALI
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0t
o2
n?
04
05
UO
a'l
08
09
10
I1
L2
13
14
15
15
t7
J. at
19
20
2L
22
z5
24
z5
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
34
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
JU
51
az
54
57
89-363 0795r - 9 _
Provide masking tapes or other prdcautions to prevent migration
or spillage of prlmer or sealant materials onto adjolning sur-
faces. Remove excess primer or sealant promptly as the work
progresses and clean the adJoining surfaces as may be necessaryto eliminate any evidence of splI1age.
Prlme or seal the bonding Jolnt surfaces ln accordance with the
sealant manufacturer I s recommenddtlons.
negln the lnstallatlon of each maJor type of sealant only in
the presence of the manufacturer's technlcal representative.
Comply with manufacturer's prlnted instructlons and representa-tlve recommendatlons or except as may be otherwise directed bythe manufacturerrs representatlve and approved by the Archl-tect.
Use only the types of equipmen! recommended by the sealant
manufacturer.
Seal all lnterlor and exterlor Jolnts, unless otherwj-se shownor dlrected. Where a specific sealant type is not shown for ajoint, provide appropriate sealant and Joint filler as speci-fled herelnbefore under "Locatlon of Sealants" and "Location ofFlllers".
Apply sealants ln contlnuous beads or rlvers, filling Jointsfrom the bottom wlthout openlngs, voids or alr pockels. Force
sealants to si-des of Joint bond surfaces, forming equal areasof contact with sealant.
Apply sealants in concealed compresslon joints accurately sothat excess sealant will not exude from the Joint.
Apply sealants ln the depth shown or, if none is shown, applyin accordance with the manufacturer's reeommendations and the
following general proportlons and limitatlons:
Apply elastomerlc sldewalk, pavement and simil-ar horlzon-ta1 joint sealants to a depth equal to 75% of the Jointwldth, but not less than 3,/8" (9.5 mm) and not more than
3/4" (19 mm).
Apply elastomeric sealants which are not subjecl to traff-
1c or other abrasion to a depth egual to half the joint
width, but not less than 1/4" (6.3 run) and not more thanL/2" (12.7 mm). For sllicone sealant Joint, depth shall
not be less than 1/8" (3.2 mm) and not greater than 3/8"
(9.5 mm) lypically and 1/4" (5.35 mm) at stone joints.
Apply non-el-astomeric sealants to a depth approxi-mately
equal to the jolnt width.
02
03
04
ntr
05
61
08
09
10
11
T2
13
L4
L7
18
19
20
2I
22
ZJ
24
z5
25
z6
z>
?n
?1
32
33
34
35
35
37
Jtt
39
40
41
1Z
43
44
45
45
47
48
49
50
5Z
54
55
89-353 07951 - 10
Tool exposed surfaces so as to compress sealants to the proflle
shown o?, 1f none shown, tool surtace slightly concave except
provide a sllght wash on horlzontat jolnts where horlzontal and
vertical surfaces meet.
Pour self-leveling grade sealants in horizontal jolnts I/L6"
(1.6 mm) below the adJolning surfaces.
Against rough surfaces or ln Joints of uneven widths avoid theipp.ii"n." 5f .*"Jss sealant 6y roiatrng lhe sealant well back Iinto Jolnt wherever possible. a
I
I
I
I
Maintain a minlmum temperature of 40oF (44.4"C1 durlng the
lnstallation and curing of seal-ants unless the manufacturerspecifically recommends appllcatlon of hi-s materlals at lower
temperatures. If job progress or any other condj-tion reguires
the installatlon of sealants at temperatures below those recom-
mended by the manufacturbr, consult lhe manufacturer's repre-
sentatlve to establj-sh the minj-mum prov!-sions requlred to
ensure satisfactory work. Record in writing the conditions
under which such installatlon must proceed and the provlsions
made to ensure satisfactory work.
3.05 CTJRING AND PROfEC,'fION:
Cure the sealants 1n accordance wlth the manufacturer's
Lnstructlons, to obtain maximum bond to surfaces, cohesive
strength and durabillty at the earliest possible date.
Protect the sealants during the remalnder of the constructionperlod so that they w111 be wlthout any lndlcation of deterior-atlon or damage at the time of acceptance.
3.o5@:
Waterproof Test:
After curing exterlor sealants, test Jolnts for leaks by apply-lng a stream of water perpendicularly from a 3/4" (19 mm) hoseheld al L/8". (3 mm) frorn Jolnt face at normal water Pressure.rest, the sealed Joint system of not less than 5t of the con-
structlon components.
Conducl tests in the presence of the Architect who will deter-
mine the actual percentage of Joints to be tested and the
period of waterflow exposure, based upon any evidence or leak-
age.
Repair Leaks or other defects and retest as dlrected. Repalr
or replace other work damaged by such leaks.
END OF SE TION 0795I I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
lo,
02
til
rl:
09lll
L2
li:
16
lle
19
)ii,
ril
26.
12"
29
rii
rii
36lii
)ii
lil
46
rii
l:i
53
l3t
55
l;3
89-363 08114 - I
sEgrIoN 0811{
E)IJO]w UETAI,
PART 1 - GEIRAI..
r.00@:
Drawlngs and general provislons of the Contract, lncludlngGeneral and Supplementary Condltlons and the Divlslon-l
Speclflcatlon sectlons, apply to work of thls Sectlon.
1.01 W:
The extent of hoIlow metal work j.s shown on the Drawings and
schedules
Thls Sectlon lncludes hollow metal pressed steel frames for
doors and related openlngs. Includes Eollow Metal Frames forvestibule'to match exlsting. Refer to Section 08800 for glaz-
lng.
1.02@:
Provide and lnstaLl hollow metal conplylng with the appllcable
requlrements of the followlng prblications:
AfA ParnphLet No. 80
NBHA (Natlonal Builders Hardware Assoclation;
N.F.P.A. Standard No. 80P.S. (Product Standard) 4-56s.D.I. (Steel Door Instltute) No. 100s.D.r. No. r05U.L. Standard for Safety No. 63U.L. Guide 120 I.D,O.
NAAM Standard CHM-1
Fire-Rated Assemblles :
Provlde fire-rated hollow franes lnvestlgated and tested as aflre door assembly, complete wlth type of flre door hardware to
be used. Identlfy each flre door frame wlth UL lables, lndl--catlng appllcable flre ratlng of frame.
Provlde UL labels permanently fastened on each door frame whichis wlthln the slze llmltatlons established by NFPA and UL forlabellng.
Provide anchors for ur, labeled franes reguired by the authority
havlng Jurisdlction.
Construct assemblles to comply wlth NFPA Standard No. 80,
applicable NAAMM Speclflcatlons, and as hereln speclfled.
01
02
03
04
05
05
07
NA
09
10
I1l2
13
14l5
16
t7
18
19
ZL
22
ZJ
24
zc
25
27
28
4t
30
<l
32
33
34
36
37
?A
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
al
58
5v
60
89-363 08114 - 2
I.03 SUBI,IITTAf,S:
Shop Drawinqs:
Submit Shop- Drawlngs for the fabricatlon and installatlon of
hol1ow metal work. Include details of each frame type, eleva-
tions of door deslgn types, conditlons at openings, detalls of
constructlon, location and lnstallation requlrements of finish
hardware and relnforcements, and detalls of Jolnts and connec-
tions.
Manufacturerts Data:
Submit copies of manufacturerrs data for fabrication, shoppalntlng and installation of custom steel work. Provide one
copy of instructions by transmittal to the Installer.
tabel Constructlon:
Sdbmit manufacturerrs certiflcation for each custom steel door
frame whlch is shown for a fire rated openlng but ls larger
than the size llmitations establlshed by NFPA and UL for label-ing. State that the unit has been constructed ln accordancewlth all the applicable requirements for labeled construction.
r.O4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND IIANDLING:
fnspect hollow metal work upon dellvery for damage. Minor
damages may be repalred provlded the finlsh items are egual inall respects to new work and acceptable to the Architect;otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as dlrected.
Store frames al the building site under cover. Place units onat least 4" hlgh wood s1lls or on floors in a manner that wi]lprevent damage.
PART 2 - PRODU TS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS:
Provlde hollow metal work as manufactured bv one of the foll-ow-
lng:
W.R. Crabb
western HoIIow Metal
Tex-Steel CorporationTrussbilt
2.O2 MATERTAI.S:
Frames:
Comply with ASTM A366. Cold-rolLed steel , zlnc-coated forexterlor frames. Fabricate exterior frames and frames over 48"
wide of 14 gage material , all other frames 15 gage.
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
l
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
89-35 3 I01
o2
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
10
11
L2
1?
14
IJ
r6
L7
18
19
20
2I
22
23
24
2S
26
27
28
29
30
3l
32
33
34
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
48
49
50
52q?
54
55
5tl
5t
08114 - 3
Furnlsh wlth flxed stops butted. At O,tu and concrete openlngs
provlde removable stops to conceal bolts. Provide loose gLazl
lnq beads not less than 2Q gage, corners butted. Use roIIed
sectlons for flre-rated openlngs. Provlde rT' strap anchors at
nasonry wa1ls, UL anchors for fire-rated openings, strap
anchors at wood or metal studs, and other types as lndlcated or
as approved for condltions of use.
Do not use exposed screqrs except where lndlcated or speclfi-cally approved. Hlnge reinforcing plates must be full Jambwidth. Drlll for door sllencers and lnstall grout plugs at
factory.
Pss.:
Cold-rolled, stretcher leveled steel , zinc-coated sheets forexterior door face panels. Use 15 gage face sheets for exter-
1or and 18 gage for lnterlor doors. Provide loose stops of notless than 2Q gage channel sectlon with mltered corners. Pro-
vide manufacturer's standard sound-deadenlng insulation for alldoors. Provlde mineral flber core lnsulated doors where
scheduled.
Supports and Anchoring Devices:
Structural steel complying wlth ASTM A35; or sheet steel com-plylng with ASTM A355 cold-rolled or ASTM A559 hot-rolLed.
Fabrlcate from minlmum 15 gage (1.5 mm) material . Zinc coatingto comply with ASTM 4'153, Class B.
Fasteners: Galvanlzed or cadmium plated steel .
Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307, Grade A
Expanslon Bolts: FS FF-S-325, Group III, expanslon shleld(se1f-drilling tubular expanslon she1l bolt anchors), Type I or
2 wlth galvanized bolts.
Machlne screws: FS FF-S-92, carbon steel , Type rII cross-
recessed. Deslgn t or II recess, style 2c flat head.
Sheet Steel Prlmers!
one of the followlng compatible wlth scheduled finish:
FS TT-P-57 Type I: Oll/Alkyd, Zlnc Chromate, Iron Oxide
base.
FS TT-P-57 Type II: Alkyd, ZL'lc Chromate, Iron Oxide
base.
FS TT-P-554: Rust-1nhlblt1ng, lacquer-resisting. ZLnc
Chromate, Iron Oxide base.
01
o2
03
04
0s
06
o7
08
09
11
L2
t3
I4
I5
IO
I7
I8
19
2L
22
23
24
z5
25
27
28
29
JU
31
JZ
34
35
36
39
40
41
43
45
rto
q6
<Lt
5L
3Z
5J
54
JO
57
89-353 08114 - 4
2.03 FABRICATTON:
General:
Fabrlcate hollow metal unlts to be rlgld, neat in appearance,
and free from defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately-form rnetal
to required sizes and prof1les. hlherever practlcable, fll and
assembie unlts ln the manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify
work that cannot be permanently factory-assenbled before ship-
ment to assure proper assembly at the project stte. weld
exposed Joints cbntlnuously, gtind, dress' and make smooth,
flush, and invisible. uetaIllc filler to conceal manufacturing
defects is not acceptable.
Provlde contlnuously weLded fuIl mlters on the back slde at
frame corners and stops. Edges shall be straight and true.
Grind welds smooth and flush on exposed surfaces.
Exposed connectlons with halrline Jolnts shall be accurately
machined, filed and fi-tted, unless otherwise shown.
conceal all fastenings, unless otherwise shown. Counterslnk
exposed screws uslng flat phllllps head screws.
Comply with requirements of "Structural Weldlng Code" of- the
emeiilan weldinO Soclety for weldlng of steel. welds shall be
strong and durable.
Finish Hardware Preparation:
Prepare holLow rnetal units to recej-ve mortised and concealed
finlsh hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drllling, and
tapplng in accordance with flnal Finish Hardware Schedule and
templates provided by hardware suppller. Comply wilh appll-
cable reguirements of ANSI A115 "speciflcations for Door and
E'rame ereparatlon for Hardware". Locate per NAAMM CHM-I unless
otherwlse indicated.
rf not speclfied, follow the recommendatlons of the hardware
manufacturer.
Relnforce hollow metal units to receive surface-applledhardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied finish
hardware may be done at project site. Through bolting will not
be permitted.
Finish Hardware Relnforcement :
ReLnforce frames for requlred finish hardware with steel
secured by spot-weldlng as follows:
Hlnges and Pivots:
3/16" (4.76 mm) thick x 7-t/2n (3e.1 mm) wj-de x 6"
(0.15 m) longer than hinge.
t
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
01
o2nt
04
05
06-
08
09
10
11
L2
13
l5
15
L7
18
L'
zu
2L
zz
23
24
z5
25
27
28
29
30
3I
32
34
J5
36
JY
41
.t4
43
44
45
46
48
.tt
JU
51
az
54
55
5b
57
58
89-36 3 0 8114 -5
Strlke PLate Clips:
3/16" (4.76 mrn) thlck x ].-I/2" (38.1 mm) wide x 3'
(76.2 mn) Iong.
Surface-Applied Closers :
12 ga. (2.7 mm) by slze as regulred.
Jamb Anchors:
fnsert lype with notched cllp to engage melal- stud, weldedto back of frames. Provide at least 4 anchors for each
Jamb for frames up to 7t-6't (2.3 m) high; 5 anchors up to' 8r (2.4 m) Jamb helght; one addltlonal anchor for each 24"
(0.61 m) fraction thereof over 8 ft. (2.4 m) hlgh.
Floor Anchors:
Provlde floor anchors for each Jamb and mullion formed of notless than 12 gage (2.7 mrn) galvanj-zed steel- as follows:
Furnish Jamb anchors as requiredconstruction, formed of not less
vanized steel .
Metal Stud Partitlons:
C1lp type anehorsreceive fasteners,
recelve fasteners,
Head Anchors:
to secure frames to adJacentthan 18 gage (LZ mm) gaf-
with two (2\ 3/8" (9.52 mm) holes to
welded to bottom of jambs and to
welded to bottom of Jambs and mul-llons.
I
t
I
t
I
Provide two (2) anchors at head of frames exceedJ-ng 42" (1.1 rn)
wide for frames mounted in steel stud wafls.
Head Strut Supports:
Provide 3/8" (9.52 mm) x 2" (50.8 mm) vertical steel struts
extending from top of frame at each Jamb to supportlng con-
struction above. unLess frame is anchored to masonry or to
other structural support at each jamb. Bend top of struts toprovide flush contact for securlng to supportlng constructionabove. Provlde adjustable bolted anchorage to frame jamb
members.
Structural Relnforclnq Mernbers
Provide structural reinforcing members as a part of frame
assembly, where indlcated at mullions, transoms or other loca-
tions which are to be bullt into frame.
01
02
n?
04
U5
05
o7
08
09
10
11
I2
13
L4
15
l7
18
l9
20
2I
22
23
zo
27
28
29
30
3l-
5Z
34
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
45
46
47
48
4t
50
51
52
5b
J6
59
50
89-363 08114 - 6
Eead Re:tnfo4l4g:
For frames over 3' (0.9 m) wlde in masonry wall openlngs, pro-
vlde contlnuous steel channel or angle stlffener, not less than
rz gage (2.7 mm) for futl wldth of opening. weld to back of
frame at head.
Rubber Door Sllencers:
Drll] stop to recelve three ( 3 ) silencers on slngle-d_o_or frames
and four -(a) silencers on double-door frames. Install plastic
lo keep holes clear during constructlon.
2.04E!@sG:
Clean, treat and palnt exposed and concealed surfaces of fabri-
cated hollow metal units.
Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil , grease, dirt and
other foreign materlals before the appllcation of the shop coat
of pa1nt. Select one of the methods speclfled ln SSPC-SP-1-53for the removal of oil or grease.
Apply pretreatment to cleaned metal surfaces, uslng cold phos'
phate solutlon (SSPC-PT2), hot phosphate solution (SSPC-PTI) or
basic zinc chromate-vlnyl butyral solutlon (SSPC-PT3).
Apply shop coat of prlme paint within tlme limlts recommended
by pletreatment manufacturer. Apply a smooth coat of even con-
sistency to provj.de a uniform dry fll-m thickness of not Iess
than 2.0 mils (0.05 rnm).
Apply two coats of metal- primer to relnforcement and attachment
steel which wlII be in contact with masonry or concrete.
PART 3 _ EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECIIOI{:
Installer must examlne the substrate and condltlons under which
hollow metaf work ls to be installed. Notlfy the Cont'ractor,in writing, of any condltlons detrimental to proper and timely
completion of work. Do not proceed until unsatisfaclory condl-tions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the
Installer.
3.02 INSTAI,I,ATION:
General:
Perform installation work under Sectlon 05100 as herein speci-
fied.
Install hollow metal units and accessori-es in accordance wlth
the final shop drawings, manufacturerrs data, and as herein
specified.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
t
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
lo,
,,.02
l3;
05
TI:
lii
L2
li;15
ri:
fil,
22ril
ril
29
l3?32
ril
.36
7zt
39
Iii
43
Jtt
4r)
li3
I
89-36 3 08114 - 7
Settlno Masonrv Anchorage Devlces:
Provide masonry anchorage devices where requlred for securlng
ho1low metal frames to in-place concrete or masonry construc-
tion. Set anchorage devices oPposlte each anchor locatlon, ln
accordance with details on flnal Shop Drawings and anchorage
devices manufacturerrs lnstructlon. Leave drilled holes rough,'
not reamed and free from dust and debrls.
Powder-actuated fasteners may be used for anchorage to concrete
if so lndlcated on final Shop Drawlngs.
Placinq Frames:
Set frames accurateJ-y ln position, plurnbed, allgned, and braced
securely unti] permanent anchors are set. After wall construc-
tion is- complete, renove temporary braces and spreaders leaving
surfaces smooth and undamaged.'
Place frames at flre-rated openlngs in accordance wlth
NFPA Standard No. 80.
Remove spreader bars only after frarnes or bucks have been
properly set and secured.
Door fnstallatlon:
Flt hollow metal doors accurately ln thelr respectlve frames.
Place flre-rated doors wlth clearances as speclfled in NFPA
Standard No. 80.
Flnlsh hardware installatlon ls speclfied under Sectlon 08700.
3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN:
Flnal Adlustment:
check and readJust operatlng finlsh hardware ltems in hollow
metal work just prior to flnal inspection. Leave work 1n com-plete and propel operatlng condltion. Remove and replace
defective work, includlng frames which are warped, bowed or
otherwise unacceptable.
ElrD OF SEerrON 08114
I
I
I
lo'
o2
l3:
05
ll:
..09lll
L2lil
ti:
19lzt
22
]il
rii
29
l3l
32
ril
-36
133
J>
ri\
til
rlb
li349
!;i
)Jl:t
56
l:3
89-353 08210 - I
sEgrIoN 08210
wooD DooRs
PART I - GENERAI
r.oo@:
Drawlngs and general provislons of the Contract, including
General and Supplementary Condltions and the Divislon-1
Specification sectlo$s, apply to work of this section.
1.01 @:
The extent and l-ocatlon of each type of wood door is shown on
the drawings for tenant fj.nlsh work.
The types of doors requlred lnclude the following:
Solld core flush wood doors wlth veneer faces.
Related work Specified Elsewhere
Secti-on 05100: Rough Carpentry
Section 08I14: Hollow Metal
Sectlon 08700: Hardware
1.02 OUAI,ITY ASSTIRANCE:
Reference Speclficatlons:
Except as modlfled by governing codes and by thls speclflca-tion, conform to applicable provisions and recommendations of
the followlng standards.
"Quality Standards"; Architectural Woodwork Institute
(AWr ) .
"connercj-al standards (cS)"; U.S. Department of commerce.
t'voluntary Product Standards (PS)"; U.S. Department of
Commerce.
"Industry Standard (I.S.)"; National woodwork Manufac-turerrs Association (NWMA) .
"Interim Standard for Mat-Formed Wood Particleboard";
Natlonal ParticLeboard Association (NPA).
Standards:
Comply wlth the requlrements of the following standards unless
otherwise lndicated.
I
01
o2
n?
04
05
05
07
08
09
10
11
L2
t3
14
15
15
17
18
19
2L
22
.A
z5
25
27
28
29
30
31
JZ
34
35
37
39
40
4L
tLz
45
AA
45
46
48
49
trn
52
54
55
89-363
Manufacturers: Provlde wood doors as manufactured by one of
the following:
Algoma
Georgla-Paclfic
Weyerhauser
Calwood
I.O3 SUBMITTAI,S:
Product Data: Submlt door manufacturer's specifications andinstaLlation rnclude details of core and edge constructlon,trim for openlngs and louvers (if any), and slmlIar components.
rnclude certiflcations as may be requlred to show compliancewlth the specifications.
Shop Drawinss: Submlt shop drawlngs indlcating the locatlon
and slze of each door, elevation of each klnd of door, detallsof constructlon, locatlon and extent of hardware blocklng, flreratings, requlrements for factory finlshlng, and/or otherpertinent data.
gggg$y: Submlt written agreement in door manufacturer's
standard forni signed by the Manufacturer, fnstal]er, and Con-tractor, agreeing to repalr or replace defective doors which
have warped (bow, cup, or twist) or which show photographing of
construction below face, do not conform to tol-erance limita-tlons of NWMA, or delaminate. The warranty shal1 also include
08210 - 2
Flre-Rated wood Doors:
Provide wood doors with flre-reslstance ratlngs lndlcated or
requlred to comply wlth governing regulatlons and whlch are
identical tn materlals and type oE constructlon to those used
in assemblles which have been tested 1n compliance with ASTM E
L52 and are labeled and listed by a testlng and lnspection
organi-zatlon acceptable to authority havlng Jurisdlctlon.
Provlde UL label on each labeled door and panel .
Should label be unobtainable because of door size, hardware,
a1r or sound seals or any other reason than door constructlon,
supply manufacturer's ceitlfication that door meets label con-
struction
Non-Fire Rated wood Doors:
NWMA Industry Standard I.S. l "wood Flush Doors'r of the INatlonal wood-work Manufacturer's Association, and Awf standard INo. 1300.
Factory- mark each door wlth the NWN,IA "Quality Certified' ISeal of Approval for conformance with MIMA I.S. t.
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
oJo,
.02
lsi
05
tl:
,r 09llr
L2
lii
ti:
19lli
22
)il
26
Jz,,
29
f3t32
til
-36
I33
39
tii
ril
46
l"z49
i;i
53l:t
rii
89-353 08210 - 3
reflnlshtng and relnstallatlon whlch may be regulred- _due to
repalr or ieplacement of defective doors. Warranty shall be in
effect for llfetime of lnstallatlon.
1.04 :
Protect wood doors durlng transit, storage, and handllng to
prevent damage, solllng, and deterloratlon. Comply wlth thenOn-Slte Carre" recommendatlons of NWMA panphlet 'Care and
Flnlshing of Wood Doorstr and wlth manufacturer's lnstructions.
Deliver wood doors cartoned and/or crated to provlde protectlon
during transit and Job storage.
Flre-Rated Doors: comply wlth manufacturer's lnstructlons for
precautlons required to prevent moisture deterioration of flre-
retardant salts.
PART 2 _ PRODUqTS
2.01 MANUFACTT]RERS:
Provide wood doors as manufactured by one of the followlng:
Algoma
ceorgia-Pacific
Weyerhauser
Calwood
Eggers
2.02 BASIC MATERIALS Ar{D FABRICATION MEEIODS:
So1id Core Doors:
Staved Lumber Core: Blocks staggered and glued together. All
glued core, Type f construction.
Partlc1e Board Core: Slngle thickness slab of 3-ply particle
board conforming to NPA TS 5594 B or CS 236,lype f, Denslty C,
Class I, hot pressed wlth synthetic resin glue. Linear exPan-
sion shall not exceed 0.02t ln elther directlon when tested in
accordance wlth ASTM D1037, Sectlons 75 thru 79. Faces of core
slab shalL be of O.O1u (0.25 mm) thick flakes wlth resln
content a minimum of 50t higher than core resln content. Face
layer shal1 be a mlnlmum of 25t hlgher than core denslty.
Mineral Core: Mineral composLtion of calcium sllicate with
asbestos flber and havlng a denslEy of 22 lb./cu. ft. (352.4
kg/cu. m).
2.O3@.:
fnterior Locatlons: PS 51, Type ff, water resistant typlcally'
@waterproof glue ln areas of hlgh humidlty.
I
o
2.04 yENErc:
@:
Type: Standard thlckness, conforming to- PS 51, PREMIUM GRADE.
fiLricate to AWI premlum standards. Edge bandlng expo^se_d on
the face of the door !s not acceptable. Match faces of doors
ln palrs and end match transoms. Face veneer shal] be tapeless
Specles: As selected to match existing.
I
|'
Edqe Bands: Kl1n drled hardwood matching face veneers for lnatural finish. I
Cross Bands: Minirmrm L/6" (1.6 mm) thick, properly drled
hardwood.
Extend crossbands full width of door wlth grain at rlght angles
to face veneer, tapeless spllced wlthout voids.
2.05 FACTORI PREFITTTilG AND PREMATGTNG:
preflt doors and panels in accordance wlth tolerance reguire-
ments of NlrMA tndustry Standard I.S. 1. Provide standard beveL
or radius to edges'of doors as reguired by the installation.
Machine doors and panels for
hardware templates.
flnlsh hardware ln accordance with
PART 3 - EXEEUTION
3 . 01 .UggEU[Q[:
Installer must examlne door frames and verify that frames are
of the correct type and have been installed as requlred for
proper hanging of correspondlng doors' Installer shall notify
the- contraltoi, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the
proper and timely lnstallitlon of wood doors; do not proceed
wfth installatlon unt11 unsatisfactory condltlons have been
correcled ln a manner acceptable to the Installer.
Install fj.re-rated doors ln corresponding flre-rated
frames 1n accordance with the requirements of NFPA No. 80.
3.02 @tn:E9E:
Perform installation under Sectlon 05100 as specified herein.
Do not instaLl doors until wet trades are completed and dried
in the areas to receive doors.
Conditlon doors to average prevalling humidity 1n installatlon
area pri-or to hanglng.
I
I
I
t
08210 - 4
t
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
l
I
t
t
01
02
03
04
05
UO
07
08
09
1n
ll
L2
13
I4
l-5
16
T7
18
19
20
2L'22
23
24
za
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
1A
35
35
38
39
40
41
42
43
45
46
47
48
49
5U
5l
a4
54
55
5'l
5t'
89-363
lo,'
02t:;
05
tl:
,r 09lll
I2tii
li:
19
131
22
)ii
26
l3t
29
r1;
ril
36
l:35t
ui
fil
45
89-363 08210 - 5
Apply hardware ln accordance with hardware manufacturerrs
tnstiucttons and Section 08700 - BUTLDERTS HARDWARE. AdJust
door lnstructlon to provide unlform clearance at head and
Jambs, and to contacf stops unlformly. _ Remove and replace
doors which are found to be warped, bowed or otherwise damaged
and cannot be properly fltted in frames.
Manufacturer's Instructlons: Install wood doors ln accordance
with manufacturerrs lnstructlons and as shown.
Job Flt Doors: Fit doors to frame for proper fit and unlform
clearance at each edge and machine for hardware. Seal cut
surfaces after fittlng and machining.
Bevel nonfire-rated doors I/8" in 2n at latch and hinge
edges.
Bevel fire-rated doors l/L5" 1n 2" at lock edge.
9E@,:
For nonfire-rated doors provlde clearances of: 3/32" at jambs
and heads; L/8" at meetlng stl1es for palrs of doors; and 3/8"
from bottom of door to top of decoratlve floor
Job Slte Finished Doors:See painting sectlons of these
speclflcations for requlrements for finlshlng wood doors
3.03 A$IIIS:UNTE'EAE:
Operation: Rehang or replace .doors which do not swing or
operate freely, as directed by the .nrchitect.
Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged duringlnstallation, as directed by the Archltect
Protection of Completed Work: Installer shall advlse the
Contractor of proper procedures requlred for protectlon ofinstalled wood doors from damage or deterloratlon until accept-
ance of the work
END OF SECrION 08210t
t
I
01
02
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
IO
.LI
I2
1?
L4
L5
15
L7
1A
t9
20
2T
22
ZJ
z5
26
27
28
29
30
'l 1
32
34
35
36
37
38
JY
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
A1
48
49
50
51
5Z
54
57
58
59
OU
51
89-353 08305 - I
sEerIoN 08305
ACCESiS DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.00@:
Drawlngs and general provislons of Contract, lncludlng,General
and Supplementary Condltlons and Dlvision 1-Specification
sections, apply to work of thls section.
1.01 w:
The extent, location and size of each type of access door
required is shown on the drawings and in schedules, and 1nc.l-udethe followlng:
Wall or ceillng access doors.
Provlde access doors lndicated on the drawlngs. Provlde access
doors not indicated on the drawings but reguired by Codes or
needed by the work. Provlde access doors for all concealedwork lncluding nlumblng, Electrical and Mechanlcal requiringperlodic servlcJ-ng or inspection.
Flnal locatlon and type of access doors shall be approved by. the Archltect prlor to lnstallatlon.
AIl access doors shall be provided by one manufacturer forentlre proJect. Cyllnder locks keys or screw drlver latchesshall be the same for all access doors.
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Section 04200: Masonry
Sectlon 09250: cypsum Wallboard System
1.02 OUALITY ASSTJRANCE:
Slze Variations:
obtain Deslgnerrs acceptance of nanufacturer's standard size
units which may vary sllght1y from sizes indlcated.
Provlde steel access panels as a single lntegral unit with
frame, anchors, hardware, accessory parts, fittlngs and fasten-
ings. units are to be the standard products or modificatlons
if regulred.
Flre Resistance Ratlnqs;t
I
l
wherever a fire-resistance rating 1s shownlnto which access panels are to be instal-led,
panel assembly of type and manufacturer listed
Laboratorles, "Classlfied Bullding Materials
UL label on each fire-resistance rated access
for constructlonprovide an access
by UnderwrlterrsIndex". Providepanel assembly.
01
02
03
04
NR
06
07
08
09
10
1t
L2
t3
L4
15
16
L7
18
19
20
2L
22
z5
24
z5
26
27
28
29
30
31
'32
33
34
36
'41
38
39
rlU
41
42
43
44
45
46
48
49
5U
51
52
5J
56
57
58
59
89-363 08305 - 2
rnserts and Anchoraqes:
Furnlsh lnserts and anchorlng devlces whlch mrst be bullt lnto
other work for the lnstallation of access doors. Coordinate
delivery wlth other work to avold delay.
1.03 SEts!EI}E:
Product Data:
Submlt manufacturerrs technlcal data and lnstallatlon lnstruc-
tions for each type of access door assembly. Transmit copy of
each instruction to the Installer
Provide settlng drawlngs, templates, instructions and
directlons for installation of anchorage devices.
PART 2 - PRODUETS
2.Ol T,ATERfALS AD{D FABRIC.ATION:
Furnish door assemblies manufactured as an integral unit, com-
plete wlth all parts and ready for lnstallatlon, factory prlme-oat palnted for steel , m1J-l finish for alumlnum.
Fabrlcate. unlts of continuous welded steel constructlon. Grlnd
welds smooth and flush wlth adJacent surfaces. zurnish attach-
ment devlces and fasteners of the type requlred to secure
access panels to the types of support shown.
Manufacturer:
Provlde access paneJ-s as manufactured by one of the followlng:
Milcor Dlv-fnryco, fnc.
Birmlngham Ornamental lron Co.
Karp Assoclates, Inc.
Access Door Unlts:
Furnish assemblles wlth manufacturerrs standard constructionwlth details, anchorage for use ln exposed masonry, exposed
concrete, drywall , ceramic tile, plaster, acoustic cellings
(other than exposed grid).
Flush Panel - Masonrv/Tlle:
I
I
I
t
il
I
t
I
T
I
!
Frame shall be 15 gage (1.6 mm) steel with a nominal 1" (25.4
mm) exposed frame flange. Panel shall be 14 gqge (r.9 !nlsteel , - fitted flush with frame flange. Provide concealed
spring hlnges permitting J-75o opening, galvanlzed steel masonry
anchois and flush key operated cyllnder locks in sufficient
number for the size of panel . A11 mild steel shall be factory
prime palnted.
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
lo,.
o2
rll
Ti:
rii
T2
til
lt3
r9fli22
ril
25
13"
29
ui
il:
36
tii
tii
43
li3
46
)ii
50l:l
53
ri:
89-35 3 0830s - 3
Flush Panel - Drvwall:
Frame shall be 15 gage (1.5 mm) steel wlth an lntegral galvan-lzed steel drywall bead. Panel shal1 be L4 gage (1.9 mm)
steel , fltted flush with lntegral bead. Provlde concealed
sprlng hlnges permittlng 175' opening and flush key operatedcylinde locks in sufficient numbe for the slze of panel . AIImild steel shall be factory prlne painted.
Fire Rated Panels:
where shown or required construct panels and frames to complywith the requlrements of Underwriterrs Laboratorls, Inc. forl--l/2 hour, "8" label , 250'F (121'C) rating. Install UL label
on each panel .
Frame sha1l be 15 gage (1.5 mm) steel with a nominal 1" (25.4
mm) frame flange and J.ntegral masonry anchors. Panel shall be
20 gage (0.9 mm) steel , sandwich construction, with a non-com-bustlble insulatlon core. Provlde continuous steel piano typehinge for the length of the panel and a latchi.ng device withflush cyllnder lock and interlor latch release. Provide an
automatlc panel closer for panels over 12"x12' (0.3 m x 0.3m). all mlld steel shall be factory prlme palnted.
Locking Devlces: Furnlsh fIush, screwdriver-operated cam locksof the number reguired to hold door in flush, smooth plane when
closed.
PART 3 - EXECUTTON
3.01 TNSTAI,LATION:
Perform installation work under Sectlon 05100 as specified
herein.
Comply with manufacturerrs lnstructlons for installatlon of
access doors.
Coordlnate lnstallatlon wlth work of other trades.
Set frames accurately ln posltlon and securely attach to sup-ports wlth face panels plumb or level 1n relation to adJacentfinlsh surfaces.
AdJust hardware and panels after j.nsta1latlon for proper opera-tion.
Remove and replace panels or frames which are warped, bowed or
otherwlse damaged.
END OF SEETION 08305l
I
lo,
02
rll
rli
09lilL2
ril
li:
19
l3t
22
rii
z6
l3t
29lii
rii
36
13339
)ti
43lll
46
ui
50l;l
53
t;;
t:l
89-363 08520 - 1
sEerrort 08520
AT,UTdINT'}I UII|MI| AIfD DOM FRA}IES
PART 1 - GENERAI,
r.oo@:
Drawlngs and general provlsions of the Contract, includlng
General and Supptementary Condltlons and the Divislon-l
Speclficatlon sectlons, apply to work of thls Sectlon.
1.01 DESGIHIIOII OF ttlORK:
The extent of alumlnum doors are shown on the Drawings and ln
schedules.
The followlng types of alumlnum doors are required:
vestlbule doors
Sealants: Include atl sealant work assoclated wlth alumi-num
framing lnstallatlon, lncludlng Jolnts between framlng and
adJacent materlals, as speclfled in Sectlon 07951.
Related lrlork Speclfled Elsewhere:
Sectlon 08800: Glazing
1.02@:
Standards: Comply with the requlrements and recommendatlons in
appllcable Speciflcatlons and standards by NAA!!M, AA!.!A and AA,
lncludlng the termlnology deflnltions, except to the extent
more strlngent requirements are lndicated.
Manufacturer: one (1) of the following:
amarlite/Anaconda Alumlnun Divislon
Kawneer Company, Inc.
PPG Industrles, Inc.
Northrup Architectural Systems
Performance Regulrements: In addltion to other requlrements as
indlcated herein, fabrlcate materials and components of door
unlts to wlthstand the antlclpated trafflc as follows for the
llfe of the bulldlng (40 years) wlth normal malntenance:
Buildlng Entrances: 1,000 open,/c1ose cycles per day.
wind Loadlng: Fabrlcate exterlor door and frame unlts to with-
stand the wma Pressure loadlng shown of,, lf not shown, 20
lbs. per sq. ft. on the gross area of the frames, doors, panels
and glass, acting lnward and also actlng outward.
I
01
02
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
r0
11
t2
13
14
15
15
I7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
36
37
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
52
53
54
56
57
89-35 3 08520 - 2
Weather Reslstance: Fabaricate exterlor door and frame unlts,
lncluding weatherstrlpping and thresholds (if 'any), -to prevent
the uncohtrolled penLtrallon of alr and water under normal
severe weather condltlons.
1.03 WjEElIfis
Shop Drawlngs:
Submit Shop Drawings for the fabrlcatlon and lnstallatlon of
doors and assoclated components of the Work. Show anchors,
Joint system, expansion provlslons and other component-s not
lncluded ln manufacturerts standard data. rnclude glazlng
detalls.
s3m&.:
Submlt three (3) samples of each requlred alumlnum finlsh,'on
L2" Iong extruslons or 5" square sheets, of the alloys to be
used for the Work. where normal- color and texture varlatlons
are. to be expected, lnclude two (21 or more unlts 1n each
sample, to show the range of such varlatlons. Samples wlII'be
reviewed by Archltect for color and texture on1y. Compliancewlth other requirements ls the excLuslve responsiblllty of the
Contractor.
Warrantv:
Submlt two (2') coples of wrltten warranty slgned by the Manu-facturer, Installer and Contractor agreeing to replace aluminum
window frames which fail ln materials or workmanship wlthln
three (3) years of the date of acceptance.
PART 2 - PRODUCIE
2.01 @:
D€E:
Provlde doors with full weatherstrlpping to match profile as
shown on the Drawlngs.
@!re:
Cyltnder to be provided for ln Section 08700.
Manufacturer's standard latchsets wlth lever handles.
@ryLS.:
Doors to be medium style complete with lever handLe latch sets,
and all related hardware. AlI exterlor door condi.tions to havefull weatherstrlpping and thresholds.
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
lo'.
02
I3:05
ll:
09lll
L2til
ri:
19
fz:
22rii
25
lzt
29lii
l:i
35
r:i
tri
43
J^^t
46rii
l:;
l;l
56
t:i
89-363 08s20 - 3
Compresslon Weatherstripplng: Provlde manufacturerrs standard
repLaceable stripping of elther molded neoprene gaskets compJ.yl
lng wlth aSw o20OO, Deslgnation 28C415 to 38C620, or molded
evC gaskets cornplylng wlth ASTM D2287. Compressions .gasketslnclude gaskets- 1n bottom ralls of doors (silt gasketsl and
collapslble flnger gruards at plvot Jambs as well as bumpertype
gaskels at door stops and laps.
Sealants and Gaskets: Provide sealants and gaskets- in the.faUrtCation, assernbly and lnstallation of the work, which are
recommended and gruaranteed by the manufacturer to remaln perma-
nently efastic, non-shrlnklng, non-mlgratlng and weatherproof
for the llfe of the buildlng.
2.02 EIE&E$EEIQE:
The detall-s shown are based upon standard detalls by one or
more manufacturers. It is lntended that simllar details byother manufacturers will be acceptable, provlded they complywlth the size requlrements.
Cut, relnforce, dr1l1 and tap frames and doors as regulred to
recelve hardware, except do not dr1lI and tap for surface-
mounted ltems until the time of installatlon at the proJectslte. Comply with hardware manufacturer's instructlons andtemplate requlrements. Use concealed fasteners wherever
posslble.
2.03@:
General:
Preparatlon: After fabrlcation of frames, prepare the alumlnum
surfaces for flnlshing 1n accordance with the alumlnum produc-
er's recommendations and standards of the flnlshes or process.
Process a1l components of each assembly slmrltaneously toattaln complete uniformlty of color.
Samples: Match the Archltect's sample for color and texture
requlrenents, except for finlshes which are indicated to comply
wtth lndustry standard colors and texture samplex. Establish
samples of the required flnish, for Architect's acceptanceprlor to fabrtcatlon of the work. The Architect reserves the
rlght to reJect materlal finishes wlth obJectlonable variations
from the establlshed sarnples.
Anodized Flnlshes: As selected.
PART 3 _ EXECUTTON
3.01 S!AL!SEEQ[:
Comply with manufacturer's Specifications and recomrnendationsfor the installatlon of alumlnum doors.
I
01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
L2
I3
l4
15
15
t7
18
89-353 08520 - 4 t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
J
I
,l
t
I
I
I
Separate alumlnum and other corrodlble metal surfaces from
soirces of corrosion or electrolytlc actlon at polnts of
contact with other materlals.
Set stll members and other members tn a bed of compound as
shown or with jolnt flllers or gskets as shown to provlde
weathertlght construction.
Advlse Contractor of protectlve treatment and other precautlons
regulred throughout the remainder of the construc_tj-on.perlod'
to-ensure thaf doors wltl be wlthout danage or deterioratlon
(other than normal weatheringl at the tlne of acceptance.
oF sBerrox 08520
lo,
o2
fll
il:
09
litL2
tii
16ll;
19tii
ril
26
J:,t
29
ri;
33lll
35
tii
40
Jt;
43
rl:
rii
50*t
53
t::
l:3
89-363 08510 - 1
sEerror 08610
rNOOD TrINDqIS
PART 1 - GENERAE
1.00@:
Drawlngs and general provlsions of Contract, lncluding Generaland Supplementary Condltlons and Divlslon-l Speclficationsectlons, apply to the work of this Sectlon.
1.01 pEStCRrPTrOn OF WORX
Work Included: Provlde wood windows where shown on the Draw-lngs, as speclfled hereln, and as needed for a complete andproper lnstallatlon.
1.02@:
Use adeguate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughlytralned and experienced ln the necessary crafts and who arecompletely famll-1ar wlth the specifled requlrements and thenethods needed for proper performance of the work of thts
Sectlon.
Standards: . Comply with ceneral Requirements of ANSI A200.1,
"Industry Standard for Wood wlndow Units f.S.2-73x by Natlonal
Woodwork Manufacturers Assoclatlon (llWI.{A), except to the extent
more stringent requlrements are lndlcated.
Manufacturer: Provide wood window units produced by a singlefabrj.cator, capable of showlng prlor successful productlon ofunlts slmllar to those requlred.
Pella Corporation
Anderson Corporation
Marvln
Performance and Testlng: Provide windows which have been test-ed and labeled for structural performance (ASTM E 330, alrlnfiltratlon [ASTM E 283]), and water penetratlon (ASTM E 331];and wlth results complylng wlth NWMA Standard I.S.2-73 forClass "A" wlndow units.
1-03 SL]BI.{ITTA[,S:
Product Data: Submlt manufacturerrs speclfications, standarddetalls, and recommendatlons for each type of wood wlndow
requlred.
Include certiflcations as may be required to show compllancewith the speclflcations.
I
01
o2
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
I1
T2
13
14
15
15
T7
l8
19
20
2T
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
1l
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
4I
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
505l
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
59
89-363 08510 - 2
Shop Drawlnqs: Subnit shop drawlngs, Includlng wall elevatlonsat Ll4" scale, unlt elevatlons at 3/4n scale, and half-slze
sectlon detalls of every typlcal composlte member, lncludlng
g1azlng.
1.04 :
Protect wood wlndow units durlng transit, storage, and handllngto prevent damage, soIllng, and deterloratlon.
PART 2 - PRODUETS
2.01 E[EDqruElg:
Materlals: AII Perma Shlelcl wlndows shown on drawings shall beas manufactured by Anderson, or approved egual by Pella or
Marvin.
Wood: western plne or other suitable fine-gralned lumber whichhas been treated wlth water repellent preservative after
machinlng and kiln-drled to a moisture content of six percent(5*) to twelve percent (r2t) at tlme of fabrlcation. All surf-aces shall be Vinyl or Teflon covered. Color as selected byArchltect.
window Units: Type as shown on the drawings, lnclude standard' hardware, lnsect screen, lnsulated and safety glazlng asrequlred on the drawings.
PART 3 - EXEctITTOlr
3.01 INSPECIION:
Examlne the areas and condltlons under whlch work of this
Sectlon w111 be performed. Correct condltions detrlmental to
ttunely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed untlLunsatlsfactory condltlons are corrected.
3.02 INSTAILATTOII
comply wlth manufacturer's lnstructlons and recommendations forinstallation of wood unlts, hardware, accessories, and other
components of work.
Set unlts plumb, level , and true to Ilne, without warp or rackof frames or sash. Provlde proper support and anchor securelyin place. Refer to olvlsion 7 sections for Jolnt fillers andsealants requlred for lnstallatlon.
3.o3 aSISIENLSEAN:
AdJust operatlng sash and hardware to provide smooth operatlonwlth tight, weatherproof closure. Lubrlcate hardware and mov-ing parts.
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
lo,.
02
fll
05l:;
09
ti;
ll;
89-36 3 08510 - 3
Clean glass of window units promptly after tnstallation; complywtth reqprlrements of "Glass and Glazing" sectl.on for cleaning
and maintenance.
Instltute protection required through remalnder of constructionperlod, to ensure that wood unLts wlll be wlthout damage ordeterioratlon (other than normal weatherlng) at time of accep-
tance.
oF sEerlor{ 08610
I
I
I
r
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
l
l
lo,
02tll
il:
09lll
L2
lil
r5lll
19ri\
.ii
26
J3"29
rli
33lll
36
f:i
)i\
43llt
46rii
l:i
53l;l
55
lii
60l"
89-363 08700 - I
seeiror oSzoo
ITARDWARE
PART 1 - GENIERAE
1.OO RET,AIED DOCTIUETSS:
Drawings and general provlsions of the Cbntract, lncludlng
General and Supplementary Conditions and the Divlslon-l
Speclflcation sectlons, apply to work of thls sectlon.
1.01 DESCRIPIIOT{ OF I{ORK:
The extent of finish hardware is shown on the drawlngs and in
schedules.
Provide flnlsh hardware for all doors lncludlng all j-tems known
commercially as bullders hardware or flnish hardware. Includelock cyllnders for locks furnlshed 1n other sections where so
specifled.
Related work Specifled Elsewhere:
Section 05100: Installation of Finlsh Hardware
Section 08114: Hollow Metal
Secti-on 08210: Wood Doors
I,.02 OUAI,ITY ASSTIRANCE:
Coordinate the application of hardware items with door and
frame detalls and with methods of fastenlng speclfied.
Where the type of hardware specified is not adaptable to the
flnished size of members requirlng hardware, submit an item
having a similar operation and quallty for review.
Make finlsh hardware to templates, with wood and/or machine
screws as applicable to door and frame detalls. Furnish tem-plates and schedules to door and frame manufacturers and other
trades so that doors and frames can be cut, relnforced and pre-
pared in the shop to receive hardware.
No names, designs or labels w111 be perrnitted on the following
ltems: Face of cyllnders, turnpleces or operating trlm of locksets or latch sets, case covers of surface applled closlng
devi-ces and underslde of door holder arms.
Where several manufacturers are specifed for one type of hard-
ware, use only the products of one manufacturer.
General:
Hardware Brands: All locks and latch sets must be one (1)
brand, all overhead closers mtst be one (1) brand, all floor
checks must be one (1) brand, all hinges must be one (1) brand.
01
02
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
10
11
T2
13
l4
15
16
L7
I.'
19
20
2L
22
23
24
2S
26
27
28
29
30
31
5Z
JJ
34
35
2<
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
45
47
48
49
50
52
tr?
54
57
58
89-35 3 08700 - 2
Hardware at Labeled Openlngs: Provlde hardware for flre-rated
openlngs ln compllanc6 wtth A.I.A. (NBFU) ramphlet H-o. 80 and
nFpa S-tandard tt-o. 80. This reguirement takes precedence_over
other reguirements for such hardware. Provlde. only hardware
whlch hasi been tested and llsted by UL for the types'and slzes
of doors requlred, and complies wttn tne requirements of the
door and door frame labels.
Where panic exlt devlces are requlred on fj-re-rated doors,
(with supplementary marking on door UL label indlcatlngiFlre Ooor to be Equlppeil with Flre Exlt Hardwaren )provlde UL labe1 on -exif devlce lndlcating "Fire Exit
Hardware".
Appllcation Assurance: The Contractor assumes overall- respons-
@of this Sectlon, to assure that all assem-
blles, components and parts shown or requlred, comply with the
Contract Documents
The Contractor also assures that all components, speclfled or
. requlred to satlsfactorlly complete the lnstallation are com-
pa{:.ole wlth each other and adlbinhg substrates, mater'lals and
work by other trades and wlth the conditions of installation
and expected use,
1.03 SUBIi(ITIAIS:
Hardware Schedule: Submit flve (5) copies of the hardware
scheEle tn the manner and format speclfied, complying with theactual construction progress schedule reguirements ( for each
draft). Hardware schedules are lntended for coordination of
the work. Review and acceptance by the Archltect or Owner does
not relleve the Contractor of his exclusive responslbility to
fulflll the requirements as shown and specifled.
Flnal Hardware Schedule: Based on the bullders hardware
regulrements indlcated, organlze the final hardware schedule
in€o "hardware sets", lndlcating complete designation of every
ltem requlred for each door or openlng. nrrnish initial draft
of schedule at'the earliest possible date, ln order to factli-
tate the fabrication of other work (such as metal- frames) whlch
may be critlcal in the project constructlon schedule. zurnlsh
final draft of schedule after samples, manufacturer's data
sheets, coordlnatlon with shop drawlngs for other work, deli-
very schedul-es, and slmllar lnformatlon has been completed and
accepted.
wherever needed, furnlsh templates to fabricators of other work
which is to receive finish hardware.
Tools for Malntenance: E'urnlsh a complete set of speclalizedtools as needed for Ownerrs contlnued adJustment, malntenance
and removal and replacement of builder's hardware.
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
lo.
o2
rll
TI:
09
$lI2
lil
15ll;
19ri\
til
26
J3"
29
tii
??lll
36
tig
lii
43ll:
46
)ii
50l:l
53
u;
1;i
50l"
89- 36 3 08700 - 3
Addltlonal Materials: Furnlsh an extra gross of each dlfferent
slze, type and flnlsh of attachlng screws and/or bolts used for
applylng the dlfferent ltems of flnlsh hardware.
Key Schedules: PrePare keylng schedules for a,pproval , factory
kei locks in accordance with approved sc-hedu1e. Furnlsh ln
trlpltcate complete schedule of key marklng and master key
system to Rrchitect prior to flnal acceptance.
Samples, Flnlsh and Color: Prior to submlttaL of the hardware
aEhEiule and prlor to dellvery of hardware. submlt one sampleof the followlng, flnlshed as requlred and tagged with full
descriptlon for coordlnatlon with the schedule. Sample w111 be
reviewed by the Archltect for desLgn, color and texture only.
Compllance wlth other requirements 1s the excluslveresponsibllity of the Contractor.
warrantv: Furnlsh three (3) coples of the followlng wrltten
warranty to be included in the Malntenance Manuals:
Door closers against mechanical fallure for a five (5)
year perlod.
Failure of parts for all other hardware including cylinderlocks, for a two (2) year perlod.
1.04 PRODUCT EANDLING:
ProvldE secure lock-up for hardware dellvered to the proJect,
but not yet lnstalled. Control the handllng and lnstallationof hardware ltems which are not lrnmediately replaceable, sothat the completlon of the work will not be delayed by hardwareIosses, both before and after installatlon.
eackaging of hardware. on a set by set basis, ls the respon-slbllity of the suppller. As materlal is received by the
hardware supplier from the various manufacturers, sort and
repackage ln containers marked wlth the hardware set number.
Two l2l or more ldentlcal sets may be packaged in the same
contalner.
Inventory hardware Jolntly wlth representatives of the hardwaresuppller and the hardware installer untll each ls satisfiedlhat the coun! ls correct.
I.O5 JOB @NDITIONS:
Coordlnatlon: Coordlnate hardware wlth other work. Tag each
Ltem or package separately, with identlficatlon related to the
flnal hardware schedule, and include basic installatlon
instructlons in the package. Furnlsh hardware items of ploper
design for use on doors and framds of the thicknesses, profile,
swlng, securlty, and slmilar regulrements indlcated, as neces-
sary for propei lnstallation and functlon' Dellver individual-Iy packaged hardware ltems at the proper tlmes to the proper
locatlons (shop or project site) for installation.
01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
t2
13
14
15
t5
L7
1.8
I9
20
2I
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
34
?q
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
45
45
47
48
49
50
51
5Z
54
5(l
57
58
89-353
Lock Sets and Latches: 38'l
from f1oor.
08700 - 4 T
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
1.06 PRE-INSTALLA:TTOIT CII|FERBTCE:
After dellvery of hardware and prlor to its installatlon, meet
wlth the ercf,itect, Installer and manufacturer's representa-
tlves. Compare flnal samples wlth actual hardware delivered to
assure acceptablllty. Revlew catalogs, _brochu:es, templates,
lnstallatlori lnstrulctions and the itnal hardware schedule.
Rehearse lnstallatlon procedures and workmanship with speclal
emphaSls On unusual Co-nditions, so as to-ensure correct tech-
niQue of lnstallatlon and coordlnatlon wlth other work'
PART 2 - PRODUETS
2.01 $$!$$!!:
Refer to Hardware Schedule for appllcatlon of indlvidual hard-
ware items as referenced to each opening or function.
Item numbers herelnafter listed set the style of the hardware.
slze and number of ltem shall be determined by the best prac-
tlce for opening indlcated. Best practj-ce includes the most
partlcular -requitements of these specificatlons and the manu-
iacturers for the hardware ltem lndicated.
Travel of Door: The Drawings show the sqln_g or travel of each
aGIGEE-ITEEI, rlght, rev-erse bevel, sllde, etc. ) ' Furnish
each item of hardwaie for proper lnstal1atlon and operatlon of
the door travel as shown.
Acceptable Deslqns: Part 2 of thls Section j.ndlcates products
whlch are of acceptable deslgn and guallty for prlmary expo-
sure. Do not substitute other products except wlth Architect's
wrltten acceptance.
2.02@;
Produce flnlshes to exactly match wlth Archltect's selected
samplels;. Reduce varlance in hue in the color of each flnish'
as much as possible, whether the base metal is cast, forged or
stamped or when platlng ls applied over steel , brass or bronze.
Fini-hes of the same deslgnatlon, that come from 2 or more
sources, shall match when the items are vlewed at arms length
and approxlmately 2 ft. (0.6 m) apart. Unless otherwlse s_pecl-
fied,-match the ilnlsh of each item of hardware with the flnish
selected for lock sets and latches.
2.03 IIARDT{ARE MOUII'TTNG IIETGTITS:
The followlng mounting helghts shall apply throughout the work
unless otherwlse shown or specified.
(0.95 m) to center of knob or lever
from
door
lo,.
02
tli
il:
09
lltI2
ril
15llr
19tii
]il
zo
lzl
29
rii
33l*
35
tis
rl;
43
J'^t
45
rii
50l:l
t:;
r;i
I
89-363 08700 - 5
Butt Hlnqes: 10t' (0.25 m) to bottom of lowest hlnge-
flo-offiio.l2s m) to top of upper hlnge from top of
space other hlnges equally between lower and upper hinges.
Door Pullsz 42r (1.12 rn1 flnlsh floor to cente'_ of pulli
EEnIer TIne 1n 5'r (0.r25 m) from edge of flush doors, and
centered on stlle of narrow st1le glass doors.
Cross-Bar of Exlt Device:of cross-bar,
42n (I.05 m) flnish floor to center
Push Bar: 42" (L.05 m) flnlsh floor to center of push bar.
Flush Bolt Operatinc Mechanisms: Top bolt 55tt lo 'Iztt (1.65 m
@nlshecf floor, bottom bolt 12't (0.3 m) above
fintshed floor.
2.04 ryEEBg:
Manufacture hardware to conform to publlshed templates comply-
ing wlth Commerclal Standard No. 9 and generally prepared for' maihlne-screw installation. Provlde fasteners appropriately
for the hardware and substrate materials. Provlde concealed
fastenings wherever posslble. The use of self-tapping or sheet
metal scresrs is prohlbited.
Concealed Fasteners; Furnish hardware ltems wlth approprlateother fastenings suitable totype and length of screws or
ensure permanent anchorage.
Exposed Fasteners: Furnlsh hardware wlth countersunk ehillips
oval head type screws where conceal-ed fastenlng is not pos-
slble. Flnlsh screws, exposed under any condlti.on, which areto match the hardware flnish or, if exposed in surfaces of
other work, to match the flnlsh of such other work as closeJ-yas posslble lncludlng "prepared for palnt" ln surfaces to
recelve painted flnlsh.
EU$.tt:!N9E:
General: Pack all hlnges wlth machlne or wood screws as
regulred by door and frame constructlon. Where door Jamb or
trim proJe-ts to such an extent that the wldth of leaf sPecl-ffed wlll not allow the door to clear such frame or trlm, furn-
lsh hinges with leaves of sufficlent wldth to clear. Furnlsh
template hinges ln accordance wlth door and frame materlal
requlrements.
Butt Hlnqe Sizes for I-3/4' (45 rnnm) Door Thickness:
Poor wldth
36" (0.9 m) and less
Hlnge Slze (H x W)
4-L/2"x4" or 4-!/2"
(0.125 m x 0.1 m or 0.112 m)
01
o2
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
10
11
L2
13
14
15
IO
L7
r8
19
20
2I
zz
23
24
z5
26
27
z6
29
30
31
32
33
34
36
37
38
39
4I
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
JI
52
53
54
55
56
57
89-363
37' to 41o(0.9 m to 1.04 m)
42" to 47'
( 1.0s m to 1.19 m)
Butt Einqe Ouantlties per loor treaf:
Height of Door
60" or less 11.5 m)6I" to 90" (1.5 m to 2.25 m)
91" to 120" (2.26 m to 3.0 m)
Manufacturer
Hager Hlnge
Schlage Lock Co.
von Duprln
Norton
Trlmco
Pemko
Door Controls
RockwoodH. B. IVES
Rlxson-Firmark
08700 - 5
4-L/2"x 0.1 m or 0.112 m)
x 0.112 m)
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HA
SC
VD
NO
TR
PE
DC
ROfv
RI
5 "x4 tt or(0.r25 m
5"x4-L/2'(0.125 m
2.05 EABIEAEE!:
Furnish hardware in accordance with the hardware schedule at
the end of this sectl-on and as indicated on the door schedule.
Schedule is intended as a grulde to indicate hardware functlons.
Provide all items needed for door function lncludlng flre-ratlng and labeling requlrements for flre-rated doors.
2.05 ITARDT{ARE LEGEND:
General !
No. of Hlnges
2
3
4
Approved Substitutes
Lawrence Bros., Soss, Stanley
NO SUBSTITUTION
NO SUBSTITUTION
Corbin Series 120, Sargent Seri.es 1250
Quallty, clynn-Johnson, Rockwood
Reese, Zero
Glynn-Johnson, Ives
Trimco, QualityDoor Controls
As approved
Flnishes: Eurnlsh all ltems in US25D Satln Chrome, except
where otherwlse noted. Weatherstrlp shall be natural alumlnumfinlsh. closers shall be palnted alumlnum.
EEE!re:
Suppller w111 meet wlth Owner to flnallze keylng regulrements
and obtain flnal j-nstructlons in wrj-t1ng.
SEeII!:
Standard System: Except as otherwlse lndlcated, provlde new
master key system for proJect.
keys
each
olo,
o2lll
ll:
09lll
L2
rii
15llr
I9ri\
)ii
26
llZ
zt
li;
lil
36
l3;
39
Ji\
43
lrs
46rii
l;;
53
t:;
55
t;3
I
89-363 08700 - 7
Cvllnders: Equlp locks with manufacturer's specjlal 5-pin tum-
Sffiinderl wrtrr constructlon master key feature, whlch
permlts voiding of constructton keys wlthout cyllnder removal .
Provlde Contractor wlth 10 constructlon keys.
F1nal Change and Master Keys: Retained by hardware suppller
untll area or entlre bulldlng ls ready for occupancy. At such
tlme and when dlrected, make necessary modlflcatlon to locks so
that construclton keys w111 no longer work and permanent keys
and keylng system w111 be operatlve.
S.: Provlde keys of nlckel sl-lver on1y.
Fr:rnish two 12) change keys for each lock; flve (5) master
for each master system and flve (5) grandmaster keys for
grandmaster system.
Dellver keys to Ownerrs representatlve.
Provide a key control system includlng envelopes, labels, tagswith self-locklng key c1lps, recej-pt forms, 3-way vislble card
lndex, temporary markers, permanent markers and standard metal
cabinet, all as recommended by system manufacturer, with capa-
clty for r50t of the number of locks requlred for the project.
Key control manufacturer to set up complete cross lndex system
and place keys on markers and hooks ln the cabinet as deter-
mined by the flnal key schedule.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 IN9EE9E[9U[:
Examine substrates and adJolning construction and conditlons
under whlch work is to be lnstalled. Do not proceed with work
until unsatisfactory conditlons detrlmental to the proper and
timely completlon of the Work have been corrected.
3.02 INSTAf,I,ATTON:
general: Recelve hardware for doors as shown and scheduled and
spEEiEied in the appllcable hardware portions, of these specifi-
catlons. Store in a locked space to prevent loss.
Apply to doors as recommended by hardware manufacturer and as
regr:ired. Flt locks and latch sets ln their respectlve- doors
and- remove before palntlng. Relnstall after palntlng of doors
ls completed. Upoh completion, adJust and lubrj-cate hardware
for proper operation.
'Instruct Owner,s personnel in the proper adjustment and main-
tenance of hardware.
OI
o2
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
11
L2
13
14
I5
I6
L7
18
19
20
/,L
22
23
24
z5
zo
27
28
29
30
32
34
35
35
37
39
40
4I
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
EN
51
)z
5J
54
55
5l
58
89-353 08700 - I
Perform lnstallatlon under Sectlon 06100 as speclfled hereln.
Mount hardware unlts at helghts recommended in 'rRecommendedLocatlons for Bullders' Hardware" by NBIIA, except as otherwlse
speclflcally lndlcated or requlred tg comply _wlth. governlng
rigrulatlons, and except as m-y be otherwise directed by the
Archltect.
tnstall each hardware ltem in compllance with the manufac-
turer's instructlons and recommendatlons. wherever cuttlng and
flttlng is requlred to lnstall hardware onto or lnto surfaces
whlch are later to be painted or flnlshed ln another wd!,
install each ltem completely and then remove and store ln a
secure place durlng the flnlsh appllcation. After completlonof the finishes, re-lnstall each ltem. Do not lnstall surface-
mounted Ltems unt1l finishes have been completed on the sub-
strate.
Set unlts level , plum and true to line and locatlon. AdJust
and relnforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper
installatlon and operatlon.
Drlll and countersink units which are not factory-prepared for
anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordancewlth lndustry standards.
Jolnt units wlth concealed welds or concealed mechanical -jolnts. cut smooth openlngs for splndles, bolts, and slmilaritems, if any r
3.03 AD-IUST AND CEEAN:
AdJust and check each operating item of hardware and each door,to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Lubri-
cate movlng parts with type lubrication recornmended by manufac-turer lgraphite-type if no other recommendedl. Replace unlts
whtch cannot be adJusted and lubrlcated to operate freely and
smoolhly as lntended for the applicatlon made. Hardware sup-pller shall make final check and adJustment of locks, closers,
and other items requiring fine adJustment.
Flnal Adjustment: Wherever hardware lnstallation is made more
than one (1) month prior to accept€rnce or occupancy of a spaceor area, return to the work durlng the week_ prior to accep-tanceor occupancy, and make a flnal check and adJustment of all
hardware items in such space or area. Clean and relubrLcate
operating items as necessary to restore proper functlon andfinlsh of hardware and doors. AdJust door control devlces to
compensate for flnal operation of heatlng and ventllatlng
equipment.
Instruct owner's personnel in proper adJustment and maintenanceof hardware and hardware finishes, during the flnal adJustmentof hardware.
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I o. 8e-363
ll:
08700 - 9
t
I
10.
1I
L2'l?
14
15
16
L7
t8
l9
20
2I
3 Pr, ButtsI Ea. Lockset2 Ea. Flush Bolts
1 Ea. Dustproof StrikeI Ea. CloserI Ea. O.H. Stop
2 Ea. Sllencers
Ei-t?.: Doors: 4, 5, 8, 32
Each Door to Have:
I Set Smoke SeaI (PE
HA
SC
TR
TR
NO
RT
TR
22
z5
24
25
1.5 Pr. ButtsI Ea. LocksetI Ea. Closer
(HA
(sc
(NO
27
2829 IIw #3: Doors: 3, 31, 32, 54
f:;
l:l
'r,a
l:i
J'ti
43
2 Ea. Flush Bolts (TR
1 Ea. Dustproof Strlke (TR
2 Ea. WaIl- Stop (RO
2 E,a. Sllencers (TR
ELt4.: Doorst 9, ]-6, 34, 37
Each Palr to Have:
3 Pr. ButtsI Ea. Lockset
Each Door to Have:
1.5 Pr. Butts
1 Ea. Lockset1Ea. Cl-oser
2 EA. PUII
2 Ea. Closer
(HA
(sc
(HA
(sc
(NO
(RO
(NO
ELtS: Door: 2
Each Pair to Have:
3 Pr. Butts (HA
2 Ea, Push Plale (RO
54
55
56
5t
58
59
2 Ea. Kickplate (TR
2 Ea. Wa1l Holder (RI
2 Ea. Sllencers (TR60l,'
02r03
l!4-05 3.04@:
I
I
I
44
45
46
t 47 1 Ea. Vtall Stop (RO
f aa r Set smoke Seal (PEr49
50lsr*52
E!l_tl.: Doors = 5, 7
09 Each Palr to Have:
26 1 Ea. Wall Stop (RO
BBt279 4.5 X 4.5 NRP
A80PD Ply X 11-095 x 10-025
39L7 -L2"
3 911
P8301 x TB (Actlve Door)
8-1320 (Inactive Leaf)
L2294
BBL279 4.5 X 4.5
A80PD Ply X lr-095 X 10-025
8301 Reg x TB
405
S88D llead and Jambs
t279 4.5 X 4.5 NRP
A80PD Ply X 11-095 X 10-025
3917 -L2"
3 91r
406
L229}.
4L, 45, 45, 47 , 48, 49 , 53
BBr279 4.5 X 4.5
A70PD Ply X 11-095 X 10-02s
8301 Reg X TB
405
S88D Head and Jambs
BBL279 4.5 X 4.5.10 4" X 15rl
r11
8301 Reg X TB
8n x 2, L.D.W. X.050'|,
998 X Voltage as required.
L229A
01
o2
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
l0
11
t2
13
L4
15
15
L7
18
r9
20
ZL
22
ZJ
24
25
26
ZI
28
29
JU
31
32
33
34
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
48
49
50
51
5Z
54
55
3t
58
59
60
61
89-363 08700 - 10 I
t
I
I
I
EL.tg.: Doors: 1, 39, 42
Each Door to Have:.
1.5 Pr. Butts
1 Ea. Panic
1 Ea. Cyllnder
1 Ea. CloserI Ea. KickplateI Ea. WalI Stop
1 Ea. WaIl Holder
3 Ea. Silencers
- Verify voltage
E!!_tZ.: Doors: 10, 11, 12
Each Pair to Have:
Pr. ButtsEa. PanicEa. PanlcEa. cylinderEa. ClosersEa. Kick PlatesEa. O.H. StopsSet WeatherstrlpEa. Astragal StripEa. ThresholdEa. Door Bottoms
BBL279 4.5 X 4.5
99K-F X SNB
20-o57
P8301 or 8301 as
8" X 2" L.D.W. X
406
998 x 24vDC (Dr.
t229Awall holder
(rrA
(VD
(sc
(NO
(TR
(RO
(RI
(TR
on
reguired.
.050 "
1, only)
, 13
iIA
VD
VD
SC
NO
TR
RI
PE
PE
PE
PE
19, 20
zr, 29
T
3
1II
2
2
A
1
2I
2
S[-$g: Doors t L7 , 18,
Each Palr to Have:
3 Pr. Butts1 Ea, Panlc
1 Ea. Panlc1 Ea. Cyllnder2 Ea. Closers2 Ea. Kick Plates2 Ea. O.H. Stops1 Set Sound Seal
EW_t9.: Doors z 14, 15,
Each Door lo Have:
1.5 Pr
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
I Ea.I Ea.I Ea.
I Ea.
1 Set
1 Ea.
Butts
Panlc
Cylinder
Closer
Kickplate
O.H. Stop
Threshold
Weatherstrlp
Door Bottom
881191 4.5 X 4.5
9927NL X SNB
9927D1 X SNB
zo-022
P8301 X TB8" x 2" L.D.W. X.050'
1-33r
305AR llead and Jambs
3OsAN
170A
209AV
BBL279 4.5 X 4.5 NRP
9975K-FX576AXSNB
9927K.F X SNB
20-001
P8301 X TB
8u x 2u L.D.w. X.050'
1-331
S88D Head and Jambs
881191 4.5 X 4.5 NRP
99NL X SNB
20-022
P8301 X TBgu x 2u L.D.w. x .050"
1- 3 31-
1704
305AR Head and Jambs
209AV
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HA
VD
VD
SC
NO
TR
RI
PE
I
I
HA
VD
SC
NO
TR
RE
PE
PE
PE
HA
VD
NO
TR,
RI
PE
PE
PE
HA
RO
RO
NO
TR
RO
TR
HA
SC
TR
TR
RO
RO
PE
PE
PE
lo,
o2
rll
ll:
09
ri;
tii
I5lll
19
ril,
23lzt
25tii
tii
33l:t
36
tii
ri\
43
II;
46
ris
50l;t
E?
t:;
l:i
50
lu'
89- 35 3 08700 - 11
g!_t!.Q.: Door:33
Each Door to Have:
1.5 Pr. ButtsI Ea. Panlc1 Ea. CloserI Ea. Klckplate1 Ea. O.H. StopI Ea. Threshold1 Set 9reatherstrlp
1 Ea. Door Bottom
EW-.3[!L: Doors: 23, 30
Each Door to Have:
1.5 Pr. Butts1 Ea. Passage SetI Ea. CloserI Ea. Wall Stop1 Set Smoke Seal
EW.: Doors: 22, 28
Each Door to Have:
I.5 Pr. ButtsI Ea. Push PlateI Ea. PuIlI Ea. Closer
l- Ea. KlckplateI Ea. Wal]- StoD
3 Ea. Silencer3
IIW #I3: Doorsz 25, 26
Each Palr to Have:
3 Pr. Butts
1 Ea. Deadlock
2 Ea. Flush BoltsI Ea. Dustproof Strike2 Ea. Pulls2 Ea. Wall StopsI Ea. Astragal
1 Ea. ThresholdI Set weatherstrlp
EW_t!!: Doors: 24, 27
Each Door to llave:
1.5 Pr. Butts
1 Ea. Prlvacy SetI Ea. WaIl StoP1 Set Door Seal
BBl191 4.5 X 4.5 NRP
99EO X SNB
P8301 X TBI'X 2n L.D.V|. X.050n
1-3 31
1704
305AR Head and Jambs
2094V
HA) BB1279 4.5 X 4.5
SC) AI0S P1y x 1l-070 X 10-025
NO) 8301 Reg X TB
RO) 405
PE) S88D Head and Jambs
BBL279 4.5 X 4.5
70 4n x 16"
111
8301 Reg X TB
8n X 2u L;D.91. X .050u
406
L229A
BB1t91 4.5 X 4.5 NRP
8462P X L2-076
3917 -L2"
3911
111
406
355AV
159AV
303Av l{ead and Jambs
(
(
I
(
HA) 1279 4.5
SC) A40S Ply
RO) 405
PE) S88D Head
x 4.5x 11-070 x 10-025
and Jambs
(
t
\
(
01
02
03
o4
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
t2
1?
14
t5
L7
18
t9
zv
2L
23
24
z5
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
2A
38
39
4t
42
43
45
46
A'f
48
49
50
JZ
54
57
50
89-363 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3
HA
SC
SC
NO
RO
PE
PE
PE
08700 - 12
S4_-tL5.: Doors: 35
Each Door to Have:
1.5 Pr. Butts
1 Ea. DeadlockI Ea. Passage SetI Ea. Closerr Ea. walL stopI Ea. Threshold1 Set Weatherstrlp
1 Ea. Door Bottom
4--t!€.: Door! 35
Each Pair to Have:
881191 4.5 X 4.5 NRP
8462P X L2-076
A10S Ply X 11-070 X 10-025
8301 Reg X TB
406
1704
305AR Head and Jambs
2094V
881191 4.5 X 4.5 NRP
8462P X L2-O76
A10s Ply X 11-070 X 10-025
39L7 -L2"
3911
P8301 x lB (Actlve Leaf)
44L
355AV
170A
305AR Head and Jambs
209AV
?
1I
4II
2
1I
1
2
HA
SC
sc
TR
TR
NO
RO
PE
PE
PE
PE
Pr. ButtsEa. DeadlockEa. Passage SetEa. Flush eoltsEa. Dustproof StrlkeEa. CloserEa. Floor StopsEa. AstragalEa. ThresholdSet WeatherstripEa. Door Bottom
&t-!.2.; Doors: 38, 40
Each Door to Have:
I.5 Pr. ButtsI Ea. LocksetI Ea. WaIl Stop
3 Ea. Silencers
4f:_l_9.: Doors: 50, 51
Each Door to Have:
1.5 Pr. ButtsI Ea. Prlvacy SetI Ea. CloserI Ea. Wall StopI Ea. Smoke SeaI
IIW #19: Door: 44
Each Door to Have:
3 Pr.
1 Er.^
2 Ea.1 Ea.
Butts
Lockset
Auto Flush Bolts
Dustproof Strike
(HA)
(sc)
(Ro)
(TR)
1279 4.5 X
A80PD Ply x
406
L229A
BBI279 4.5
A40S Ply x
830r. Reg X
406
S88D llead
4.5
II-UYO x 10-025
x 4.5
11-070 X 10-025
TB
and Jambs
I
t
I
I
(HA)
(sc)
(NO)
(RO)
(PE)
(HA)
( sc)(rv)
(DC)
BBI279 4.5 X 4.5 NRP
A70PD Ply X rr-095 X 10-02s
5568
80
I
I
lo, 8e-3G3
02
ri:
08700 - 13
I Ea. Coordlnator (DC) 500 with Flller
r05 2 Ea. Closers (NO) 8301 Reg x TB
Ioz 2 Ea, Klckplates (TR) I' x 2" L.D.w. x .050'r!08 2 Ea. Floor Stops (R0) 44r09 2 Ea. Silencers (TR) 1229AlroI 11 E!!_-t 2.9. r Door : 4 3
t2
r 13 Each Palr to Have:I14! ls 3 Pr. BuEEs16 I Ea. Panlc
I rz 1 Ea. PanlcI18 I Ea. Cyllnder19 2 Ea. Closerf2O 2 Ea. Klck Plateslzt 2 Ea. wall Holders- 22 I Set Smoke seal
-.23 2 Ea. Astragal Strip)24I zs HW #21:
HA
VD
VD
SC
NO
TR
RI
PE
PE
BBL279 4.5 X 4.5 NRP
997sK-FX575AXSNB
9927K-E X SNB
20-001
8301 Reg X TB8" X 2" L.D.W. X .050u
998 X voltage as required
S88D Head and Jambs
3OsAN
26
lZt Add at basement existj.ng corrldor.door:428
29 I Ea. WaIl Holder (RI) 998 X voltage as Required
| 3? EilD oF s'erro* o87oo
t
I
l
T
I
I
I
I
t
lo,
o2
rll
li:
09lilL2
ril
15
lle
19rii
)il
26
Jtt
29
rii
33l:r
35
t:i
ri\
43lll
46
rii
50l;t
53
t::
l"
89-35 3 08800 - I
sEerrorf 08800
GT.ASiS AilD GLAZIITG
PIRT 1 - GNRAI,
t.0O REf,,AIE' D(EUiTEIYT|S:
Drawings and general provlslons of the Contract, lncludingGeneral and Supplementary Condltlons and lhe Division-1
SpeclfJ-catlon sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.01 W:
The extent of G1ass and Glazlng Work is shown on the Drawings.The types of work or locatlon requirigrg glass and glazing
lncJ.ude (hrt are not necessarlly llnlted tol the followlng:
wlndolr unlts not lndlcated as factory preglazed.
Related work Speclfied Elsewhere:
Section 08L14: llollow Meta1sectl0n 08510: wood wlndows
1.O2@:
General:
Obtaln glazlng materlals from one manufacturer, cured by oneprocess and of unl-form texture and color, for each typerequlred, fot each contlnuous area and vlsually related areas.
Do not change brands durlng the course of the work.
Applicatlon Assurance :
The Contractor assumes overall responslblllty for the work ofthls Sectlon, to assure that all assemblies, components andparts shown or requlred, comply wlth the Contract Documents.
The Contractor also assures that all components, specified orrequlred to satl-sfactorlly complete the tnstaLlation, are con-patlbJ.e with each other, wlth adJolnlng substrates, materlals
and work by other trades and wlth the condltlons of installa-tlon and expected use.
Safetv clazlnq Materlals:
Comply wlth the requlrements of laws orto the use and appllcatlon of Safety
hazardous locatlons.
ordlnances with respectGlazlng Materlals at
I
01
02
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
I1
L2
13l4
15
I5
L7
t8
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
4I
4Z
43
44
45
45
47
48
49
50
52
53
54
55
50
57
58
59
89-363 08800 - 2
Standards:
Glass: Comply wtth FS DD-G-451D for the applicable quallty
herelnafter specJ-fled for each t of glass, except that heat-nerelnatter specltled tor eacn type ot grass, excepE EnaE neaE-
strengthened, tempered and spandrel glass shall conply wlth FS
DD-G-14038.
Colors and Defects: For heat absorblng or reflectlve glass,
the acceptable range of color and/or defects 1as deflned by Fs
oo-casrc) shall be determlned by samples of such defects and/orcolor range. Glass whlch does not faIl wlthln the accepted
sample range shal-l be subJect to reJectlon by the Archltect.In the event such samples are not or cannot be provlded, the
Archltect will determlne the acceptabillty of glass relatlve to
color and/or observable defects ln each case.
Deslqn CrlterLa: Refer to Section 08900, vlINDOw WALL, GENERALfor crlterla pertalning to the deslgn of glass and framing mem-bers for exterlor glazing applications. Glazing detalls shownare for convenlence of detalllng only and are to be conflrmedby the Contractor re.Latlve to the cited standards and flnal
framing detalls.
Glazlnq Standards: Comp1y wlth reconunendations and requlre-
ments of the nGlazj.ng Seallng Systens Manual" published by the
FGI'IA except that for heat absorbing g1ass, reflective glass,
spandrel glass and lnsulating g1ass, comply wlth the manufac-turer's recommendations when they are at variance with FGt'lA.
Safetv Glass: Comply with CPSC 15 CFR Part 1201, "SafetyStandard for Architectural Glazing Materlalsr', wlth certlfylngIabel on each plece.
Manufacturers: Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co., tibby Owens Ford
Glass Co. or as approved by the Designer.
1.03 ggEE:EEgIfis
@:
Submlt manufacturer's Speclflcatlons and lnstal-J.atlon lnstruc-tlons for handllng, storlng, lnstalllng, cleanlng and protect-tng al-l glazlng materlals. lnclude test data substantlatlngthat glass complles wlth speclfled requlrements.
Manufacturerrs Data:
Submlt ln wrltlng the fo1Iowlng lnformatlon from the manufac-
Eurer:
Statement from the glass nanufacturer that he has revlewed
glazLng details 1ncludlng the use of sealants and gaskets
and that each product to be furnlshed 1s recommended forthe appllcation shown.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
I
I
t
t
I
0t
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
t1
L2
13
L4
1E
16
L7
18
19
20
2T
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
59
60
89-353 08800 - 3
Statement from the glass manufacturer that he has revlewedthe appllcatlon of heat absorbing or reflectlve glass forthe effects of partlal or full shadlng under the exgectedservice temperature ranges and that the resulting thernalstresses will not reducE the "Glass Statlstlcal Factor'
below 2.5.
llarrantLes:
Samples:
Subnlt written warrantles from the manufacturer.
Submlt samples of each type of glass, gLazLng sealant, tape or
gasket.
LzrxLzn samples of each type of glass speclfled.
12" long samples of glazing gaskets.
Orred glazing sealant samples.
12n long samples of glazing tapes.
1.O4 EB@p$LEEEW:
Dellver glazing materlals to proJect site Ln manufacturer's
unopened contalners. fully ldentlfled wlth trade name, color,slze, hardness, type, class and grade. Store each ltem in
accordance wlth manufacturerr s lnstructlons.
Dellver and store glass ln accordance wlth manufacturerrs
reconunendatlons, protected from weather, stalnlng, damage and1oss. Durlng storage and handllng of gIass, provlde cushionsat edges to prevent lmpact damage. Protect faces from
scratches and abraslon.
1.05 jI9rc!UEEI9SI:
Do not perform glazlng operatlons when temperature ls below
40oF (4'C), unless the manufacturer of the glazlng materlalsspeclflcally recorunends appllcatlon of hls materlals at lowertemperatures. If Job progress or other condltions requireglazlng work when temperatures are below 40oF (4'C), or belowthe mlnfumrm temperature reconmended by the manufacturer,consult the manufacturer and establish the mlnlmum provlslons
requlred to ensure satlsfactory work. Record 1n wrltlng to the
manufacturer, wlth copy to the Rrchitect, the condltlons under
whlch such glazlng work was performed and the provlslons madeto ensure satlsfctory work.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
2.01 :
Clear Float Glass:
Type I, Quallty q3, clear, L/4" thlck except
lndlcated
as otherwlse
Drawlngs.Provlde 1" lnsulated glass where shown on the
01
a2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
L2
r3
14
15
16
L7
18
19
20
2t
22
23
z4
z5
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
34
35
35
37
38
39
40
4I
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
59
89-36 3 08800 - 4 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l{lred Glass: Type II lpatterned and wired glass, flat), Classr ltianslUcent), Q'r,ral.i€y qs (glazing); complytng wlth ANsr
z97.Li L/4n thlck; of form and nesh pattern lndlcated below:
Pollshed $tLre Glass:
Mesh ml (dlamond).
2.02 EEQgEiSP-gE}Sg:
Tempered Glass:
Form I (wired, polished both sldes)
Provlde prlme glass of color and type lndlcated, whlch has been
heat-treated to strengthen glass ln bendlng to not less than
4-L/2 tlmes annealed strength. Manufacturer heat treated glass
by horizontal (roller hearth) Batch occllJ-atlng process withroll wave dlstortlon parallel wlth bottom edge of glass aslnstalled, unless otherwlse lndlcated. Htgh speed horizontal
process shall not be used. Bow and warp shall not exceed 3/L5"
(maxlnum) as measured diagonally across when ln plumb and
balanced vertlcal- posltion.
2.03 9LA4E!9_G45EEE|:
Molded Neoprene Glazlnq Gaskets:
Molded or extruded neoprene gaskets of the profile and hardnessrequlred for watertlght constructlon; comply with ASTM D2000
deslgnatlon 2BC 415 to 3BC 620, black.
2.04 $EA[II{G SEAEAS|:
General-:
Provide black exposed glazlng materlals, unless another colorls lndlcated or unLess another color ls selected by Deslgnerfrom rianufacturerrs standard colors. Provide hardness ofmaterlals as recommended by the manufacturer for the requiredappllcatlon and condltlon of installatlon ln each case. Pro-vlde only compounds whlch are known (proven) to be fully
compatible wlth surfaces contacted (refer to Sectlon 0795r).
Butvl Rubber: For lnterlor gJaztng, conplylng wl-th FS-TT-S-
001557, Type 1.
l-Part Acrvllc Glazlnq Sealant: Solvent-based, acryllc ter-
po11mer, thermoplastlc sealant; 95t of sollds acryllc; com-
pounded speclflcally for glazlng; complylng wlth FS TT-S-230,
Class B, Type II.
2.05 !!!!$:
Butvl Rubber: A nrlcanlzed h-ttyl rubber tape; self adheslve,
non-stralning for compression 1n the Joint; PTI 505 (Protective
Treatments, Inc. ) or Tremco 7150 (Trernco Mfg. Co. )
lo,.
o2
rll
ll:
09lll
L2
lil
li:
t9rii
rii
26
lzz
29
rii
33
133
35
lii
ri\
43
li3
46
rii
tii
53
l;s
56
t:i
50I
89-353 08800 - s
2.O6 :
Settlnq Blocks, Spacers, Edqe Protectors: Neoprene meetlng
NAAMM Standard SG-1-70. tested for compatibility with theglazing sealant.
Settlng blocks: 70-90 Shore A durometer hardness.
Spacers: 40-50 Shore A durometer hardness, adheslve
backed on one face only.
Jamb Edge Protectlon: 20-30 Shore A durometer hardness.
adheslve backed on one face only.
Cleaners, Prlmers and Sealers:gasket manufacturer.
Type recommended by sealant or
2.O7 FABR,ICATIOII:
Exposed edges of glass, lncludlng butt glass wlthout sealant,shall be pollshed to a brlght reflectlve flnlsh. where glassls butt wlth sealant, lt shall be ground smooth or poJ.lshed.
No flle marks or other roughness will be allowed at exposed
edges of g1ass.
Cuttlng: Obtaln slzes from Shop Drawlngs or by fle1d measure-ment. Ctrt glass to f1t each opentng wlth mlnirmrn edge clear-
ances and blte on glass as recommended by glass manufacturer.
Do not n1p glass edges. Factory cut heavy heat absorblngglass, 3/8" (9.5 run) and above. Edges may be wheel cut or
sawed and seamed at manufacturer's optlon. Eor glass to be cutat site, provlde glass 2t (50.8 mn) larger ln both dlmensionsthan requlred, so as to facil-ltate cuttlng of clean-crrt edgeswlthout the necesslty of seaming or nipping. Do not crrt, seam,
n1p or abrade tempered, heat-strengthened and spandrel glassafter temperlng.
when glass ls to be precut to slzed obtalned fron Shop Drawings
take fleld measurements of each openlng before glazlng toverlfy
adequate bite on the glass and mlnimlm edge clearance. Open-ings whlch do not faIl wlthln the tolerances for which precut
glass has been sized shall be glazed only wlth glass speciallycut to fit such openings
PARI 3 - ETECUrION
3.01 STAI|DARDS ATfD PERKFMAITCB:
Protect glass from edge damage at aII tlmes during handllng,installatlon and operation of the bulldlng.
Comply wlth combined reconunendatlons of glass manufacturer and
manufacturer of sealants and other materlals used ln glazing,
except where more strlngent requlrements are shown or are
soeclfled.
01
02
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
IO
11
L2
13l4
15
16
T7
18
19
20
2t
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3l
32
??
34
35
35
1'1
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
tr1
52
s3
54
55
s5
57
58
59
89-363 08800 - 6
franlng memberscleaners recom-
Comply wlth "Glazlng Manual" and other appllcable publlcations
Uy Ffat Glass Marketlng Association except as shown and specl-
f-led otherwise, and except as speclflcally recommended other-
wlse by the manufacturers-of the glass and glazlng materials.
hspect each plece of glass lnunedlately before lnstallatlon and
dlsEard any wtrtctr hav-e observable edge damage or have face
lmperfectlons.
3.02 EBE!Bd[I9U:
Clean glazlng channels, stops and rabbets to receLve glazlng
materlals of obstructlons and deleterlous substances which
mlght fall ln adheslon or Lnterfere wlth bond of sealants.
Comply wlth manufacturerrs lnstructions for flnal wlping of
surfaces immedlately before applicatLon of primer and glazing
qompounds or tapes. Wlpe meta] surfaces wtth zylol or toluol .
Prlme surfaces to receive glazlng compounds ln accordance wllh
manufacturer's recommendations, uslng reconunended prlmers.
3.o3 SEIIi&AEI9E:
General:
colored (tlnted) and heat absorbing glass as
"Technical Service Report No. 104' by PPG
glass as reconunended in "Technlcal Services
by PPG Industrles.
Make exterlor glass watertight, alrtlght and capable of wlth-
standl-ng temperature changes, wlnd loading and lmpact from
doors and operable sash, wlthout failure of any klnd lncludlngIoss or breakage of g1ass, failure of seal , exudation of seal-ant and excessive deterloratlon of glazlng materials.
3.04@:
I
I
I
Ctrt and lnsta].l
recommended lnIndustrles.
Cut and lnstall
Report No. 130"
I
I
I
I
t
T
Clean excess sealant or compound from glass and
lmmedlately after appllcation using solvents or
mended by manufacturers.
Protect glass from breakage immedlately upon installatlon. Use
streamers or rlbbons sultably attached to framlng and held freeof the glass. Do not apply warnlng markl-ngs directly to the
g1ass.
Protect qlass and glazlng materlals durlng the constructlonperiod so that they w111 be without any lndlcatlon of damage ordeterioratlon at the tlme of acceptance by the owner. Coverglass as required to protect from weldlng, sand-blastlng andother actlvl-tles that mlght abrade the surfaces.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
I
t
I
I
0l
02
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
I2
13
L4
15
I5
L7
18
19
20
2I
22
23
24
25
26
89-353 08800 - 7
Remove and replace glass, during the construction perlod, whlchls broken, cracked, chlpped or damaged ln any way and from any
source, lncluding weather, vanda]-lsm or accldents.
Malntain glass in a reasonably clean condLtlon durlng construc-tlon so that lt w111 not become stalned and wl1l not contrlbut€to the deterioratlon of glazlng materlals.
When glass ls lnstalled adJacent to or below concrete, other
masonry surfaces and weatherlng steel , whlch are exposed toweather, examlne glass monthly durlng constructlon. wash glass
lmmedlately when lnspectlon reveals dlrt. ssum, deposlts orstalnlng; or after ralnstorms, to remove any corroslve ash ordlrt which may adhere.
wash glass and plastlc on both faces not more than four (4)
days prior to acceptance by the Owner. Comply with lnstruc-tlons and recommendatlons of the glass and plastlc sheet manu-facturer and glazJ-ng materlals manufacturer for eleaning ln
each case.
EnD OF SEerrolf 08800
I
lo,
o2
ril
06
ls3
09
rii
ril
l5lt;
19rii
ril
26
UZ29
l:i
33
I33
36lii
40I*
43
Ir:
lli
50
l;1
5J
t;i
l:i
50I
89-35 3 09250 - L
sBefrort 09260
GTPST'U WAff.BOARD SYSIrEUS
PART 1 - GENERAtr
1.00@:
Drawlngs and general provlslons of the Contract, lncludlng
General and Supplementary Condltlons and the Dlvlslon-l
Speclficatlon sectlons, aPPIy to work of thls Sectlon.
1.01 DESG,IPrIOil OF HORX:
The extent of the gypsun wallboard work ls shown on the Draw-
lngs and in schedules, and is hereby defined to include gypsum
board work with a tape-and-compound Joint treatment system
known as "drywall flnishing" work.
The types of work requlred include the following:
cypsum wallboard lncluding screw-type metal support
system (cellings) - wood studs speclfied in Section 06100.
Gypsum wallboard flnishlng (Jolnt tape-and-compound treat-
ment;
Related work SDecifled Elsewhere:
Sectlon 06L00
Section 08rr4
Sectlon 08210Sectlon 08800
Sectlon 09900
Rough Carpentry
Ho110w Metal
wood Doors
Glass and Glazing
Paintlng
r.02@:
Flre-Reslstance Ratlnq: Where work 1s lndicated for fire-ieslstance ratings, lncludlng those requlred to comply wlth
governlng regulatlons, provide materials and lnstallatlons' identical wlth appllcable assemblies which have been tested and
Ilsted by recognized authoritles lncluding UL and AIA.
Industrv Standard: Comply wlth applicable requlr,ements of
cA:2i5 "Appllcation and Flnlshing of Gypsum Board" by the
Gypsum Association, except where more detailed or more strin-gent requlrements are indlcated including the recommendatlonsof the manufacturer.
Reference Standard: Comply with requirements of ASTM C754,-i-ept where more detailed or more stringent requlrements are
shown includlng the recommendatlons of the manufacturer.
Requirements of Requlatorv Asencles: CompJ-y e,rlth the appllca-
Efe reqrdienents of all governing codes and authoritles, unless
otherwlse shown or speciflced.
0L
02
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
L2
13
14
J.3
15
),7
18
l9
20
2L
22
z5
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
s0
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
89-353 09260 - 2
Manufacturer: bbtaln gyPsun boards, trlm accessories, adhe-
sltEs and-l-olnt treatmenf products from a slngle manufactureror from manufacturers recommended by the prlne manufacturer of
gypsun boards.
1.03 PRODT'CI HANDT,ITG:
Dellver gypsun wallboard materials ln sealed contalners and
bundles, --fully identlfl-ed wlth manufacturer's name' brand,
type and grade; store in a dry, well ventllated spqce, Pro-taated from the weather, under cover and off the ground.
1.0,r J9rclU[Sl:
Maintain amblent temperatures at not less than 55oF, for the
period of twenty-foui l24J hours before wallboard finlshlng,
during tnstallatlon and untll compounds are dry.
ventllation, either natural or supplied by fans, clrculators or
alr conditiontng systems shall be provlded to remove excess
moisture durlng joint treatnent.
PART 2 - PR.ODUCTS
2.01 @:
@:
To the extent not otherwise lndicated, comply wlth ASTM C754,
"fnstallatlon of Steel Framing Members to Recelve Screw-
Attached Gypsum wallboard" (as specJ-fj-ed and reconunended) for
metal system supportlng gypsum drywall work.
Ceillnq Suspenslon Maln Runnersl ].-L/Z" steel channe1s, 0.475lb. per foot, cold-rolled.
Hanger Wlre: ASTM A641, soft, Class I galvanlzed, pre-
stretched; slzed ln accordance wlth ASTM C754.
Hanger Anchorage Devlces: Provide concrete inserts,cllps, bolts, screws and other devlces appllcable to the
lndlcated method of structural anchorage for ceiling hang-ers. Slze devlces for 3x calculated load supported,
except slze dlrect-pulI concrete lnserts for 5x calculated
load.
Studs: Refer to Sectlon 05100.
Backerplates2 20 ga. (0.9 mm) galvanlzed per ASTM A154, tyPe
RS or heavler, size as requlred.
Metal Furrinq Channels: Hat shaped, 7/8" (22 mm) h19h, 25 ga.
(0.53 mm;, galvanized per ASTM A154, tyPe RS or heavler.
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I0,.
o2
ui
ll:
09
litL2
ril
16
f13
19
ri\
23
lzt
25
ris
l:i
22
l:t
36lii
l^l\
43lll
46
rii
50l;r
53
l;;
r:i
50l.'
!\rrrlno Anchoraqes: 15 ga. (1.5 mm) galvanized wlre tles,
rnenuEacturer's standard wlre-type cllps, bolts, nails or scresrs
as reconunended by furrtng manufacturer and complylng wlth ASTM
c754.
2.o2 EgtE9_U!E[ArS!:
Exposed Gvpsum Board: Equal to U.S. GyPsum Co. 'Sheetrock",tapered edge, 5/8' thlck unless otherwlse indicated, Type 'X',4r width by maxlmum lengths to mlnlnlze edge Jolnts.
Tlle Backlnq Board: Egual to U.S. Gypsum Co. I'water-resistant
panels", 5/8't thick, Type "X", unless otherwlse lndicated.
89-363
. Gvosum FolI Back Board; ASTMBack Sheetrock, 5/A" thLck,
lndicated.
2. 03 UrSCF-r.r.ilYEOUS ttATERlAf,Si :
09260 - 3
C36; equal to U.S Gypsun Fo1lType nX", unless otherwlse
General: Provide auxlliary materials for gypsum wallboard workof the type and grade recommended by the manufacturer of the
gypsun board.
Gvpsum Board Fasteners:
Frarfling to Structure: Power driven fasteners provldlng
f90 Ib. (A6.2 kg) slngle shear reslstance and 2OO lb.
(90.7 kg1 bearlng strength.
withln DrywaII Systemsz 3/8' (9.5 mm), Type S or S-I2,
pan head.
Gypsun wallboard to wood Framing: lengths as required
Type S or S-12, bugle head.
Trim Accessorles: Provide trlm accessorles of the sizes
required for the drywall applicatlons shown and specified,
fabricated fron galvanlzed steel and of the following types:
Provide metaL corner bead at external corners wlth smoothrigld nose and perforated and knurled flanges.
Provlde metal casing bead trlm for protectlon of exposed
drywall edges around openlngs, with sqluare or round nose,jolnt compound tieatment requlred.
Provlde beaded nose wlth exposed flange knurled for joint
treatment.
where kerfed Jambs are shown, provlde trlm wlth speclal
leg deslgned for lnsertlon lnto jamb s1ot.
where drywall abuts or lntersects dlssimllar constructlon,provide sguare edge casing bead, joint compound treatment
necessary.
01
02
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
I2
13
L4
15
15
L7
t8
.19
20
2t
22
ZJ
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3I
32
33
34
35
?(
37
38
39
40
4I
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
59
50
51
89-35 3 o 09260 - 4
vlhere control Jolnts are shown or regulred in drywal| -are99aprovlde one-p16ce Jolnt assembly of non-corroslve rnetal wlth
Lontlnuous r.irperfolated expanslon strlp for lnsertlon lnto
J olnt
Manufacturer: equal to U.S. Gypsun Co.
No. 104A for external corners
No. 200A for termlnatLon exposed to vlew
No. 93 for expanslon control Joints
Jolnt Treatment Materials:
Jolnt Tapes: P1aln or perforated complying wlth ASTM C475.
Jolnt Compounds: Adheslves wlth or wlthout flllers complylqgwith ASTM- C475. Provlde ln dry powder form or premlxed ready
for application.
Two-Compound Treatment: Provlde compatlble Jolnt com-
pounds, one compound belng sultable for embedding and the
other compound sultable for flnlshlng of Jolnts. Chemlcalsettlng type, egual to U.S. GyPsum co. 'Durabond 90' forfirst two 12, coats and vlnyl type top coat speclally
fonmrlated for finish topplng.
PART 3 - EXECUTIOII
3.01 IEEEQEIQN:
Installer must examine the substrates and the spaces to receive
gypsum wallboard and the conditions under which it is to be
installed; and shall notify the Contractor, in writing, of con-
ditions detrlmental to the proper and tlmely completion of thework. Do not proceed with the lnstallation until unsalls-
factory condttlons have been corrected ln a manner acceptableto the Installer.
General:
Constructlon Tolerances for Gvpsum Drvwall Work: Do not exceedr/8" (3.2 mm) in 8 ft, (".4 m) varlation from plumb or level ln
any exposed line of surface, except at Jolnts between units.
Do not exceed L/L6" (1.5 mm) variation between planes of
abuttlng edges or ends. Shlm as required to comply with specl-fied tolerances.
Cr:ttinq, Fittlnq and Trlrnmlnq: Accurately measure and prggut
@r all penetratlons, prlor to lnstalla-tlon. Make all cuts from face slde by scorlng and snapplng
away from face slde or by sawlng. Completely cttt paper_ on
backface; do not break paper by tearlng. Maintain close
tolerances for accurate fit at Jolnts between sheets and at
framed openings and to a11ow for coverlng of edges of cutoutswlth plates and escutcheons. Cut edges smooth as regulred for
neat and accurate flt.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
01
02
03
04.
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
I2
13l4
15
15l7
18
19
20
2t
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
35
37
?e
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
50
89-35 3 09260 - 5
@,: Apply drywall screws wlth a positlve-clutch electrlc
power-drlven screwdrLver equlpped wlth an adjustable screw
depth control head and a Phllltps blt. Drlve screws not less
than 3/8' (9.5 rm) from ends of edges of wallboard and to a
. unlform depth not over L/32't (0.8 mn).
Backerplates: Fasten to studs for the attachment of surface
mounted accessorLes at requlred locatlons.
3.02 GENEI|AL G?qSUU BOARD INSTAT.T,ATTOI RBOTTIREME]ITS:
General:
Pre-rnstallatlon Conference: Meet at the proJect slte wlth thelnstallers of related work and review the coordination and
seguenclng of work to ensure that everythlng to be concealed by
gypsurn wallboard has been accomplished, and that chases, access.panels, openlngs, supplementary framlng and blocklng and simi-lar provLslons have been completed.
tnstall metal trim and accessories with screws.
General Standards: Unless oLherwise shown or speclfied,install gypsun drywall , includlng accessori.es, in accordance
with gypsum manufacturer's printed lnstructions and ANSr A97.2.
Provide drywall of the thickness shown, or lf not shownr pro-vlde not less than the minfumrm thickness reconunended by the
drywall manufacturer for the applicatj.ons shown.
Installatlon: InstaII gypsun drywall board wlth face sldeout. Do not 1nstal1 lmperfect, damaged or danP drywallboards. Butt boards together for a llght contact at edges or
ends with not more than L/L6" (1,5 mm) open space between
boards.
At hollow metal door frames, cut boards to flt around hardware
relnforcement or mortar boxes. Spot grout frames with a gulcksetting grout or compound at each Jamb anchor c1lp Just prlorto insertion of boards lnto frame. Insert boards into frame sothat lts edge ls fully bedded agalnst inslde surface of theframe. Butter the edge of boards wlth Jolnt compound lf neces-
sary to achieve full bedding.
Locate edges or end Jolnts over suPPorts except in horlzontal
applicatlons or where lnterrnedl-ate supports or gypsun board
UacXnlocklng ls provided behlnd end Joints. Posj-tlon boards sothat tapered edge Jolnts abut and nlll-out or field-cut endjolnts. Do not place tapered edges agalnst cut edges or ends.
Stagger vertlcal Jolnts over different studs on opposlte sides
of partitlon walls.
Provide addltlonal. frarnlng and blocking as required to support
gypsum drywall at openings and cutouts and to support bullt-1n
anchorage and attachment devlces for other work.
0l
02
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
10
11
L2
I3
I4'Itr
15
t7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3I
32
33
34
J5
36
37
38
39
40
41
4z
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
:)I
52
53
54
trtr
s5
57
89-353 09260 - 6
Where chase walls are shown wlth stud constructlon, provJ-de
braclng between parallel rows of studs. Unless otherwlse
shown,-provide gypsutn d'rywa}1 braces not less than 1/2" (L2.7
mm) thl-ck x t2a- - 10. 3 mml wlde and cut to wldth of chase.
t,,oiate at quarter Polnts 'in wal} helght between each palr of
parallel sCuds. risten with not less than 3 screws at each
stud.
lnstall cetllng boards ln the dlrectlon and manner whlch will
nlnlmlze the number of end-butt Jolnts, and whlch wll1 avold
end Jolnts tn the central area oi each celllng. Stagger end
Jolnts at least lr-0'.
lnstall wall./partltlon boards vertlcalJ-y on1y. Comply with ttle
method stated- in GA-5OO for the tested assembly. hstall
boards }ong enough to allow for probable varlance(s) in level
of concrete floor slabs.
At hlgh walls, lnstall boards vertlcally with end jolnts over
horlzontal- runner above ceil1ng.
Form controt Joints ln drlmal} constructj.on on 30 ft. (9.r m)
centers unless otherwlse shown. Allow 1/2" (I2.7 mm) contin-
uous openlng between edges of adjacent drywall boards to allowfor insertlons of control Jolnt trlm accessory specified.
Do not locate Jolnts withln 8" (0.2 mm) of corners of openj-ngs,
except where control jolnts are shown at Jamb lines or where
openings occur adjacent to exterior or interlor angles of anarea. lrlherever possible, cut boards so that slngle vertlcal
Jolnt occurs over center of door openlngs.
cover both faces of studs wlth gypsun board in concealed spaces 1(above cellings, etc. ). I
Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearlng wallboard partltlons at
structural abutments. Provlde L/4n to 1/2" space and trlm edgewith J-type seml-flnishlng edge trln. SeaI Jolnts with acous-tlcal tape and sealant.
Use tile backing board as base for wet areas and slmilar rigid
applied wa}l flnishes, lnstall backing board, single layerunless otherwlse indicated. Screw apPly to studs 1n accordancewlth manufacturer's recommendations. Flnlsh wallboard to
receive paint.
3.03 INSIAI,I,A:TIOIT OF WAI.I,BOARD ETNISHTNG:
General: Apply treatment at gypsum board jolnts (both direc-tfons), flanges of trln accessorles, penetrations, fastener
heads, surfaCe defects and elsewhere as reguired to Prepare
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
work for decoralion.
I
I
I
I
0l
o2
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
10
11
t2
13
14
15
15
L7
r.8
l9
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
89-35 3 09260 - 7
Preflll open Jolnts and rounded or beveled edges, uslng type of
compound recommended by manufacturer.
Apply Jolnt tape at Jolnts between gypsurn boards, except
where trlm accessory ts lndlcated. TaPe ln corner beads
and termlnatlon metal lexcept exposed type).
Apply joint compound ln three (3) coats lnot l_ncludlngpi-ffff of openlngs ln basel, and sand between last two
(2) coats and after last coat.
Revl-ew and coordlnate wlth flnlsh schedules and Divlslon 9
Sectlons to assure proper condltlons to recelve finishes
as requlred and speclfled.
Partlal Flnlshinq:
Omlt third coat and sandlng on concealed work which is lndl-
cated for wallboard flnlshing, lncludlng sound, fire, alr and
smoke-rated work.
3.04 PRCIECIIOII OF WORR:
Installer shall advlse Contractor of required procedures forprotection of the gypsum wallboard work from damage and deter-loratlon durlng the remalnder of the construction perlod.
3.o5 SEiEIHE:
CLean floors of drywall debrls and leave broom clean. Remove
excess materlal , scaffoldlng, tools and other equlpment upon
completlon of work.
ElfD OF SEqTTOrt 09260
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
lo,
o2
tll
06
ls3
09
rii
lil
15
ll3
19
rii
23lli
25llt29
rli
33
l:3
35
lii
rli
43
u:
rii
50l:l
li:
l:3
89-36 3 09300 - I
sEerlol5 09300gII,E
PART I - GEXERAtr
r.oo@:
Drayrlngs and general provlslons of the Contract, lncludlngGeneral and Supplementary Condltlons and the Dlvision-l
SpeclfJ-catlon sections, apply to work of thls Sectlon.
1.01 DESCR.IPIIOII OF T|oRf,:
The extent of tlle work is shown on the Drawings and in the
schedules and includes:
Ceramic waIl tlle
Related Work Soeclfled Elsewhere:
Refer to Section 09250 for wall tlIe backing board.
Section 07951: Jolnt Sealers
r.02@:
Manufacturing Standards :
Furnlsh tlle conformlng wlth Standard Grade requlrements of TCA
137.1.
When uslng settlng and groutlng materlals manufactured under
TCA ]lcense, include ldentificatlon together wlth formula on
each contalner.
Provlde materlals obtalned from only one (1) source for each
type and color of tile.
Proprletarv Materlals:
Hand1e, store, mlx and apply proprletary settlng and grouting
materials ln compllance wlth manufacturer's instructlons.
1.03 STIBMITIII.,S:
Manufacturer's Data:
Submlt coples of manufacturerrs technlcal lnformatlon andlnstallatlon instructlons for aII materlals requlred. Includecertlflcatlons and other data as may be regulred to show com-pliance wlth the speclflcatlons. Provlde one copy of all
technical lnformatlon and lnstallatlon instructlons by trans-
mlttal to the rnstaller.
01
o2
03
04
05
05
07.
08
09
10
11
T2
13
I4
t5
16
I7
18
19
20
2I
22
23
24
25
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
59
60
89- 36 3 09300 - 2
Samples:
Submlt samples of each type, class and color of tlle, not lessthan l-2" (0.3 m) square on pllmood backlng and grouted as
requlred, for approval . Submlt full slze samples of each tlle
accessory and 6" (0.r5 m) long samples of stone thresholds.
Subrnlt samples of trlm and other unlts if requested by thearchltect.
Certlflcatlon: Furnlsh Master Grade Certlflcate for each typeof tlle, slgned by manufacturer and Installer.
1.04 i4!E_@UEE!EE:
Malntain substrate and amblerit temperature of not less than
50'F during lnstallatlon of tile and for at Ieast seven (7)
days thereafter. Maintaln higher temperatures for proprietary
mortars and grouts where recommended by manufacturer.
l.Os@:
Dellver packaged materials and store ln origlnal containers
wj.th seals unbroken and labels lntact unt1l time of use, in
accordance wlth manufacturerr s lnstructlons.
1.05 EXIRA STIOCK:
Upon completlon of work, dellver one extra box of tile to ownerof each slze, pattern and color tlle furnished on Project.
T1le shall be ln original , marked containers.
PART 2 - PRODUETS
2.or !f@:
ceraml-c wall Tlle:
Provide ceramlc tlle wlth non-vltreous body Ln size. color andpattern shown. Provlde sushlon edge unlts, except where square
edge unlts are shown.
wall TiIe:
Manufacturer: Dal-TlIe
Slze: 4tt x 411Color: To be selected
Trlm and Special Shaoes:
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
Provlde rounded external corners and
and sill of opening, of same materlal
and as folLows:
Base: Sanltary cove units
trlm shapes at head, Jamband flnlsh as fle1d tile,
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
T2
13
L4
15
15
L7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
??
34
?E
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
J3
56
57
58
59
50
2.02 lf TIR3
Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: Latex-modtflid portland cementthln-set mortar complying with AI{SI 118.4 and tatlcrete 4237
physJ-cal propertles.
Orqanlc Tlle Adhesive: Comply wlth AIlsI A135.1. Provldeprlmer-sealer as recomnended by adheslve manufacturer.
89-353
2.03 $[$]$!:
Latex-Portland Cement Grout:portland cement wlth latexless permeable grout. Color
Jolnts; +L/32" (0.8(1.5 mm) ln 3' (0.9 m)
3.04 IEgiE4![48!98:
09300 - 3
Proprletary compound composed ofaddltive for a more flexlble and
as selected by the erchltect.
mm) Jo1nt width at any locatlon; L/L6"
from plumb and true.
L&M Dry Grre; L&M Surco Mfg., fnc.Tlle-Mate Dry TlIe Grout; The Upco Company
Tec Dry Tl1e Grout; H.B. Fufler Company
PART 3 - gXElCUntOr
3.01 ISIEEQEEE:
Installer mrst examine the substrate and condltions under whichtlle ls to be installed. Notlfy Contractor, in wrltlng, ofcondltlons detrlmental to proper and tlnely completlon ofwork. Do not proceed with work until unsatlsfactory condltions
have been corrected ln a manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 EBEE|BSSIS:
Handle, store, mlx andmaterlals ln compllance
3.03@:
apply proprletary setting and groutlng
wlth manufacturer' s instructions.
Do not exceed devlations llsted hereln from level and plumb,
and from elevatlons, locatlons, slopes and allgnments shown:
walls; L/8'(3.2 rm) ln 8r (2.4 m) in any dlrection; t1l8u(3.2 mn) at any location; L/32" (0.8 mrn) offset at any loca-tlon.
Comply with appllcable Al[Sr standard lnstallation
Speclflcatlons A108.1 through A108.7 except as otherwise indi-cated. Malntaln mlnlnrun temperature llmlts and installatlon
practlces as recorwnended by proprletary mortar and grout mater-
ia].s manufacturer.
Neutrallze and seal substrates in accordance wlth mortar or
adheslve manufacturerr s instructlons.
01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
L2
13
l-4
15
16
L7
18
r9
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
89-36 3 09300 - 4
Jolntlno Pattern:
Unless otherwtse shown, lay tlle ln lrld pattern.
Placement Methods:
Latex Installatlon: Comply wlth N.ISI A108.5 for settlng tlle
uslng the dry-set mortar method.
Orqanlc TlIe fnstal-Iatlon: eomply wlth ANSI A108.4 for settlngtlle using the organic tlle adhesive method.
Groutlnq; Grout ln accordance with manufacturerts recommenda-tlons and appllcable AI{SI standards.
Cleanlnq:
Upon completion of placement and groutlng, clean all ceramlctlle surfaces so they.are free of foreign matter.
Unglazed tl1e may be cleaned wlth acid solutlons only when
permltted by the tile and grout manufacturerts prlnted instruc-tlons, but not sooner than fourteen days (14) after installa-!1on. Frotect metal surfaces, cast iron and vitreous plumbing
fixtures from effects of acld cleanlng. Flush the surface with
clean water before and after cleanlng.
Flnished Tlle work: Leave flnlshed lnstallatlon clean and freeof cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded or otherwlse defectivetIIe work.
oF sEcfrors 09300
I
I
I
lo,
02
l3i05
ll:
09
l1:
L2
lii
I6ll;
19rii
ril
25
l1'"
29
li;
33l:t
36
r:i
.ii,
43llr
45
)is
r:i
53
ri;
lu'
89-353 09ss0 - 1
sEerIoN o9sso
rcOD FTffiIITG
PART 1 - GENERAI,
1.OO RETJI1ED DOctlrIEI*TS
Drawlngs and general provlslons of the Contract, includlng Gen-eral and Supplementary Condltlons and the Dlvlslon-l Speciflca-tion sectlons, apply to work of this Sectlon.
1.01 @:
rhe extent of wood floorlng is shown on the drawlngs and in
schedules and includes:
wood Sol-ld Strlp Floorlng
Wood Trim
SleepersStrlping for basket ball and volley ball requlrements.
1.02 OUAT,IfI ASSTIRAIICE:
Installer! SpeciaLtzed wood floorlng firm wlth not less than
three (3) years successful experlence in lnstallatlon of types
specified and acceptabLe to manufacturer of wood floorlng.
General Standard: Comply wlth recommendatlons of National Oak
Flooring Manufacturer's Associatlon (NOFMA) .
Source oralitv Control: obtaln floorlng of each type from asingle manufacturer or source, to ensure match of guality,
co1or, pattern and texture.
Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Treat those items required to be
treated by Bulldlng Code havlng jurlsdlction at the site of the
proJect and those items shown or speclfied as "Flre Retardant
Treatment wood."
Factory-Mark each plece of lumber and plywood wlth tyPe, grade,
miIl , -nd gradlng agency, except omit markings from surfaces to
be exposed wlth transparent flnlsh or wlthout finlsh.
r.03 suEE&aIfi:
Product Data: Submit manufacturerrs Speciflcatlons and
InstruEtions for each type of wood flooring, lncluding instal-latlon, storage and flnishing recommendations.
Samples: Submlt sets of range samples for e_ach type of wood
floorlng, lncludlng flnlsh on 75t of each sample.
a2
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
L2
13
I4
15
16
I7
18
19
2A
2L
zz
ZJ
24
25
27
28
29
30
31
JZ
34
J5
36
37
38
39
41
42
43
44
45
46
48
49
50
51
az
54
56
58
59
89-353 09550 - 2
rnclude samples of border unlts where boarders of dlffer-
ent color, texture or pattern are lndlcated.
Include mlnlmum 6" Iong samples of each type of requlred acces-
sory item such as wood-or metal feature strlps, reducer strips,
baseboard, trlm moldlng and noslngs.
Certlflcatlon of Flre Retardant Treatment: Submit certlflca-t salts used, comPllance with
Iocal buildlng code requlrements and with AWPA Standard C20 for
lumber, and c2z for plywood; and that lt wtll not bleed through
palnted surfaces.
Malntenance rnstructions: Submlt manufacturer's written
In-Eructions for reEommended maintenance practlces for gach
type of wood flooring.
Replacement Materlal-: After completlon of work, deliver to
proJect site not less than 1% quantity of each wood floorlng
material instalLed.
1.04 @E_-@EE[9ISi:
Do not proceed with lnstallation of wood flooring until spaces
have been enclosed and are at approxlmate humidity condition
planned for occupancy. Conditlon wood for flve 15) days prior
to start of lnstallatlon by placing in spaces to receive fl-oor-
ing and maintalning ambient temperatures between 65'F and 70'F
(18"c and 2l'C) before, durlng and after installatlon.
Installer rmrst review'lnstallation procedures and coordinatlonwith other work, with Contractor and olher Contractors and Sub-
contractors whose work will be affected by floorlng.
1.05 DELTVERY AND STORAGE3
Protect wood flooring materlals from excesslve moisture in
shlpment, storage and handllng. Dellver matertals ln unopened
bundLes and store in dry place wlth adeguate alr circulation.
Moisture Content: At time of dellvery, llmit average moisture
content of wood flooring to L24, with 14* maximum for any
piece.
1.05 SPECIAL PRO.TECI IIARRAIITY:
Submlt three-year warranty slgned by Manufacturer, Installer
and Contractor, agreeing to repalr or replace wood floorlng
whlch shrlnks, warps, cracks or otherwise deteriorates exces-sively, or which breaks its anchorage or bond with substrate or
otherwlse fa11s to perform as reguired, due lo failures of
materlals and/or workmanship and not due to unusual exposure to
moisture or other abusive forces or elements not anticipatedfor applicatlon.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
0l
o2
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
10
11
L2
13
14
15
16
L7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
45
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
59
50
89-363 09550 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCI|S
2.01 !!!EE&[!Ifl:
@:
Manufacturer: Kentucky wood Products, or approved egual .Specles: No. 2 or better uaPleGrade: SelectDlmenslons: 3/4tt x 2-L/4" w x random lengths.Sleeper: 2e x 3t wood wlth preattached 3/8n rubberiPerma-Cushlon". Sleepers shall be 12"
Assembly:
o.c.
ShaLl be 2-5/8" from top to bottom.
Wood Trlm: Where indlcated to match wood flooring, provlde
wood strlpplng, nosings, saddles and thresholds, as shown in or
adJacent to wood floorlng, of same species, grade and cut as
wood flooring.
Finlsh: Slte sanded and stained to match the approved. sampleof Architect. Flnlsh wlth moisture curing type three coats
o
gyp flnlsh Polyurethane specially compounded for multiple-coat
applicatlon on wood floors; FS-TT-C542, as approved by MFMA and
floorlng manufacturer. Woollne or apProved equal .
2.02 :
Asphalt Saturated FeIt:15 Ib. type, ASTM D-226.
Fasteners: As recornrnended by manufacturer, but
recommended by NOFMA in nrnstallatlon Manual".
wood gl}ler: Paste type wood flller, pigmented
to match Architect's sample.
not less than
if necessary,
Cork Expansion Strlp: Compositlon Cork Expanslon Strlp, Fs-
HII-C-576, Type I-8, Class 2.
wood Base: Thickness and helght as shown to match floorlng.
2.03 lmtl:BEE4ETE:
Flre Retardant Treatment: where flre retardant or 'rlon-com"lfled, requlred by code, or otherwlse
indlcated, comply wlth the AWPB standards for pressure lmpreg-
natlon with flre retardant chemicals to achleve a flame-spreadratlng of not more than twenty-flve (25) when tested 1n accord-
ance wlth UL Test 723 or AST!.! E84.
Provlde UL label on each plece of flre retardant lumber or
plywood.
Klln-dry treated ltems to a maxlrmtm moisture content of
151.
OI
02
03
04
05.
05
07
08
09
10
11
L2
13
L4
15
L5
L7
18
19
20
2T
22
23'24
25
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
35
JI
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
tr1
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
59
89-363 o 09550 - 4 t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
PART 3 - TXECUTIO}|
3.01 .SEEE[9!:
. Installer tmrst examlne substrates on whlch wood flooring wlll
be lnstalled and condltlons under whlch work wlll be performed
and nust notify Contractor, ln wrltlng, of condltlons detrlmen-
tal to proper tompletion and malntenance of wo,od floorlng. - Do
not pro-eed wlth work untll unsatisfactory conditlons have been
corrected ln manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 EEEBIE4EIISN:
Wherever direct appllcatlon of wood ftoorlng to concrete sub-
strate is indlcatb-d, test for dryness before proceedlng wlth
lnstallatlon. Test wlth 3* solutlon of phenolphthaleln |ngrain alcohol . Sprlnkle a few drops on concrete at several
Iocations. If drops turn red, do not proceed.
3.03@:
General: Comply wlth floorlng manufacturer's lristructions and
recomlnendatLons, but not less than recommended by NOFMA ln. "Hardnood Floorlng fnstallatlon Materlal" and by recommenda-
tlons of APA, Inc.-, as appllcable to type floorlng required.
Eg!!g: Comply wlth pattern or dlrection of pattern for lay-
fng wooa floorlhg as shown or, lf not shown, as directed by
Archltect.
Expanslon Space: Provlde expansion space at walls and other
o6=truEEions and terminations of flooring, not less than 1/4"
unless otherwj-se shown on Drawlngs. Unless fully concealed by
trim, fill expanslon space with flush cork expansion strip.
Lavinq Solid wood P1ank Floorlnq: B}lnd nail flooring in
acEotdance witfrOrue ana in accordance with the instructions
and recommendations of the manufacturer'
Use onJ.y screw type flooring nalls.
3.04 SANDING AND EINISIIING:
Machlne sand lnstalled unflnished flooring to remove offsets
and non-level condltlons, ridges, cups and sanding machine
marks which would be vlsually noticeable after finlshlng- Use
three (3) grades of sandpaper, endlng wlth 00 grade. vacuum
clean and turunedlately apply finlsh, Do not pennlt traffic on
floor after sanding and until flnlsh ls completed. Cover sand-
ed floor wlth bulldlng paper to provide access for appllcation
of flrst flnish coats.
Apply wood flller by brush, followed by wiplng across graln tow6ir'lnto pores and-cracks.' -"-- -'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
01
o2
03
04
0s
05
o7
08
09
1n
11
L2
13
14
15
t5
L7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
z5
26
89-363 09ss0 - 5
Apply finlsh ln accordance wlth manufacturerls lnstructions.
Apply as many coats as may be needed to bulld a dry f1l-m thlck-
ness of 1.0 m1ls. Retaln empty contalners for confirmatlon of
ftlm thlckness
Apollcation: Apply floor sealer (2 coats) ln accordance with
manufac6iEr's ihstructions, lncluding machine buffing with
steel wool , in-the-wet where recommended by manufacturer.
NOTE: at the tlme of the application of the penetratlnst wax'
addltlonal tlme for buffing rmrst be allowed to heat the
the wax sufficlently and to allow the wax to penetrate
the wood surface.
3.05 PRCTECTIOII: ,
Institute procedures requlred for protection of flnished wood
floorlng during remainder of construction period so that floor-
ing and finish w111 be wlthout damage or deterloration at time
of acceptance.
E!{D OF SEerrON 09550
lo,.
o2
rli
ll:
09lll
T2
til
16llr
19ri\
rii
26
lzt
29
lii
33l;l
36
l:s
lt\
43ll:
45
lri
r:i
5Jlil
3('
rii
50I
89-35 3 09550 - I
sEcrrolr 09650
RE;ILIENT EIOORIIG
PART 1 . GENERAE
1.00@:
Drawlngs and general provlslons of the Contract, lncludlng
General and Supplementary Conditlons and the Dlvlslon-l
Speclflcatlon sectlons, apply to work of this Sectlon.
1.O1 @:
The extent of reslllent flooring and accessories is shown on
the Drawings and in schedules and includes:
Reslllent floor tllesReslllent base and accessorles
1.02 OUAf,ITY ASST'RANCE:
Wherever posslble, provide resilient floorlng and accessories
produced by a slngle manufacturer.
Flame Spread Ratlnq:(75) or less.AsrM 884 flame spread of seventy-flve
fnstall t1Ie after other finishlng operatlons, lncluding palnt-
ing, have been completed. Moisture content of concrete slabs,building air temperature and relative humldity mrst be withinllmits recommended by tlle manufacturer.
1.03 ggEtsIEEAEti:
Product Data: Submltlation instructlons manufacturerrs technical data and instal-for each type of resillent flooring and
accessory.
Samples: Submit two (21 sets of samples of each tyPe, color
and ftnish of reslllent floorlng and accessory requlred.
FulJ. size tlIe samples5" long sample of resl]lent floorlng accessorles
Maintenance fnstructions: Submlt manufacturer's written ln-
EEru-tlona for recommended malntenance practlces for each type
of resll1ent flooring and accessorles.
Replacenent Material: Deliver to the Cwner, after completlon
of work, replacement materlals from the same manufactured lot,
as materlaL installed and as follows:
TlIe floorlng, not less than one (1) box for each fifty(50) boxes, or fractlon thereof, for each type, size and
color lnstalled.
01
02
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
L2
13
L4
I5
15
I7
18
19
20
2T
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
50
89-353
Pattern:
Color:
2.02 ACCESSORTES:
To be selected
To be selected
Roppe or approved equal
To be selected
4n
09550 - 2
1.d4 iM[.1E!Et:rE9NS,:
contlnuously heat areas to recelve flooring to 55'F for. at
least forty-s1tht (48) hours prior to lnstallation when proJect
conditions- are such that heating is reguired. Maintain 55'F
temperature continuously during and after installatlon as
rec-onunended by flooring- manufac-turer, but for not less than
forty-eight (48) hours.
Installer mrst revlew lnstallatlon procedures and coordinatlon
with other work, wlth Contractor and other Contractors and Sub-
contractors whose work wlll be affected by flooring.
1.05@:
Deliver materlals to the proJect slte ln the manufacturers'original unopened contalners, clearly marked to indlcate pat-
tern, gage, Iot number and sequence of manufacture.
Carefully handle all materlals and store in orlginal contalnersat not less than 65'F (18'c) for at least forty-elght (48)
hours before start of installatlon. Stack all boxes of each
pattern and color ln sequence as numbered by factory.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.OI TIEE FLOORING:
vlnvl Composltlon Tile (VCTI:
FS SS-T-3128, Type IV, 12nx1 2"xL/8" gage unless otherwlse lndi-
cated, pattern extending through full tile thlckness.
Manufacturer: Arnstrong or approved equal
Reslllent Base: Provlde rubber base complylng wlth FS SS-w-40,
Type I, wlth matchlng end stops and corner unlts, L/A" 9a9er(RB-f) straight base wlthout cove at carpeted floors, topsetstyle elsewhere.
Manufacturer:
Color:
Height:
Strlps: Resllient Edge Strips: L/8" thick, homogenous vinylor rubber compositlon, tapered or bullnose edge.
vinvl Reducer Strips Between Carpet and Tlle: As selected.
I
Adheslve for Resillent Floorinq: Type recommended by reslllentfloorlng manufacturer, best suited for the Purpose.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
01
02
03
o4
05
05
07
08
09
10
11
L2
1?
L4
t5
15
L7
l8
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
35
37
?A
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
5I
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
5'
50
89-353 095s0 - 3
Adhesive for Resillent Bases: waterProof type as recommended
by base manufacturer.
Prlmer: Non-stalnlng type prlmer as reconmtendeil by resillentfloorlng manufacturer.
Levellnq and Patchlna Compounds: Latex types as recommended by
floorlng manufacturer .
wax: FS P-W-55, 15t concentration; sI1p reslstant, water emrl-
slon base.
PART 3 - EJXECUTTON
3.01 SPEQE4LE:
Installer rmrst examine the substrate and condltlons under which
resilient floorlng and accessories are to be lnstalled. Notify
Contractor, j.n wrltJ-ng, of condltions detrimental to proper and
tlmely completlon of Work. Do not proceed with Work unt1l un-satisfactory condltj-ons have been corrected in a manner accept-
able to rnstaller.
3.O2 EEEP@U:
PrLor to laylng
be covered andtlon lndlcatesresponslblllty
the floorlng, broom clean or vacuum surfaces to
lnspect subfloor. Start of floorlng lnstalla-
acceptance of subfloor conditlons and ful1for completed work.
Use leveli.ng compound as recommended by floorlng manufac-turer for fltllng small cracks and depresslons 1n sub-
fLoors.
Perform molsture tests on concrete slabs to determlne that
concrete surfaces are sufficiently cured and ready to to
recelve floorlng.
Apply concrete slab prlmer, lf recommended by flooring
manufacturer, prlor to appllcation of adhesive. apply ln
compliance wlth manufacturer's dlrectlons.
3.03 TI{STALLATION:
General:
tnstall flooring after finishlng operations, lncludlng paint-
lng, have been completed and permanent heatlng system is opera-
tlng. Molsture content of concrete slabs, buildlng alr temper-
ature and relatlve humldity nust be wlthln llmits recornrnended
by floorlng manufacturer and as herelnbefore specified.
Place floorlng wlth adhesive cement ln strlct compliance
manufacturerrs recommendatlons. Extend floorlng into
spaces, door reveals, closets and slmllar openlngs.
with
toe
01
02
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
L2
r.3
L4
15
15
17
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
z5
z5
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
JI
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
59
50
89- 35 3 096s0 - 4
Malntain reference markers, holes or openlngs that are ln-plac9
or plalnly marked for future cuttlngl by repeatlng on flnlsh
floorlng as marked on subfloor. use chalk or other non-Perma-
nent marking devlce.
Install flooring on covers-for telephone and electrical ducts
and other such ltems as ocsur withln finlshed floor areas.
Malntain overal-I contlnulty of color and pattern with pleces of
floorlng installed ln these covers. Tightly cement edges to
perimeter of floor around covers and to covers.
Prlme Coat:
Apply primer to concrete surfaces worklng -weII into surface
uifng mlninum quanttty that wlII assure complete surface cover-
age. A1low primer to-dry before applylng adhesive. Prime coat
miy be omitted tf recommended by resillent flooring manufac-
turer,
Adheslve:
Apply to substrate with properly notched steeL trowels; allow
adhesive to become tacky before applylng resillent floorlng.
Tlghtly cement floorlng to subbase wlthout open cracks, voids,
raislng and puckering at Joints, telegraphing of adhesive
spreader marks or other surface imperfections.
Tile Floors:
Unless otherwlse indlcated on the Drawings, lay tile from cen-ter marks establlshed with principal walls, discounting mlnoroffset so that t1le at opposlte edges of the room are of equalwidth. AdJust as necessary to avold use of cut widths less
than I/2" tlle at room perlmeters. Lay tiJ-e square to roomaxis, unless otherwlse shown.
I
Match tlles for color and pattern
s€rme sequence as manufactured and
and around all fixtures. Broken,tlles are not acceptable.
by using tl1e from cartons inpackaged. Cut tile neatly to
cracked, chlpped or deformed
t
t
Adhere tl}e flooring to substrates using fuII spread of adhe-slve applied ln compllance wlth floorlng manufacturer's dlrec-
tLons.
Accessorles:
Apply reslLlent base to walls, columns, pllasters and other
perm-nent flxtures ln rooms or areas where base is regulred.
tnstall base ln as long lengths as practlcable, with preformed
corner uni-ts or fabrlcated from base materlals wilh mitered
coped inside corners. Straight pieces less than 24n long are
not permltted.t
lo,
o2
ut
ll:
09lit
L2
ril
ri:
19
l3?
22rii
26I*
29
l:;
T;;
89-36 3 09550 - s
Tightly bond base to backlng throughout the length of each
plece,- with contlnuous contact at horlzontal and vertlcal
surfaces.
On masonry surfaces-or other simllar lrregrular surfaces,
f111 voids along top edge of reslllent wall base wlth
manufacturerrs recommended adhesive fIIler materlal .
Place reslllent edge strlps ttghtly butted to flooring and
seflrre wlth adhesive. tnstall edging strlps at all unprotected
edges of flooring, unless otherwise shown.
3.04@:
Remove any excess adheslve or other surface blemlshes using
neutral type cleaners as recommended by flooring manufacturer.
Protect installed floorlng from damage by covering.
&!.Ehilsr:
Not more than four (4) days before acceptance or occupancy bythe Owner, clean the resll1ent floorlng and base. Wash thor-
oughly with a cleaner recommended by the floorlng manufacturer,in accordance with the flooring manufacturerrs recommenda-tlons. As soon as the resllient flooring ls completely dry,apply wax and buff, wlth number of coats of wax and buffing
procedures in accordance with the floor and wax manufacturerrsinstructlons.
E}ID OF SECrIOH 09550
T
lo,
02
l3;
05
ll:
09llr
L2
ti:
li:
l9
l3l
22
rii
26
llZ
29
lj;
33l:l
35
13339
ll;
43
Ii3
46
It^i
rii
53l;;
f,o
l:i
89-35 3 09680 - r
sEgrroN 09680
CARPETIITG
PART 1 ; GEI{ERAf,
1.00@:
Drawlngs and general provlsions of the Contract, lncludlng Gen-eral and Supplementary Conditions and the Division-1 Speciflca-tion sectJ.ons, apply to work of this Section.
l.o1 @:
The extent of each type of carpeting ls shown on the Drawings
and 1n schedules, and lncludes accessorles.
Contractor furnlsh and lnstall .
1.02@:
Appllcable Code and Standards:
Flammabllltv and smoke densltv: Carpet Contractor shall pro-vldE certlflcatlon that carpet proposed for installatlon has
been tested for flane spread rating and determined not to
create any undue flre hazard for installatlon on a non-combus-tlble floor.
AII carpet shall meet Federal and Local code requlrements for
flame retardatlon and smoke denslty under A.A.T.C.C. 134 pro-
cedures.
Statlc build-up: Carpet shall be manufactured to permanently
reduce statlc to 3.0 Kilovolts at 20* relative humidity and
21'C (70'F) as tested.
1.03 glIaB4ElEEIi:
Manufacturer's Guarantee: Bidder rmrst obtain from the manufac-turers of the specifi.ed carpets a letter of guarantee, signed
by an officer of the manufacturlng facllities, covering the
gruarantees outllned beIow. Such letters shall be attached tothe Contractors Form of Agreement. Fallure to submit such
guarantees may result in reJectlon of the proposal .
The manufacturer shall unconditlonally guarantee that the
carpet he proposes to supply w111 meet or exceed the
Specificatlons and will be free of manufacturlng defects.
He shall further guarantee to remove. replace and re-lnstalI at hls expense, for a perlod of two years after
the completed installation, al.l carpet which does not meetthe above requlrements.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
L2
13
I4
15
15
L7
18
19
20
2T
22
23
24
za
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
?C
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
JJ
55
57
58
59
50
89- 35 3 09680 - 2
The manufacturer shall uncondltionally guarantee that be
will provlde complete supervlslon of the carpet-lnstalla-
tlon to lnsure that the hanufacturerrs recomrnended proce-
dures are followed.
@:
In addltlon to the gruarantees whlch are required of the manu-
facturers, the Contfactor must submlt a letter of guarantee,
slgned by an offlcer of the Contractorrs organizatlon, covering
the gruaiantee outllned beIow. Such letters shall also be
attached to the Contractor's proposal .
The Contractor shall uncondltlonally guarantee that he wlll
provide a completed j-nstallatlon free of defects and satlsfac-
tory to the owner and the Architect. He shall further -guafgn-tee- to provide, at his expense, aII labor, carpet ald other
materlals needed to correct such defects for a period of two
years after the final acceptance of the completed installatj-on.
1.04 S!E!!!EEAEEi:
Manufacturer's Data:
The followlng shall be obtalned by the Contractor from the
manufacturer for each type of carpet speclfied and shall be
submltted with the bid prlor to lnstal-Iation.
Manufacturerrs printed lnstallatj-on manual.
Manufacturer's wrltten malntenance gulde.
Manufacturerrs statement of normal shadlng qualltles to be
expected for any cut pile carpet grade specified.
Contractor's Data:
The Contractor shall supply the followlng information wlth the
b1d:
A list of lnstall-ation of slmilar size completed by the
f1rm.Tlme required to recelve the speclfied carpetlng and
maLerlalS from date of order. Indlcate any items on whlch
delivery ls crltlcal . rf no lndicatlon is made, items
will be assumed to be avallable on tlme.
Shop Drawings:
Submlt to Archltect detailed Shop Draetlngs for areas to be
carpeted showing all cross-Jolnts, seam locatlons and _lengths,p1le dlrection,-detalls of seamlng and lnstallatlon of carpet-
lng, accessorles and provlslons for work of other trades. The
Contractor mrst verify all yardages with actual- measurementstaken after the areas are completed and ready to receive
carpet t
lo,.
o2
ui
ll:
09lll
L2
rii
li:
19
l3?
22ril
26
llZ
29
lj;
33l:t
35
rii
.ti
43
li3
46rii
50l;l
5J
l;3
56
rli
50I
89- 36 3
soon as posslble after award ln
herein and reglstered wlth the
A11 carpets: Minim:m sLze 24'1x24" .
Seamlng samples: Both side and cross seams, mj-nimum
length.
Carpet Edge Guard: 12" Iength each type.
Maintenance Instructions :
Submit to the Architect, for transrnittal to the Owner, three(3) coples of the manufacturer's carpet malntenance instruc-- tlons, lncludlng lnformatlon needed for the removal of commonstalns from each type of carpet requlred.
I.O5 JOB COIIDITIONE! AITD MATERIAL IIAT|DI.IITG:
"rtt"*" *"aa"r;
The Contractor shall be held responsible for the schedullng,recelvlng, lnspectlon and placement on the floor of goods and
materlal- to be used ln thls work. Goods shalI be dellvered to
the Job slte ln the manufacturerrs rol1s or packages and shall
be clearly marked as to slze, dye lot and materiaf.
Measurements:
The Contractor shall vislt the site and shall verify aII dimen-
sions and other conditlons as required to accurately lay out
and ftt all ltems speclfled hereln.
The Contractor ls responslble for determlnlng any discrepancies
between actual condltions and those shown on Drawings. Any
difference found shall be submltted to the Architect for consl-
deration before proceeding wlth the Work.
The Contractor shall be totally responslble for the accuracy of
his rneasurements on total yardage requlrements to be furnish-
ed.No requests for materlals or installatlon extras will be
considered due to measurement or takeoff errors by the instal-
lation Contractor.
09680 - 3
Seam locatlons may be shown tn red pencil on one set of seplaprlnts of Archltect's plan sheets. Any rev.J-slons made to the
seamlng dlagram w111 be done at no cost to the Owner.
The Contractor shall not be relleved of responsibility for any
deviatlon from the requlrements of the Contract Dosuments,
unless the Contractor has recelved wrltten approval for the
deviation from the Archltect
gsts&s,:
o
Sanples shall be submltted astextures and colors specifled
Architect.
01
02
03
0d
05
05
07
08
09
10
11
L2
13
14
r5
16
L7
t8
19
20
2I
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3t
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
tr?
54
57
trA
59
89-35 3 o 09580 - 4
The Contractor sha1l be responsible for the security of all
goods stored on the Job slte.- He shall coordlnate locatlon of
itorage areas withln-the bulldtng wlth the General Contractor.
Insta1ler nust revLew lnstallatlon procedures and coordlnatlon
wlth other work, wlth Contractor and other Contractors and Sub-
contractors whose work will be affected by flooring.
Exlstlng floor shall be leveled wlth floorstoneing - or
grlndlng to a tolerance of L/4" ln 1O'-0" (non-accumula-
tlve)
PART 2 - PRODUETS
2.ol EEIE@.:
Face Material:
General: Provtde manufacturer's carpet face materials_.co1flY-
ing--wltn the mlnirmrm requirements hereinafter specifled for
carpet.
De-Statlc Additlve for aII Carpetinq: Wlre addltive shall be
sEEinless steel wire integia[y woven wlth the carpet face
materlal . The static electricity generated ln a step and
stroll test shall not exceed 2500 volts at 70"F, +/- 2"F wlth
relatlve humlillty of 2O*, +/- lt RH when tested for static
propenslty ln accordance wlth Anerj.can Assoclatlon of Chemists
and Colorlsts procedure A.A.T.C.C. f34-1969.
Brunsmet: Brunswlck Corp., Skokle, fL,Brunlon: Brunswick Corp., Skokle, ILZefstat: Dow Badlsche Co., wllliamsburg, vA
Conductlve Backlnq: In addltlon, all cut plle carpet shall
have a conductlve latex backlng.
gnplre Adheslve co., Reading, MA
General Latex e Chenlcal Corp., Cambrldge, MA
Antron Plus: lrlhen carpet is tufted from Antron IIIor Antron
ANITON III
Plus yarn, statlc control shall be maLntalned wlth
or Antron PIus and the carpet's prlmary back.
2.02 CARPtt @lfSTRUCfrOr:
Provlde manufacturer's carpet which complies with the followlng
minlmrm requlrements.
Dye process for all carpet types shal1 be yarn or skein dyed.
A11 types of floor carpetlng shall be provlded wlth de-statlccontrol to provj-de the degree of shockproofness hereinbefore
speclfled.
t
lo,
o2
l3;
05
ll:
09lll
L2
ril
ti:
19
l"l22
ril
26
a'rl
29
l:i
ril
35l:t
39ri\
rll
46
ui
l;;
53
l;3
50
l;i
89-35 3
Submltted samples wlII be used forparlsons and only mlnor varlatlonsthe ordered and dellvered carpetArchltect's offlce.
2.03 gaBgE!_,9!EEi:
CA-l:
09680 - 5
Each manufacturer shalI submlt hls eguivaLent speclficatlonsand sanples to match the control sanples supplled by lnqarchltect ln the form of hls o$rn samples and detalled
speclflcatlons
vlsual and constructlon com-
w111 be allowed. Color ofshall match samples 1n the
Manufacturer:
Construction:Pile Content:Pile Helght Above Back:
Flnlshed Pile Weight:
Total Carpet Welght:
To be selected
width:
Col-or:
Deslgn:
2.04 :
Carpet Edqe Guard: Carpet edge gruard shall be installed at
every locatLon where the edge of carpet ls exposed to trafflc,
except where another device such as an expanslon Jolnt cover
system or threshold occurs. Proflles to be 1./4u to 3/8" but-tlng gage as determined by height of carpet and pad at each
Iocatlon.
Mlscellaneous Materlals: Provlde the typesthread, nalls, adheslves and other accessory
by the carpet manufacturer and rnstaller forinstallatlon and use wj-thout fallure durlng
carpet.
Doub1e-Faced Tape: Plastlc coated.
of seaming tape,
i-tems recoinmendedthe conditions ofthe life of the
Blndlnq Tape: Manufacturer's standard blndlng tape matching
carpet colors and Architect's samples.
Carpet Seamlnq Cement: water and flame-resistant latex carpet
adhes:Ive for sealing raw edges, seamlng, relnforclng seams andpatchlng. Provide fast drylng, easy sPreadlng carpet- s-eaming
adheslve havlng excellent aglng characters recommended by the
carpet manufacturer.
Plastic-Coated Fabric Tape: woven fabrlc impreg_nate9_ wlth
@ith adhesive havlng hlgh-tack adheslon
formlng a secure bond, Provlde water-resistant plastlc-coated
tape whlch will unwlnd without adheslve transfer.
89-3 63 09680 - 6
Adheslve for Carpet: Provide release-lypq-adhestve as recom-
ffi manufacturer, whlclr- W111 al1ow removal of
carpet at any tim-e without damage to carpet.. Provlde adhesive
whlih complles with flame spread ratlng requlred for the carpet
lnstaIlat1on.
Reslllent Base: Provlde vlnyl base complylng wlth FS SS-ll-40,
Type-I wffi-matchlng end stops, L/8" gage, (RB-l) stralght
blse wtthout cove at carpeted floors, L'L/2" hlgh.
Vlnyl base locations are lndlcated on Drawlngs. Base to be
supplled ln 50' length rolls. Rubber Base Type I.
PART 3 - E|FcI'EIOil
3.01 IEEEEE9E:
Substrate:
Installer must exanine the substrate and the conditions under
whj-ch the carpeting ls to be lnstalled and notify the Contrac-
tor, 1n writing, of condltlons detrlnental to the proper and
timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work
untll unsatlsfactory conditions have been corrected ln a manner
acceptable to the Installer.
once the rnstaller conmences installation of the work under
thls Contract, 1t shall be assumed that the condltlon of the
subfloor has been accepted and any repairs or further correc-
tlons in the subfloor surfaces shall become the responslbllityof thls Contractor.
Upon recelpt of materlals, the Contractor shall inspect
each roll of carpet. wrltten notj.ficatlon that the mater-
ials are free or not free of defects, shall be submittedto the owner and the Architect withln one (1) week after
receipt.
3-02@:
t'leet wlth the manufacturer, Owner and Archltect's representa-tlve at the project site to review the carpet installatlon
procedure and coordl.nate wlth other trades. The Contractor
must have avallable at thls meeting the carpet manufacturer's
recommended workroom and installatlon procedures for the carpet
types speci.fied.
3.03@:
Deliver carpet and accessories completely identlfied ,forinstallationl Use care 1n handllng and storing to prevent dam-
age and solllng, The Contractor shall schedule carpet dellver-
ies so that material is not allowed to stack up on the Owner'sproperty, but is lnsta1led without delay. A11 garpe_t-shaI1
have registered number tags attached and lntact when dellvery' to the job slte is made.
o I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
L2
t3
14
15
L6
L7
l8
19
20
2T
22
z3
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
35
37
38
39
40
4T
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
3(,
57
58
59
50
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
o01
02
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
I1
T2
l3
14
15
15
T7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3l
3Z
33
34
35
35
37
?A
39
40
4l
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
52
tr?
54
5f,
55
57
58
59
60
89-353 09680 - 7
3.O4 EBEE4@!N:
Before orderlng any matertals or fabrlcatlng any work,_ tI"
Contractor shall veitfy all measurements and condltlons at the
site for al.l work which must be accurately fltted to other
construction, lnctudlng wall-to-wa1l , offset, door and other
dlmenslons controlled Ey _other trades and shall be responslble
for the correctness of sarne. No extra charges or compensatlon
w111 be allowed on account of dlfference between actual mea-
surements and dlmenslons on the drawings. Dlrectlon of seamlng
and varlous color and pattern locatlons shall be shown on the
Shop Drawlngs.
Clear away debrls and scrape off cementltious deposlts from
surfaces to recelve carpetlng.
Make substrata leve1 and free from irregrularitles. Assure one
constant floor height after carpet is lnstalled, filling low
spots and grlnding hlgh spots as requlred.
vacuum substrate lnunedlately prlor to carpet lnstallation, and
remove atl deleterious substances which would lnterfere with
the lnstallatlon or be harmful to the work. If concrete shows
evldence of dustlng, apply sealer to remedy thls condltlon.
Sequence carpetlng wlth other work so as to mlnlmlze the possi-
billty of damage and soillng of carpet during the remalnder of
the constructlon perlod.
3.05 ITSTAf,I..ATTON:
General:
tnstall the carpet and accessorles in compliance with final
shop drawlngs and the manufacturer's recommendations, maintaln-
ing the plIe lay and weave in the same directj-on as shown on
the approved shop drawings. Side to end seaming will not bepermitted. Protide aII cutting and fltttng required for a
complete lnstallation.
Installatlon shall- be made by skllled mechanlcs. ln accordance
wlth recommendations of the manufacturers of materlals used,
and with the highest degree of workmanshlp. Installation
craftsmen shaIl be requlred to show evldence of at least three
years experlence in -carpet installatlon work of a slmilar
quallty.
Installatlon shall be direct glue-down method and shall be done
ln accordance wlth manufacturerrs recommendatlon.
At doors, center seams under doors; do not seam ln trafflc
directions at doorways.
Extend carpet under open-bottomed and raised-bottom obstruc-
tlons and uhder removadle flanges of obstructlons. Extend car-
pet lnto closets and alcoves of rooms lndlcated to be carpeled,
01
02
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
10
11
T2
13
t4
15
I5
L7
18
19
20
2l
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3L
32
33
34
35
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
45
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
35
55
57
58
59
60
89-363 09680 - 8
unless another flbor flnish j.s lndlcated for such spaces.
Extend carpet under all movable furnlture and equipment, unless
otherwlse indlcated.
hstall carpet edge guards at every locatlon where edge of -car-pet is expo-sed to-trafflc, except where another device, such as
ln expanslon Joint cover system threshold, is lndlcated nlth an
lntegral carpet blnder bar'
Provlde cut-outs as lndlcated for removable access devices and
floor-type door closers ln the substrate. Blnd edges as neatly
as poss-ibte and secure both sldes of crrts to the substrate.
Use-double-faced tape on carpet cut-outs whlch must be llfted
from the substrate fo gain ac-cess to the devlces, unless other-
wlse lndlcated. o.lt ohly three (3) sides wherever 1t ls fea-
sible to provlde a carpet flap ln lj-eu of a fully-removable
cut-out.
Seams shalt be pressed by hand and/or sultable tool to produce
the best posslble even top pile wldth-to-wldth. AdJacent
wldths of carpet must be lnstaLled to finish at exactly the
same elevatlon, or the work wj.l1 be reJected and replaced at no
addltlonal cost to the owner.
The Contractor shal1 flnish trlm each slde of each roll of car-pet on the Job slte as requlred to get a perfect seam, but no
more than 4i; at that polnt, any dlfferential ln carpet thick-
ness shall be the responsiblllty of the carpet manufacturer to
correct to assure a flush and leve1 seam l-nstallatlon.
A11 carpet widths shall be installed with all rows of pile
runnlng in the same dlrectlon, unless otherwlse shown on the
approved shop drawings.
ff the plle of the carpet has been compressed while laylng in
storage, so that there appears to be a dlfference in color 1n
adJacent wldths of materlal , the Contractor shall neutrallze
the plIe wlth a steam machlne and obtaln a unlform pile dlrec-tion throughout by brushing the carpet whlle lt is still damP,
at no addltlona] cost to the Owner.
3.06 GLTIED-DOIN INSTAT,I,ATTOI:
tnstall a test sample to demonstrate proper adheslon and
removal capablllty of the bonding system. Demonstrate instal-
latlon and removal procedure to owner's personnel , wlth
Archltect present.
ort and flt sections of carpet of each room of space, prior to
appllcatlon of adheslve.
A11 floors mrst be dry and free of wax, grease, and any sub-
stances that would interfere with the bonding of the carpet tothe floor. A11 expanslon Jolnts, cracks and lndents shall be
filled wlth a good quality latex patchlng compound.
I
lo,
o2
l3;
05
ll:
rii
t2lii
Ir:
19
lz:,
22ril
26lzt
29
rii
rii
36ll:
39
lt;
43llr
46rii
r:i
53l:t
5Dl;i
I'o
89-35 3 09680 - 9
seans shall be prepared by trlnmlng far enough ln from the car-pet edge so that -a clean and even seaming edge ls provlded.
futtfng tools havlng razor type blades should be used for seampreparatlon. Seam the seam edge wlth seamlng latex.
After edges are trlnuned and sealed, strlke a chalk llne at the
starting seam and a1lgn one breadth to the chalk line. OverIaP
the secbnd breadth approxlnately L/8" down entlre length of
seam.
Fold back both pleces of carpet from end to end about l/3 of
the wldth of the carpet, thus exposlng about 8 feet of floor to
be cemented.
Uslng a good grade of rmrlti-[rurpose latex adhesive, and follow-
1ng adheslve manufacturerrs reconunended trowel notch slze,apply the adheslve to the exposed area of the floor. Care
should be taken not to leave any voids, puddles, ridges, etc.
Place the breadth of carpet that was allgned to the chalk llnelnto the adheslve. work out all alr pockets and ripples sothat carpet lays flush wlth the-floor at all polnts. Place the
overlapping breadth into the adheslve, taklng care to maintaj-nr/8" overlap down the entire se.rm. Form compresslon seam byslldlng away overlapped breadth with fingertips. Carefully
smooth the seam edge so carpet will come together perfectly
level . Release any fullness at the seam by working away from
seam toward uncemented area. Be careful to keep carpet anchor-
ed at seams so compression ls not lost. Immedlately clean any
excess adheslve wlth adheslve manufacturerrs recommended clean-lng solvent, followlng dlrectlons on label . Repeat the above
procedure lf more than two breadths are needed.
rhe carpet must be trimmed to flt all vertlcal surfaces and
edges trlnmed before the adhesive has set to lnsure a good bondat these polnts. Cross seams shall be made in a like manner.
All loose or protrudlng ends of yarn rmrst be trimmed to preventpulls or raveling. A11 cut edges that abut door trj-ms, eleva-
ted floor plates, etc., ln traffic areas, should be sealed wlth
seam sealer to prevent raveling.
3.07 CLEA$II{G AND PR TECIION:
Remove debrls from lnstallatlon, carefully sorting pleces to be
saved from scraps to be disposed of.
Vacuum carpet wlth a commercial machine, with rotating agitator
or beater ln the nozzLe. Remove solled spots.
Carpet 1s to be protected with a mil clear plastlc wraP or
egual durlng remalnlng work until flnal acceptance. At the
completlon of the work when dlrected by the Owner, the covering
shall be removed, the carpet vasuum cleaned, soillng removed
and the carpet left ln perfect condltion to the satisfaction of
the Owner.
01
02
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
10
89- 36 3
3..08 ATHTC STOCK:
Attlc stock, lnthe amount of 5*
EtrD oF srcflor 09680
addltlon to anyof the requlred
09580 - 10
over-run, shall be provlded lnlnstallatlon yardage.
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
lo,
o2
l:;
05
ll:
rii
L2
ll;
15
li:
19
l,,i
zzrii
ril
29
l:?
32
lil
35
l:3
ri\
lil
46
Itz
49
t:i
53
l;t
l;i
exterlor and lnteri-or exposed surfaces
Schedule in Part 3 of this Section, asas needed for a complete and proper
Unless otherwlse lndlcated, palnting is not required on sur-
faces in concealed areas and lnaccesslble areas such as furred
spaces, foundation spaces, untility tunnels, pipe spaces, and
duct shafts.
Metal surfaces of anodlzed aluminurn, stalnless steel , chromiumplate, copper, bronze, and slm11ar flnlshed materials will notrequlre painting under this Section except as may be so speci-fied.
Do not palnt moving parts of operating unj-ts; mechanical orelectrlcal parts such as valve operators; linkages; senslng
devlces; and motor shafts, unless otherwise lndlcated.
Do not paint over requlred labels or equipment ldentiflcation,
performance ratlng, name, or nomenclature plates.
Do not paint concrete which has been sandblasted.
peflnltlons: "Palnt", as used hereln, means coatlng systems
materlal-s lncluding primers, emulsions, epoxy, enamels, seal-ers, flllers, and other applied materials whether used as
prlme, lntermediate, or fini.sh coats.
1.02 OUAI,IW ASSTIRANCE:
Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughlytralned and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are
completely familiar wlth the specified requirements and the
methods needed for proper performance of the work of thls
Section.
I
89-35 3 09900 - I
sEefroN 09900
PAITTTING
PART 1 . GEIIBAL
1.OO RELATED DOCI'MEITTS:
Drawings and general provlslons of Contract, lncludlng General
and Supplementary Condltlons and Divislon-1 Speciflcatlon
sectLons, apply to the work of this Section.
r.01 @:
Work Included:
o
Paint and finish thelisted on the Paintlngspecified herein, andinstall-ation.
$Iork Not Included:
89-353 o 09900 - 201
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
t2
13
14
15
15
L7
t8
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
JJ
34
?E
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
5I
52
tr?
54
55q4
57
58
59
50
Palnt Coordlnatlon:
Provlde flnlsh coats which are comPatlble wlth the prlne coats
actually used.
Revlew other SectLons of these Spectficatlons as requlred'
verlfytng the pri-me coats to be used and assurlng cornpatiblllty
of the total coating system for the various substrata.
Upon reguest, furnlsh lnformatlon on the characterlstlcs of the
sleclfl; finlsh materlals to assure that compatible prime coats
are used.
Provlde barrler coats over noncompatlble prlmers' or remove the
prlmer and reprlme as requlred.
Nottfy the Deslgner ln writlng of antlcipated problems in uslng
the ipecified coatlng systems over piime-coatlngs supplied
under other Sections.
1.03 STJBI,{ITIAI,S:
Comply with pertlnent provlslons of Section 01300.
Product Data: wlthln fifteen (15) calendar days_after the
contractor -has recelved the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submlt:
Materlals llst of ltems proposed to be provided under this
Section.
Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove
compliance wlth the speclfled requlrements.
Samples: Following the selectlon of colors and glosses.by the
oesfgner, as descrlbed under "€olor Schedules" in Part 2 of
thls Section, submlt Samples for the Archltect's revlew-
Provlde three Samples of each color and each 9!oss for
each materlal on whlch the flnish ls speclfied to be
applied.
Except as otherwlse dlrected by the Architect, make
Samples approxlmately 8" x 10" ln slze.
ff so dlrected by the Archltect, subml-t Sanples durlng
progress of the work ln the form of actual appllcatlon of
the-approved materials on actual surfaces to be painted.
Revlse and resubmit each Sample as requested until the requlred
gIoss, color, and texture 1s achleved. Su_ch Samples, when-pproved, w111 become standards of color and flnish for accePt-
ing or reJectlng the work of this Section.
Do not commence finlsh paintlng until approved Samples are on
flle at the Job site.
I
lo,
02
ul
ll:
09lll
L2
ril
li:
19
l?i
22
ril
26
l3Z
29
rii
ril
36
l;3
39rii
43lll
46rii
l:i
53
l;3
55
l:l
89- 36 3 09900 - 3
r. 04 iIQE-COprp:lEIeS!:
Do not apply solvent-thlnned palnts when the temperature of
surfaces to be painted and the surrounding aLr temperatures are
below 45o E, unless otherwise pennltted by the manufacturers'.prlnted lnstructions as approved by the Archltect.
Weather Condltlons:
Do not apply palnt ln snow, rain. fog, or mist; or when therelatlve humldity exceeds 85t; or to darnP or wet surfaces,unless otherwlse permitted by the manufacturers' prtnted
instructions as approved by the Architect.
Appllcatlons may be continued durlng inclement weather onlywithin the temperature limits speclfied by the paint manufac-turer as belng sultable for use durlng applicatlon and drying
periods.
:..os EE!!!-$!ggE:
' -Upon completion of the work of this Sectlon, deliver to the
owner an extra stock equallng 10t of each color, type, andgloss of paint used ln the Work, tlghtly seallng each contaj-n-er, and clearly labellng wlth contents and location where used.
PART 2 - PARODUETS
2.01 BAIS.UAEEBE.:
where products are proposed other than those specj.fied by name
and number 1n the Paintlng Schedule, provide under the product
data submlttal reqr.rlred by Article 1. 3 of this Section a newpaintlng schedule complled in the serme format used for the
Paintlng Schedule lncluded 1n this section.
Undercoats and Thlnners:
Provide undercoat palnt produced by the same manufacturer as
the finish coat.
Use only the thlnners recommended by the paint manufacturer,
and use only to the recommended llmlts.
Insofar as practicable, use undercoat, flnlsh coat, and thlnner
materlal as parts of a unlfled system of palnt flnish.
2.02@:
For applicatlon of the approved palnt, use only such equlpment
as ls recommended for appllcation of the partlcular palnt by
the manufacturer of the particular paint, and as approved by
the architect.
I
01
oz
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10II
L2
13
L4
15
15
L7
l8
19
20
2T
22
23
24
25
26.
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
JO
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
5l
54
5f
55
57
58
59
50
51
89-353 09900 - 4
Prlbr to use of appllcatlon equlpment. verlfy that the pr-oposed
equlpment ls actuilty compattble wlth the materlal to be- apl
pited, and that integlity of tne flnish wlll not be Jeopardlzedby use of the proposed equlpment.
2. o3 9!EB_-U4EESI4ES,:
Provlde other materlals, not speclflcally described but re-
quired for a complete and propei lnstallatlon, as selected by
lhe Contractor sublect to the approval of the Rrchltect.
PART 3 - ETECIIIIOII
3.0r@:
Examlne the areas and condltions under which work of thls
Sectlon wtll be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to
tlmely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until
unsatlsfactory condltions are correcled'
3.02@:
@4:
Mix and prepare palnt materlal-s in strict accordance with the
manufacturersr recommendatlons as approved by the Architect.
when materials are not is use, store in tightly covered con-
talners.
Malntaln contalners used in storage, mixing, and applicatlon ofpaint ln a clean condition, free from foreign materials and
residue.
Sti.rrlnq:
Stir materlals before applicatlon, producing a mj-xLure of
uniform denslty.
I
Do not stlr lnto the materlalsurface, but remove the fllmmaterial before us1ng.
3-03@:
any film whlch may form onand, if necessary, straln rffil
Perform preparatlon and cleaning procedures i-n strlctwlth the paint manufacturersr recommendatlons asaccordance
approved by the Archltect.
Remove removable items which are in place and are not scheduledto recelve palnt flnish; or provide surface-applled protectionprior to surface preparation and painting operations'
Followlng completion of palntlng ln each space or area, rein-stal1 the removed ltems by uslng workmen who are skilled ln the
necessary trades.I
tlo'
02
ut
l[:
09lll
L2
rii
16lll
I9
.ii
ril
25
11''
29
rii
rli
36
l:3
39
ri\
43lll
46
tii
rii
s3l;l
56
r;i
50I
89-35 3 09900 - s
Clean each surface to be palnted prlor to applylng paint of
surface treatment.
Remove olL and grease with clean cloths and cleanlng solvent of
low toxlcity and flash polnt in excess of 2OO' F, prlor to
start of mechanlcal c1ean1ng.
Schedule the cleanlng and palntlng so that dust and other con-
tamlnants from the cleanlng process w111 not faIl onto wet
newly palnted surfaces.
Preparatlon of Vfood Surfaces:
Clean wood surfaces unt11 free from dlrt, o11 , and other
forelgn substance.
Smooth finished wood surfaces exposed to view, uslng the proper
sandpaper. Where so requlred, use varylng degrees of coarse-
ness in sandpaper to produce a unlformly smooth and unmarred
wood surface.
Unless speclfically approved bywith palntlng of wood surfacesthe wood is Lz\ or less as
approved by the Architect.
:
the trchitect, do not proceeduntll the molsture content of
measured by a moisture meter
Thoroughly clean surfaces until free from dlrt, oil and grease.
on galvanized surfaces, use solvent for the lnltial cleaning,
and then treat the surface thoroughly with phosphoric acidetch. Remove etchlng solutlon completely before proceeding.
Allow to dry thoroughly before appllcatlon of.paint.
3.04@:
General: Touchup shop-applied prlme coats whlch have been
damaged, and touchup bare areas prlor to start of flnlsh coats
appllcatlon.
Sllghtly vary the color of succeeding coats.
Do not apply additlonal coats untll the completed coat has
been lnspected and approved.
Only the lnspected and approved coats of paint wlr]I be
consldered ln determinlng the number of coats applled.
Sand and dust between coats to remove defects vislble to the
unalded eye from a dlslance of five feet.
On removable panels and hlnged panels, paint the back sldes to
match the exposed sides.
01
02
03
04
05
06
0?
08
09
10
1I
L2
L3
14
I5
16
I7
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50ql
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
59
60
89-36 3 09900 - 6
Except as speclflcally other wlse approved by the Archltect,
confine spray appllcation to metal framework and slmilar sur-
faces where hand brush work would be lnferior.
lrlhere spray applicatlon is used, apply each coat to provlde the
hiding equlvalent of brush coats.
Do not double back with spray equlpment to build up ftlm thick-
ness of two coats in one pass.
For completed work, match the approved Samples as to texture,color, and coverage. Remove, refinlsh, or repaint work not in
compliance with the specified requirements.
:
Exposed mechanical ltems:
Finlsh electric panels, access doors, condults, pipes,
ducts, grilles, registers, vents, and items of slmj.lar
nature to match the adJacent wall and cel11ng surfaces, or
as directed.
Palnt vlslble duct surfaces behind vents, reglsters, andgrllles flat black.
Wash metal wlth solvent, prime, and apply two. coats of
aklyd enamel .
Exposed plpe and duct insulation:
Apply one coat of latex palnt on lnsulation whlch has been
sized or primed under other Sectlons; appfy two coats on
such surfaces when unprepared.
qryss:
Al-low sufflclent drylng tine between coats, modlfylng the
perlod as recommended 5y the material manufacturer to sult
adverse weather condltlons.
Conslder oil-base and oleo-reslnous solvent-type palnt as dry
for recoatlng when the palnt feels firm, does not deform or
feel stlcky under moderate pressure of the thumb, and when the
appllcatlon of another coat of palnt does not cause liftlng or
Ioss of adheslon of the undercoat.
Brush Applicatlons: Brush out and work the brush coats onto
the surface ln an even flIm.
Cloudiness, spottlng, holldays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags,
roplness, and other surface imperfections w111 not be accept-
able.
Sprav Appllcation:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
lo,.
02
l3;
05
ll:
rii
L2
ril
li:
1-9
a"?
22
.ii
26
l3Z
29
l:;
33l;l
35
133
39
rii
43lil
46
lt349
t:i
53l;t
s6
rii
l:l
89-35 3 09900 - 7
Match color df adJacent surfacds.
Remove band before palntlng, and replace after palnting.
Hardware: Palnt prlme coated hardware to match adJacent
surfaces.
Wet areas:
fn toilet rooms and contlgiuous areas, add an approved
funglcide to palnts.
For o11 base pal-nts, use lt Phenolmercurlc or 44 sodlum
tetrachlorophenate.
Interlor: Use 'rstlpple" flnlsh where enamel ls specified.
Exposed vents: Apply two coats of heat-reslstant paint
approved by the erchltect.
3.05@:
Provide the followlng palnt flnlshes:
B@gsl:
First coat:Exterlor wood prlmer #289
Second coat: Stuc-O-Llfe *1300Third coat:Stuc-O-Life *1300
:
Flrst coat: vlnyl block prlmer #1010
Second coat: Stuc-O-tife #1300
gs@,:
Lusterless (FIat) Acrvlic 8lnish: 2 coats wlth total dry film
thickness not less than 2.5 mils.
First and Second Coats: Acrylic Emulsion (E'S TT-P-19).
Devoe: 15XX wonder-Shield Exterlor ecrylic Latex
Flat House PaintGlldden: Y3525 spred Glide-onMoore! Moorglo House and Trlm PaintPittsburgh: 6-610 speedhide lcryllc Latex House Paint
P & I,: Pro-Hlde Plus Latex House Paint
S-W: Weather Perfect Acrylic Latex FIat Exterj-or
Flnlsh
Concrete Masonrv Units:
Lusterless (Flatt Acrvlic Finlsh'. 2 coats over filler coat
not less than 2.5 mlls, excluding
flller coat.
0r
o2
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
10
11
t2
13
14
15
16
L7
18
19
20
ZL
zz
23
24
za
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
J5
36
37
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
5J.
52
53
54
55
56
57
EA
59
89-363
FLller Coat:
Surfaces (FS
Devoe:
Glldden:
Moore:
S.W:
Flrst and Second Flnish Coats:
(TT-E-489).
Devoe:
Glidden:
Moore:
Plttsburgh:
P & L;
S-W:
Rouqh Sidino:
Low-Luster Eln:Lgh:
_09900 - I
Solvent Thlnned 81ock Filler for Porous
TT-F-1098).
52901 Bloxftl hterlor/Exterlor acryllc Latex
Block rlller
Y-531? Ultra-Hlde Acryllc Latex Block Filler
Moorers Waterprooflng Masonry Palnt
Pro-Mar Block Fl11er
Acrylic Bnulslon (FS
General Palnted $lood:
Alkvd closs Flnlsh: 2 flnlsh coats over prlmer wlth total dryfilm thickness not less than 3.5 mi-ls.
Flrst and Second Finlsh Coats:
TT-P-19 ) .
Devoe:
Glidden:
Moore:
S-W:
Prlme Coat:
Devoe:
Glidden:
Moore:Pittsburgh:
P & L:
S-W:
15xx Wonder Shielct Exterior Acrylic Latex
Flat llouse Palnt
Y3525 Spred Gl1de-On
Moorgard Latex House Paint
weather Perfect Acryllc Latex FIat Exterlor
Flnlsh
Exterlor Primer Coating (FS TT-P-25).
1102 ALl-Weather Exterlor Alkyd House Palnt
Prlmer
Y-1951 Spred Gel-Flo Base Coat
Moorets Moorwhlte Prlmer
5-Line Speedhide Exterlor ulood Primer
Permallze Exterior PrimerExterlor Wood Primer
Exterior Atkyd Gloss Enamel
I
I
I
I
I
I
7oxx Mlrrolac Interlor/Exterlor
Enamel
Y-4500-tine Glld-Gr.tard Industrial
Impervo HLgh closs Enamel
5-Line Speedhlde Qutck-Dry Alkyd
Effecto Enamel
S-w hdustrles Enamel
2 coats.
Alkyd Gloss
EnameI
EnameI
Flrst and Second Coats: Alkyd-oll Paint for Rough Sldlng
(FS TT-P-52).
Devoe: 14XX De-Vo-Ko Exterlor Alkyd FIat shake PaintGlldden: Y-700 Spred solld o11 StainMoore: Moorers Pentaflex
I
I
01
lli
05
t:;
08
rii
rii
15
ri:
ril
22
lzt
25
ri.'
rii
32
l;;
35
ri:
,r 39lit
42lti45
ll:
49l:l
52
l:i
56
l;3
59
I'o
89-353 09900 - 9
Plttsburgh: 5-Llne Speedhlde Exterlor Wood Flnlshes
P & L: Solld-glde Rustlc StalnS-W: S-ll Exterlor Solld Staln
@t:
I'ulI .Gloss Alkvd Enamel: 2 Flnlsh coats over prlmer.
Prlme Coat: Red Lead Plgnented Primer (FS TT-P-85).
Primer is not regulred on items dellvered'shop prlned.
Devoe: 4L82L Bar-ox Red Lead Metal PrlmerGlidden: Y-5532 Glld-Gtrard Red Lead Metal PrlmerMoore: Ironclad Retardo Rust Inhlbitlve PaintPlttsburgh: tJC :-0424.Red Lead PrlmerP&L: P&LRedLeadPrimerS-W: S-w Kromlk Metal Prlmer
Flrts and Second Flnish Coats: Hlgh Gloss Alkyd Enamel
(FS TT-E-489).
Devoe: 70XX Mirrolac alkyd Gloss Ename1Glidden: Y-4500-LlneGlid-Guard Industrial EnamelMoore: Impervo Hlgh'Gloss Enamel Exterj.orlfnteriorPittsburgh: 6-252 Speehide Quick-Dry Alkyd Enamel
P & L: Effecto EnamelS-W: S-W Metallstlc II Enamel
Zinc Coated Metal:
ffio.*"r: 2 Flriish coats over primer.
Prlme Coat: Zinc Dust-Zinc Oxide Primer (FS TT-P-641).
Devoe: 14100 Zinc Dust Prlmer and FlnishGlldden: y-5229 Glld-Guard Al1-Purpose Metal PrlmerPlttsburgh: 6-215 Speedhlde Galvanlzed Steel PrimerS-W: S-91 Galvanized lron Prlmer
Flrst and Second Flnlsh Coats: Hlgh Gloss Alkyd Enamel
(FS TT-E-489).
Devoe:70Xx Mirrolac fnterior/Exteri-or Alkyd Gloss
EnarnelGlldden: Y-4500-LineGlld-GtrardAlkyd rndustrlal
EnameIPittsburgh: 6-252 Speedhlde Qulck Dry alkyd Gloss Enamel
S-W: S-W Metallstlc II Enamel
3.o5@:
@:
Lusterless (Flatl E:nulslon Flnish: 2 Flnlsh coats over filIed
surface.
01
o2
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
10
1l
t2
r3
L4
15
15
I7
r8
19
20
?L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
4I
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
89-35 3 09900 - 10
Filler Coat: Solvent-Thtnned Block F111er (FS
TT-F-1098). APPIy flller coat at a rate to ensure
complete coverage wlth pores fllIed.
Devoe: 52901 B1oxfl1 Acryllc FIat Latex Block Fl]Ier
Glldden: Y-5317 Line Ultra-Hlde Acrylic Block FllLerMoore: Moore's Waterproofing Masonry PalntS-W: S-W Pro-Mar Block Fll1er
Flrst and Second Flnlsh Coats: -Interlor Latex Emulslon
(FS rT-P-29).
Devoe: 36XX wonder-Tones Latex Flat wa1I PalntGlldden: Y-3400-Llne Spred Satln Latex Wall PalntMoore: Moore's Regal I{alI SatlnS-91: S-w Pro-Mar 400 tatex rlat Wall Paint
@3
I
!
I
I
Fil-ler Coat: Latex type masonrycoat at a rate to ensure completed
Second and Thlrd Coats: Polyester
Elrst Coat:
Devoe:
Glldden:
Moore:
Plttsburgh:
P & L:
S-W:
Second Coat:
Devoe:
Glldden:
Moore:
Plttsburgh:
P & L:
S-W:
block flller. Apply flller
coverage wlth pores flIIed.
Epoxy (FS TT-C-s4s).
I
IPlttsburgh: 15-610/16-530 Pitt-Glaze Hlgh
Polyester Epoxy Flnlsh Coatings.
Gvpsum Drvwall Svstems:
Lusterless (FIat) Flmrlslon Flnlsh: 2 coats.
SoIlds
fnterior Latex Base Prlmer Coat (FS TT-P-650)
50801 Wonder-Tones Latex Flat waIl Palnt
Y-3416 Spred Prlmer Sealer
Moorers Latex Quick-Dry Prlme Seal6-2 PPG Qulck Drylng Interlor tatex Prlmer
Sealer
Pro-Hlde Plus Latex Primer
S-W Pro-Mar tatex WaLI Prlmer
Interlor Flat tatex Base Paint (Fs rT-P-29).
36XX Wonder Tones Interior Latex FIat wa]-I
Paint
Y-3400 Llne Spred Satln Latex WaIl Palnt
Moore's Regal Wall Satln
5-70 Speedhide Latex Flat wall Palnt
Pro-Hide PIus Latex Flat
s-w Pro-Mar 400 Latex FIat wa1l Palnt
I
I
I
Ordorless Seml-Gloss Alkvd Enamel Flnish:dry film thlckness not less than 2.5 mlls.
I
3 coats with total
lo,.
lli
05
l3t08
rii
L2llr
li:
)i3,
22
lz:"25
ril
29l:l
32
l:i
36
t:;
39
lti
Tli
46
lt3
49
l:i
ril
55
l;3
89-35 3 09900 - 11
First Coat:
Devoe:
Glidden:
Moore:
Plttsburgh:
P&L:
s-l{:
Second and
Alkycl Enamel
Devoe:
Glldden:
Moore!Plttsburgh:P&L:
S-W:
@@t:
Seml-Gloss Enamel Flnlsh! 2f1ln thtckness not less than
Prlme Coat: Red lead Base Prlmer (FS TT-P-86). Prlmecoat ls not requlred on ltens dellvered shop prlmed.
Devoe:
Glidden:
Moore:Plttsburgh:P&L:
S-W:
Flrst Coat:
Devoe:
Glldden:
Moore:
Plttsburgh:P&L;
s-$l:
Second Coat:
TT-E-509 ) .
Devoe:
Glidden:
Moore:
Plttsburgh:P&L:
S-ttl:
Interlor Latex Base Frimer Coat (FS TT-P-650)
50801 wonder-Tones Latex Flat wall Paint
Y-3415 Spred Primer Sealer
Moore's Latex $rtck-Dry Prlme Seal6-2 PPc'qrlck orying Interior Latex Prlmer
Sealer
Pro-Hlde PIus Latex Prlrner
s-w Pro-Mar Latex WaLl Prlmer
Thlrd Coats: Odorless InterLor Seml-Gloss
(FS Tr-E-509).
25xx velour Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel
Y-4600 Line Spred Lustre Seml-Gloss
Moorers Satin Impervo Enamel
27-lo9 t{all lllde Seml-Gloss Enamel
Pro-Hide Plus Alkyd Seml-Gloss
S-w Pro-Mar alkyd Seml-Gloss Enamel
coats over prlner, with total dry
2.5 mlls.
4L82L Bar-Ox Red Lead Meta1 Prlmer
l-5532 G1ld-Grard Red Lead Metal PrimerIron-Clad Retardo Rust Inhibltlve Palnt
u610424 Speedhlde Red Lead Primer
P & L Red Lead PrimerS-ll Kromlk Metal Prlmer
fnterlor Enamel Undercoat (FS TT-E-543).
8801 VeLour ^*lkyd Enamel Undercoat
Y-4500 Serles Spred Lustre Semi-Gloss Enamel
Moore's Alkyd Enanel Underbody
6-5 Speedhlde qulck Drylng E:namel Undercoaterfnterlor Trlm Prlmer
S-lrl Pro-Mar ;[kyd Seml-Gloss
Odorless Interior Seml-GIoss Enamel (FS
26xx velour Alkyd Seml-Gloss Enamel
Y-4500 Llne Spred Lustre Seml-Gloss
Moore's Satin fmpervo Enamel
27-LO9 l{all-Hlde Semi-Gloss Enamel
Pro-Hlde PIus Alkyd Senl-Gloss Enamel
S-w Pro-Mar Alkyd Seml-Gloss Enamel
01
o2
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
10
11
t2
13
14
15
I6
L7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
<'t
52
53
54
55
89-35 3 09900 - 12
Palnted Woodwork and Hardboard:
Seml-G1oss Ename1 Finlsh: 3 coats
Flrst Coat: Interior Enamel Undercoat (FS TT-E-543)
Devoe: 8801 velour Alkyd Enamel UndercoatGlldden: Y-555-Line Spred UndereoaterMoore: Moorets Alkyd Ename1 UnderbodyPlttsburgh: 6-6 Speedhlde Qulck-Drylng Enamel Undercoater
I
I
P&t:
s-tll:
fnterior Trlm Prlmer
S-tf wall and Wood Primer
Interlor O1l Staln (FS TT-S-711)
95xx wonder Woodstaln alkyd staln
Y-20I tlne-Ultra-Hlde Interl0r Stain
Benwood Interlor Staln
77-302 Rez Medlum Tint Base
S-Serles Tonetic wood Staln
S-w o11 Staln
Bleached Shellac (FS TT-S-300).
4900 wonder Woodsealer Qulck Dry Sealer
Moorers Benwood Ouick Dry Sanding Sealer
S-lf Pro-Mar varnlsh Sandlng, Sealer
on Open Graln t{ood: Paste Wood Flller (FSl{lpe before flrst varnlsh coat.
4800 Wonder Woodstaln Interlor Paste WoodFlller
Y-700 Llne Paste Wood Filler
Moore's Benwood Paste wood rilIer
S-W Sher-Wood Fast Dry Filler
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Second and lhird Coats: Odorless Interlor Semi-Gloss
Enarnel (FS TT-E-509).
Devoe: 25XX velour Alkyd Seml-Gloss Ename1Glldden: Y-46o0 Llne spred Lustre Seml-GlossMoore! Moore's Satin Impervo EnamelPlttsburgh: 27-IO9 wall-Hide Semi-Gloss Ename1
P & L: Pro-Hlde Plus Alkyd Seml-Gloss EnamelS-W: S-$f Pro-Mar Alkyd Seml-Gloss Enanel
Stalned Woodwork:
3 Flnish Coats over staln
Staln coat:
Devoes
Glidden:
Moore:Plttsburgh:P&L:
S.W:
Flrst Coat:
Devoe:
Moore:
S-W:
Flller Coat
TT-F-335 ) .
Devoe:
Glidden:
Moore:
S-W:
I
t
I
F1n1sh:
lo,. 8e-363 09900 - 13
-:02
1,03r04
05 Second and Third Coats: Oll Rubbing VarnLsh (FS TT-v-85).
105
l0? Devoe: 4500 wonder Wood Satln altVd Satln varnlsh- 08 GLldden: Y-10 Satln Spred Pol!rurethane Varnlshr09 Moore: MoorErs Benwood Satln Flnlsh varnish
lro Pittsburgh: 77-7 F(ez Satln VarnLsh-11 P & r.: 51 Cleaa Finlsh varnlshL2 S-lf: S-W O11 Base varnlsh, Gloss!rs114 E[fD OF SEerrOt 09900
I
I
t
I
l,
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
1,.
lli
05
ll;
08
lii
T2ll:
15
fi:
ril
22rii
)ii
29
l:l
32
lii
ti:
.39lll
42
rii
li:
liiaz
t::
l;:
59
l:l
89- 36 3 10r00 -
sEeffol{ r0r.00
I|ARtrRBOIRDS Ap TACKBOIRDS
PART 1 - GENERAI,
1.OO@:
Drawlngs and general provlslons of Contract, lncludlng Generaland Supplementary Condltlons and Dlvlslon-1 SPeclflcatlon
sectlons, apply to work of thls Sectlon.
1.01 @:
The extent of markerboards and tackboards i-s shown on the
Drawlngs.
The types of markerboards and tackboards specifled in this
Section include the followlng:
Porcelaln enamel-on-stee1 wrlting surfaces
rackboards
1.o2@:
General:
t"t"* otherwise acceptable to the Archltect, furnish all
markerboards and tackboards by one manufacturer for the entire
proJ ect.
tn addition to the requirements of these Speciflcatj.ons, com--p1y with manufacturer's instructions and recommendatlons forall phases of the work, lncludlng preparation of substrate,lnstallation of grounds and anchors and application of mater-ials.
Provlde colors and textures of materlals for markerboards and
tackboards as lndlcated or, lf not lndicated, as selected by
the Archj-tect from manufacturerrs standard colors and patterns.
Fleld Measurements:
Take field measurernents prlor to preparatlon of Shop Drawings(lf any) and fabrlcatlon where posslble, to ensure proper
flttlng of the lrork. However, do not delay Job progress; allow
for trlmming and fltting wherever the taklng of field measure-
ments before fabrlcation mlght delay the work.
1.03 S!@![rfi:
e@:
Submlt two (21 copies of manufacturer's technlcal data and
lnstallatlon lnstructions for each materlal and component part,
lncludlng data substantlatlng that materials comply with
requlrements.
01
Q2
n?
04
05
05
07
08
09
10
11
I2
r3
14
15
15
L7
rft
I9
20
2L
22
23
24
25
25
27
28'29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
4t
42
43
44
45
46
4g
49
50
51
JZ
tr?
54
55
55
57
58
59
89-353 10100 - 2
Sples.: Submlt one (1) set of samples for each type and color
6Fmartcerboard, tacliboard, trim -and accessories requlred.
Provlde 12' square sample of sheet naterlals anq 1?" l^engths of
trlm members. Rrchiteit's revlew of samples wlll be for color,
pattern and texture only. Compllance with all other
iequirements ls the excluslve responsiblllty of Contractor.
Shop Drawinqs:Submlt Shop Drawings fol each type of. markerboard
anA'EEoa;tl. Include dlmensloned elevatlons. Show anchors'
grounds, relnforcement, accessorles and lnstallatlon detalls.
PART 2 - PROIX'CTIS
2.01 EIEEE'rers.:
@.:
Manufacturer: Alliancewall , Claridge, or aPProved equal .
Al1 porcelln enameL oa 22 GA. leveled steel; made of hlgh fired
frits as follows:
Nickel deposltlon coat of two (2) grams per sq. ft.
Cobalt prlmer coat of .0025" min. thlckness
The side opposlte the wrltlng surface shaLl have two (2) uni-
form coats conslstlng of:
Nlckel depositton coat two (2) grams/sg. ft. and a cobalt
ground coat of .0025".
Color: To be selected
Deslgn components to allow for expanslon and contractlon for a
minlmum amblent temperature range of 100'F without causing
buckllng.
Form metal work to requlred shapes and slzes wlth true curves,llnes, angles wlth all edges turned back 1/4' radius.
Jolnts shall be butt Joints.
Chalktrav:' Furnlsh the manufacturerrs standard contlnuous,
solld ExErusion type alurnlnum chalktray with rlbbed sectlon and
smoothly curved eiposed ends, for each markerboard.
Map Rall : Rrrnish map ral1 at the top of each unlt, complete
wlth the followlng accessorles:
Display Ra1I : Provlde continuous cork dlsplay_ rall
appoxlmately 1rr or 2" wlde, as indlcated. lntegral with
the map rail.
End Stops: Provlde one end stop at each end of the map rail .
I
t
l
I
I
T
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
lo,.
ll;
05
lti
lii
tii
I5
ri:
)i3,
22
131
25
Jiz
29l:l
32
l:i
li:
39lll
42
lil
46lll
49
f:;
t:l
l::
89-353 10100 - 3
Map Hooks: Provlde 2 map hooks for each 4' of map rall of
fraction thereof.
Tackboards z
' Natural Cork Tackboards: Provlde slngle layer 1/4" thlck seam-
@raln bullettn board quality natural cork
sheet, face sanded for natural finlsh, complylng with MS MIL-
C15116, Type II .
PART 3 - EXECTEION
3.01 SEEEEU:
Insta]Ier must examlne areas and condltlons under which units
are to be installed and mrst notlfy Contractor, in wrlting, ofcondltions detrimental to proper and tlmely completlon ofWorkr Do not proceed wlth Work untll unsatlsfactory condltlons
have been corrected 1n a manner acceptable to the rnstaller.
3.02 INSTAI.LAITIOil:
Install units in locations and mountlng heights as shown on
Drawlngs and ln accordance wlth manufacturer's instructions,
keeping perimeter llnes stralght, plunb and level . Provlde allgrounds, clips, backlng materlals, adheslves, brackets,
anchors, trlm and accessorles for complete lnstallatlon.
Dellver factory-bullt unlts conpletely assembled in one plece
without Joints, whenever posslbIe. $rhere dinensions exceedpanel slze, provlde 2 ot more pleces of equal length, as
acceptable to the Architect. When overall dlmenslons requlredellvery ln separate unlts, preftt at the factory, dj-sassemblefor dellvery and make f1nal Jolnt at the s1te. Use spllnes at
Jolnts to malntaln surface allgnment and smooth joints.
hstall unlts wlth concealed hangers plunb and level 1n accord-
ance with the manufacturer's prlnted lnstructlons.
tnsta]l uslng adheslve recontnended by the manufacturer and ln
accordance with adhesi.ve manufacturer's prlnted lnstructions.
Coordlnate Job-assembled unlts wlth grounds, trim and acces-sories. Join aII parts wlth neat preclslon fit.
3. 03 lUISi:LAflp_gE'E,lU:
verlfy accessories regulred for each unlt properly lnstalled
and operating units properly functionlng.
Clean units ln accordance wLth manufacturer's instructions,
breaklng in only as recommended.
ElrD OF SEqfrorf 10100
t
olo,.
tl:
05
lst08
lii
T2ll:
15
ri:
ril
4Z
l1'.-
25ril
lii
32
l3;
J5
ri:
.J'
1n
42lil
lr:
49l:l
52
t:i
,...55I:I
59
89-36 3 10150 - I
sEefroN .10150
IIOIIfiT PARTITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAI,
1.00@:
Drawlngs and general provlslons of the Contract, lncludlng
General and Supplenentary Condltlons and the Dlvlslon-I
Speciflcation sections, apply to work of thls Sectlon.
1.01 DESCRIPFTON OF WORK:
The extent of toilet partltion work is shown on the Drawings.fnstall under Section 05100 as specified in this Sectlon.
The types of tollet partitions include the followlng:
Floor supported partitions
Related work SDectfled Elsewhere:.
section 05500: Metal Fabrlcation
Section 05100: Rough Carpentry
Sectlon 10800: Toilet and Bath Accessories
1.02@:
F1eld Measurements: When possible, take fleld measurementsprior to preparatlon of Shop Drawings and fabrlcation to ensure
proper fitting of the work. otherwise, lndicate field measure-
ments on flnal Shop Drawings.
Inserts and Anchoraqes: Furnish inserts and anchorlng devices
whlch must be bullt lnto other work for the installatlon ofto1let partltions and related r,cork. Coordlnate delivery with
other work to avoid delay;
1.03 SSEIII:EIALS:
Product Data: Submlt manufacturer's detalled technlcal datafor materials, fabrlcatlon and lnstallatlon. Include catalog
cuts of hardware, anchors, fastenlngs and accessorles.
Transmlt copy of each to the Installer.
Shop Drawings: Submit ShoP Drawlngs for the fabrlcation and
erectlon of tollet partitlon assemblies whlch are not fully
descrlbed by manufacturer's published literature. Include
plans and elevatlons at minlmum 1" to Lr (1:10 metrj.c) scale,lnd lnclude details at a mlnlmum 3" to 1' (1:5 metrlcl scale.
Show anchorage, accessory ltems and flnlshes. Provide locatlon
template drawlngs for bolt locatlons in supportlng members.
t
01
02
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
1n
11
L2
1i
14
15
15
I7
18
19
20
2I
22
23
24
z5
zo
27
28
z>
2n
31
JZ
34
J5
36
?,1
38
JY
40
4I
42
43
44
45
45
48
49
50
51
52
54qtr
55
57
58
89-353 10150 - 2
Samples: Submlt three (3) 6x (0.15 m x 0.15 m) samples of each
i6@a .flnish and color. Prepare samples on metal of the
sanie form, aIloy, temper and hardness as w111 be used 1n the
partltlon assemblies.
1.04 :
Dellver metal tollet partltlon work cartoned or crated to
provlde protectlon during transit and Job storage.
Inspect metal tolIet partltlon work upon dellvery for damage.
Remove and replace damaged ltems as dlrected.
Store netal tollet partltion components at the bulldlng slte
under cover. Place the unlts on at least 4" (0.1 m) high wood
sl1ls or on the floors ln a manner that w111 prevent rust and
damage. Avoid the use of non-vented plasti-c or canvas shelters
whlch couLd create a humidity chamber.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 @,:
The following manufacturers offer products complying wlth the
requlrements of this Sectlon. Manufacturers not listed below
must recelve Architect's written approval .
Sanymetal Products Company, rnc., Cleveland, Ohio
Robart Div., International Fabrj-cators, Inc.
The Mills Company, Cleveland, OhioGlobal Steel Products Corp., Deer Park, Long Island, New
York
2.02 MATERIAI,S:
@:
Type:Floor supported
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
t
I
tConstruction: Flush type, of galvanized and bonderlzed
steel , minimum .00015' thlck zlnc coating each slde. com-
partment partitlons and doors to be lrf thlck, partitlonsof 20 gage and doors of 22 gage minimum'steel sheets.
Provlde vertlcal honeycomb type flller core of I/2" maxi-
mum cell s1ze. Doors to be relnforced wlth ztnc alloydie-cast integral flttings to receive hlnges. Provldecutouts, anchored for hardware and tollet accessorles
specified.
Pllasters: Shall be 1 L/4" L}:lck, 18 gage steel sheets,
same constructlon as pllasters, except core to be fullsize solid flller board. Include base trim cover of 304alloy stalnless steel .031" thick.
,|
I
I
t
I
t
01
tli
fl;
08
fii
lii
1tr
li:
ril
22
Jzz
z5
)iz
29l:l
32
ut
li:
Jn
42
)il
ri,'
49l:l
a4
r;l
,\ 50l;l
tro
I
89-353 10150 - 3
Hardware:
Mountlng brackets: Heavy duty extruded alumlnum anodized
brlght fintsh stlrrup brackets of types and at locations
shown on the DrawJ.ngs
Door hlnges: Non-rlslng chrome-plated zlnc alloY lle-cast' zLnc alloy pivot pins and bearlngs. Vandal-proof hidden
locking d-evice bottom hlnge mounted wlth Pln in slngle. shear ln bottom corner cutout.
Door 1atch,/strlke: Concealed }atch wlth rubber bumper on
keeper or sllde latch unlt uslng corroslon reslstant steel
or stalnless steel bolts.
Door coat hook/bumper: Comblnatlon Coat Hook and Bumper:
Hook and pln with rubber bumper one unit requlred on each
door.unless otherwise shown or speclfled.
Door puII: Manufaclurer's Standard Unit.
Anchoraqe'Devlces and Trlm: Provlde manufacturer's standard
exposed fasteneis of stalnless steel or brass, wlth finish to
malch hardware. Use theft-reslstant (one-way) type heads and
nuts for exposed anchorages.
For concealed anchors, use hot-dip galvanlzed steel items.
2.o3 $${rs@:
Baked Enamel Flnlsh: After fabrication and before gpplying
e,namel coating system, clean the galvanized steel surfaces to
remove processlng compounds, oils and other contamlnants.
Pretreat the metal surfaces with a phosphale coating.
Prime the metal wlth a baked-on rust-inhiblting prlmer.
Apply two flnlsh coats of thermosettlng acrylic enamel, applled
ly- the electrostatlc process and baked 1n accordance with the
plint manufacturer's lnstructlon. Apply materlals to provide a
mlnimurn total of 1.5 mlIs (0.4 mm) dry film thickness.
Color: To be selected.
PART 3 - EXEC-TIIIOT{
3.01 TNSPECTTON:
Installer must examlne the areas and condltlons under which
toilet partltions and related ltems are to be lnstalled and
notify the contractor, 1n wrltlng, of condltlons detrimental to
the proper and tlmely completlon of the work. Do -not proceed
wlth-the work untll unsatlsfactory condltions have been correc-
ted 1n a manner acceptable to the Installer.
01
o2
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
L2
13
1.4
15
I5
't?
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
z5
zo
27
28
29
A11
3I
32
33
34
J5
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
48
49
89-35 3
3.02 I@[:
10160 - 4
I
t
I
lGeneral: hstall partltlons rlgld, stralght, _plumb and level
ilftir tne panels lald out as shown. Provlde clearances of.not
more than l/2" between pllasters and panels, and not more than
1" between panels and walls. Secure pane'! s to walls wlth not
less than two 12) stlrnrp brackets attached near top and bottom
of the panel.
Locate walL brackets so that holes for wall anchorages occur ln
masonry or tlle Joints.
secure panels to supporting walls wlth manufacturerrs recom-
mended heavy duty anchorj-ng devlces, as shown on flnal Shop
Drawlngs or ln manufacturer's lnstructlons.
Floor Suoported Partltlons: secure stlrrup to waLls at loca-
tfon.s shown on the Drawlngs. Atlach pllasters to the floor
wlth expansion bolts and shields as recommended by the manufac-turer. Level , plumb and tighten the installatlon with the
Ieveling devlce. AdJust bottoms of doors level with the bottomof'pllasters when doors are ln the closed posltlon.
Hardware AdJustments: AdJust and lubrlcate hardware for proper
operatlon after installation.
Set hlnges on in-swing doors to hold doors open approxi-
mately 15 degrees from the closed position when unlalched.
3.03 :
Protect unlts so that there will be no lndication of use or
damage at the tlme of acceptance. Perform final adjustments topilaster leveling devices, door hardware and other operatingparts of the partitlon assembly just prior to final inspection.
Clean exposed surfaces of partitlons, hardware, fittings and
accessorles, and touch up mlnor scratches and other flnish
imperfections using materials and methods recommended by thepartition manufacturer.
Replace damaged unlts which cannot be satlsfactorily field
repaired, as dlrected by the lrchltect.
END OF SECTION 10160
I
t
T
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
lo'-
iti
fl;
08ln
11
tii
I5ll;
18
rii
)ii
25
Jil,
rii
tii
35
t::
r;i
42lil
ri2
49l:l
52
rii
l::
89-353 10400 - 1
sEqrroN 10400
IDETTTIF:TING DE\TICES
PART 1 - GENERAf,
1.00@:
Drawings and general provlslons of Contract, lncludlng Generaland Supplementary Conditlons and Dlvj-slon-I Speclflcatlon
sectlons, apply to the work of thls Sectlon.
1.OI DESCRIPTIOI| OF WORK:
Work Incl-uded:
Provlde identifylng devlces where shown on the Drawings, asspecified hereln, and as needed for a complete and Properinstallatlon lncludlng, but not necessarily llmlted to:
Door Signs
1.02 OUAI,TTr ASSTTRANCE:
Use adequate numbers of skllled workmen who are thoroughlytralned and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are
completely famlllar wlth the speclfled requirements and the
methods needed for proper performance of .the work of this
Sectlon.
1.03 SUBMITTAI,S:
Comply with pertlnent provlslons of Section 01300.
Product Data:
wlthln flfteen ( 15 ) calendar days after the Contractor has
received the owner's Notlce to Proceed, submit:
Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this
Sectlon;
Manufacturerrs speclflcatlons and other data needed to
prove compliance with the specified requiremenls.
Details of installation and anchorage sufficient to enable
proper interface of the work of thls Section with the work
of other trades.
Manufacturerrs recornmended lnstallation procedures which,
when approved by the Deslgner, will become the basis for
accepting or reJectlng actual installation procedures used
on the Work.
I
UI
02
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
L2
13
I4
15
15
L7
r8
19
20
2L
22
23
24
z5
27
28
ZJ
30
31
5Z
35
o 10400 - 289-363
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 @:
To match existlng.
Provlde the products upon which design ls based, or provide
equal products of another manufacttrrer approved ln advance by
the architect.
2.02 p9gE-$EgEg:
Provide door sign plagues to match exlsting at all new rooms.
PART 3 - EXECT'TION
3. 01 STIRFACE C€NDITIONS:
Examine the areas and condltions under which work of thls
Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to
timely and proper completlon of the Work. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory condltions are corrected.
3.02 INSTAI,LATION:
Install the work of thls Section in strict accordance with the
manufacturers' reconmendations as approved by the Designer,using only the approved mounting ma.terials, and locating all
cornponents f1rm1y lnto positlon, level and plumb.
END OF SECTION IO4OO
I
l
I
I
I
i
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
t 0l
rl;
.05lloe
t07-08
rii
L2lr;
15
ti,,
tii
22
Ji'..
25
v,,
fil
32ll;J5
t::
iii
42
ril
Ir:
49l;l
5Z
r:l
t;:
59t
89-353 10500 - 1
sEerroN 10500
UETAf, IOCKERST
PART 1 - GENERAIJ
1.00@:
Drawlngs and general provlslons of Contract, lncludlng General
and Supplementary Condltlons and Dlvlsion-l Speclficatlon
sectlons, apply to the work of thls Section.
1.O1 @:
Extent of metal lockers 1s shown on Drawlngs.
Types of products in thls sectlon lncludes the followlng:
. Box Lockers (four-tier)
1.02 OUAI,ITY ASSTTRANCE
Uniformltv: Provlde each type of metal Iocker as produced by a
single manufacturer, lncludlng necessary mounting accessorles,fittlngs and fastenings.
1.03 SSEUEEIAE:
Product Data: Submit manufacturerrslation lnstructions for metal- locker
technical data and instal-units.
Samples: Submit color samples on squares of same metal to be
used for fabrlcation of lockers.
Shop Drawlnqs: Submlt Shop Drawlngs for metal lockers, verlfy-
tng dimensions affecting locker lnstallations. Show lockers in
detall , method of lnstallat1on, flllers, trim, base and acces-
sories. Include locker nurnberlng sequence informatlon.
1.04 i[9g]g9EUEEIoNS,:
Do not dellver metal lockers until bul1d1ng is enclosed and
ready for locker lnstallatlon. Protect from damage durlng
delivery, handling, storage and lnstallatlon.
PART 2 - PRODUEIS
2.or@:
Manufacturer: Subject to compliance wlth requirements, provide
products of one of the following:
Box Lockers: Republlc Medart, Lyon or approved equal box
lockers (four-tier) standard lockers.
n1
o2
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
IO
11
T2
r3
14
I6
t7
l_8
I9
20
2L
22
23
24
z5
25
27
zd
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
37
38
39
40
42
43
44
45
45
48
49
51
az
53
54
50
<e
89-353 10500 - 2
2.02 I.{ATERIALS:
Sheet Steel: Mlld cold-rolled and leveled steel' free from
ffiie and surface lmperfectlons.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
I
I
Fasteners: Cadmlum,
heads, slotless type;nuts on moving parts.
Equlpment: Hooks and hang rods of cadmium-plated steel or cast
aluminun.
2.o3 E4E@E!98:
General:
' Constructlon: Fabrlcate lockers square,_ rlgid and .wlthoutwarp,- wftE metal faces flat and free of dents or dlstortlon.
Make all exposed metal edges safe to touch. Weld frame members
together to form rigid, one-piece structure. Weld, bolt or
rivet other Jolnts and connectlons as standard with manufac-
turer. Grind exposed welds flush. Do not expose bolts or
rlvet heads on fronts of locker doors or frames.
,: Fabrtcate of 15 gage channels or L2 gage angles, minl-
mum. with continuous stop/strike formed on vertical members.
Flnlshinq: Chemlcally pretreat metal wlth degreasing and phos-
phatlzing process. Apply baked-on enamel finlsh to al-l sur-faces, exposed and concealed, except plates and non-ferrous
metal .
Color: Provide locker units in color(s) as shown on Draw-
ings, or if not shown, as selected by erchitect from manu-
facturer's standards. Unless otherwise indicated, con-
cealed parts may be manufacturer's standard neutra] color.
2.04 I,OCKER ACCESSORIES:
Number Plates: Manufacturer's standard etched, embossed or
stamped, non-ferrous metal number plates wlth numerals not lessthan 3/8" high. Number lockers in sequence as dlrected byArchltect. Attach plates to eaclr locker door, near top, cen-
tered, with at least two fasteners of same flnlsh as number
plate.
!gS,: Provide nominal 6" legs by extendlng vertical frame mem-beri or by attaching grusset type legs made of not less than
16-gage steel sheet, with provisions for fastening to floor.
Separators: Provlde horlzontal dlvlders of not less than 15-gug" sheet steel between doors of multiple-tier lockers to
ensure rlgidlty.
zinc or nickle plated steel; exposed bolt
self-locklng nuts or locker washers for
I 01
rii
05
ll;
08fii
ri;
15
Jli18
lii
22
ln
z5til
tii
32
l3;35
ti:
?olll
42
ul
ril
tii
52t
I
I
89-363 10500 - 3
Trim: Provlde trlm at Jambs and head of recessed lockers' con-
ststtng of not less than l8-gage cold-ro116d steel , 2" or 3uwlde as necessary. Factory-flnlsh trlm to match lockers.
Secure trtm to lockers wlth concealed fastenlng cIlps.
Fl1ler Panels: Provlde filler panels where lndicated, of not
fa==--tnan tg-gage steel sheet, factory-fabrlcated and flnlshedto match locker unlts.
Sloped Tops: Provlde l6-gage sheet metal sloped tops-.
PART 3 - E(ECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION:
l'leld Measurements: 'Take fleld *.u"rrr.t"nts prior to prepara-
tion of Shop Drawlngs and fabrlcatLon of special components,
when posslble, to ensure proper ftttlng of work. However,allow for adJustment and flttlng of trlm and filler panels
wherever taklng of fleld measurements before fabrlcatlon might
delay work.
3.02 SEEEE&S!Q[:
Install metal lockers at locatlons shown ln accordance wlth
manufacturerrs lnstructlons for plumb, level , rlgld and flushlnsta1latlon.
Space fastenlngs about 48' o.c., unless otherwise recommendedby manufacturer and apply through back-up reinforcing plates' where necessary to avoid metal distortlon; conceal fastenersinsofar as possible.
rnstall trim, metal base, sloping top unlts, and metal fil-Ierpanels where indicated, uslng concealed fasteners to provide
f1ush, hairline joints agalnst adjacent surfaces.
3.03 ASMSjEII@N:
AdJust doors and latches to operate easily wlthout binding.verify that integral locklng devlces are operating properly.
Touch-up marred flnishes, but replace unlts whlch cannot be
restored to factory-finlshed appearance. Use only materlals
and procedures reeconmended or furnished by locker manufac-
turer.
Et[D OF SEerrON 10500
lo,
lli
.05
l!:
fii
lii
15li:
rii
22
lz'^
4Dtil
ilii
32
lit
fi:
39
lit-42
rit
tt'.
49l;l52
l;i
ll:
59
l'o
89-353 10520 - r
sEcrroN 10520
FrRE Ei!(TrrrclrrsHmq erBrNErs Al{D Am6soRrEs
PART 1 - GENERAL
r.OO RET,ATED DOCTTUENTS:
Drawlngs and general provlslons of Contract, lncludlng Generaland Supplementary Condltlons and Dlvlslon-1 Speclficatlonsectlons, apply to the work of thls Sectlon.
1.Ol@:
Definltlon:
"Fire extlngiulshers" in thls sectlon refers to units which can
be hand-carrled as opposed to those which are equlpped wlth
wheels or to flxed flre extlngrulshlng systems, unless otherwlse
indlcated.
Type of products in this sectlon include:
Flre extingulsher cablnets.
Mounting brackets.
Fixed fj.re protectlon systems are specified in Divlsion 15
sect,lons.
1.02@:
Provlde cablnets and accessories by one manufacturer, unl-ess
otherwlse acceptable to Archltect.
1.03 E!E!!!!!!IE:
@L!.ab:
Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instruc-tions for a1l protable flre extinguishers required. For fireextlnguisher cabinets include roughing-ln dlmensions, anddetalls showlng mountlng methods, relationshlps to surroundlng
constructlon, door hardware, cablnet type and materlals, trim
style and door constructlon, style and materlals. where color
selectlons by erchltect ls reguj-red include color charts show-lng full range of manufacturer's standard colors and designs
avaiLable.
Samples:
Submit samples, s1x (5') lnch square, of each required finish.
Prepare samples on metal of same gage as metal to be used 1nthe work. where normal color varlations are to be expected,
include two 12) or more unlts in each sample showlng the llmit'sof such varlati.ons.
01
02
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
1n
1I
t2
13
L4
15
16
L7
18
I9
20
2t
22
23
24
z5
zo
27
28
29
30
3I
5Z
33
34
35.\A
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
45
46
A1
48
49
50
3Z
54
s6
57
58
59
60
51
89-35 3 L0520 - 2
SART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 @:(By Owner)
2.02 T'OUNTING BRACKETS:
Provlde manufacturerrs standarcl bracket design to prevent
accldental dlslodgement of extlngruisher, of proper size for
type and capacity of extingulsher lndicated, in manufacturer's
standard plated flnlsh.
Provide brackets for extingulshers not located in cabl-
nets and for those located in cabinets, where indicated or
required.
2.03 :
General: Provide fire extlngulsher cabinets (FECB) where indi-for houslng flre extlngrulshers of typescated, of sultable slze
and capacj-ties indicated.
Constructj.on: Manufacturer's standard enameled steel box, withtrlm, frame, door and hardware to suit cabinet type, trimstyle, and door style indicated. weld aII jolnts and grind
smooth. Mlter and weld perlmeter door frames.
Cablnet Tvpe: Suitable for mounting condltions lndicated, of
the followlng types:
Seml-Recessed: Cabinet box (tub) partially recessed 1nwalls of shallow depth.
Trim Stvle: Fabrlcate trlm j.n one piece with corners mltered,
welded and ground smooth.
Exposed Trim: One-plece comblnatlon trlm and perlmeterdoor frame overlapping surroundlng wall surface wlth
exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge (back-
bend).
Rolled-Edqe Trlm:as folLows:
Depth: 2-\/2"
Rounded edges with backbend depth
Il
t
I
I
I
T
I
t
il
I
I
Door Materlal and Constructlon: Manufacturer'sconstruction, of material lndicated, coordinated
type and trim styles selected.
standard doorwith cabinet
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
Enameled Steel: Manufacturerrs standard flnish, hollowsteel door construction with tubular stlIes and rails.
Door Stvle: Manufacturer's standard design as lndicated below
and on drawlng.
Break Glass Panel: Float glass, I/8" thlck, wlth lnsldeffi
t01
lti
05
|:;08
tii
ri;
, 15
li:
ui
22
Jzz
25
ai
tii
32
tl:
ti:
^ 39
ftl"42
tit
89-36 3 10520 - 3
cleanlng and pretreat-
enamel coatlng.
Baked Enamel Finlsh: Immedlately after
ment, apply manufacturer's standard baked
Provlde colors or color matches as lndlcated ot, if notlndlcated, as selected by Aichltect from manufacturerfs
standard colors.
PART 3 - E:XECTIIION
3.OI INEiTAI,IATTOIT:
* ,*rs lncluded ln this sectlon 1n locatlons and at
mountlng heights lndlcated, or lf not lndlcated, at heights to
eomply wlth appllcable regulatlons of governlng authorlties.
Prepare recesses 1n waIls for flre extinguisher cabj.netsas requlred by type and slze of cablnet and style of trim
and to comply wlth manufacturer's lnstructions.
Securely fasten mountlng brackets and flre extlngulshercablnets to structure, sqluare and plumb, to comply wlth
. manufacturer's lnstructions.
Where exact locatlon of surface-mounted cablnets and
bracket-mounted flre extingulshers 1n not lndlcated,locatE as dlrected by Archltect.
3.02 IPEEE@U:
rdentlfy flre extlnguisher ln cablnet wlth Ietterlng spelling
'FIRE EXTINGUISHER' palnted on door by sllk-screen process.
Provlde letterlng on door as lndicated, or lf not indicated, asselected by Rrchltect from manufacturer's standard lettersizes, styles, color and layouts.
Identlfy bracket-mounted extingrulshers wlth red letter decalsspelling "8IRE EXTINGUISHER' applled to wall surface. Lettersize, style and locatlon as selected by Archltect.
Er{D OF SEqrrOn 10520
t
l
I
I
I
lo'
rli
05
li:
tii
rii
. l_5
ti:
rii
22
)zz
25
ril,
rii
32
rii
t::
39lll
42
rii
-46ll;
49
t;?52
tili
89- 36 3 10800 - 1
sEerroN 10800
$OIf,ET Al{D BATII ACCBSSG.IES
PART 1 - GENERAf,
t.00@:
Drawings and general provlslons of the Contract, lncluding
General and Supplementary Condltlons and the Dlvlsion-l
Specification sectlons, apply to work of thls Sectlon.
r.01 @:
The work includes each type of toilet and bath accessory as
shown on the Drawlngs and schedules, unless otherwise lndi-
cated.
Related work Speclfied Elsewhere:
Section 05100: Rough Carpentry
1.02@:
fnserts and Anchoraoes:
Furnlsh lnserts and anchoring devlces whlch must be set in con-crete or bullt lnto masonry for the installatlon of tollet and
bath accessorles.
Products:
Provide products of the same manufacturer for each type of ac-
cessory unit and for units exposed in the same areas, unless
otherwise acceptable to the Architect.
Stamped names or labels on exposed faces of units will not bepermitted, except where otherwise lndicated.
Provlde locks where lndicated, wlth the same keying for eachtype of accessory units i-n the proJect wherever possible.
Furnish two (2) keys for each lock.
1.03 SE!!IE!AE:
Product Data:
Submit manufacturer's technlcal data and installatlon lnstruc-
tions for each accessory. Provide Settlng Drawings, templates,
lnstructions and directions for installation of anchorage de-
vlces ln other work.
I
0t
o2
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
10
1I
72
t3
14
15
15
I7
18
19
20
2T
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
JZ
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
tr?
54
5f
55
57
89-363 10800 - 2
P}RT 2 . PRODUCTS
2.01 UESEEIaESI:
Manufacturer: ilrrnj.sh Bobrl-ck washroom Equlpment, Inc.- ltems
wEe manufacturer's numbers are lndlcated or equals by
llatrous, Inc. or Charles Parker Co. Include anchorage devlces,
trlm and accessorles as required for complete lnstaIlatlon.
2.02 ISSISQEEE:
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Surface mounted tollet tlssue dispenser.
Paper towel dispenser and waste receptacle.
8-165: Framed mirror 18'r x 24".
PART 3 - EXECTTfIOI{
3.01 ENgEEgg!ry:
Installer m-rst examlne the areas and conditlons under which
tollet and bath accessories are to be lnstal-led and notify the
Contractor, ln writlng, of condltions detrimental to the Properand timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the
Work untll unsatisfactory conditlons have been corrected ln a
manner acceptable to the Inst.aller.
3.02 INSTAf,T,ATION:
Provlde anchors, bolts and other necessary anchorages and
attach accessorles securely to wa1ls and partltions ln loca-tions as shown or directed. Install conceaLed mountlng devices
and fasteners fabrlcated of the same materlal as the accessor-les or of galvanized steel as reconmended by manufacturer.
Install exposed mountlng devices and fasteners flnlshed to
match the accessories. Provide theft-reslstant fasteners forall accessory mountings. Secure accessorles ln accordance with
the manufacturer's lnstructlons for each ltem and each type of
substrate construction.
Unless otherwlse indlcated, allgn unlts wlth fixtures, other
el-ements and as directed by the Archltect. Conform to ANSI
A117.1 for posltlons and mountlng helghts for access to the
handlcapped.
All accessorj-es shall be mounted to blocklng or backing for
"heavy dutyn, rough use. A1l items not anchored properly to' blocking, etc. shall be removed and blocking added, wall re-
finlshed and properly reinstalled at the Contractorrs expense.
END OF SECTTOil IOSOO
B-585:
B-35907:
T
t
t
I
I
I
t
i
t
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
1I
T2
13
14
15
l6
L7
r8
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
25
27
28
29
30
?1
32
33
34
35
35
37
38
39
40
4t
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
s0
51.
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
59
50
89-35 3 12555 - I
sEerroil 12555
GI}IIIASIT'H EOIIIPUHTT
PART I.- GENERAI.
1.oo@:
Drawlngs and general provJ-slons of Contract, lncludlng Generaland Supplementary Condltlons and Dlvislon-r Speclflcatlon
sectLons, apply to the work of thls Sectlon.
l.o1 W3
work Included: Provlde gymnaslum equlpment where shown on the
Drawlngs, as speclfled hereln, and as needed for a complete and
proper installation.
Includes:
Basketball Backstop
ScoreboardVolleyball Inserts
1.02 OTIAI,ITY ASSTIRAI{CE:
Use adequate numbers of skllled workmen who are thoroughlytrained and experlenced ln the necessary crafts and who are
completey famlllar with the specifled requlrements and the
methods needed for proper performance of the work of thls
Sectlon.
1.03 SIEEEEEIS,:
Comply wlth pertlnent provlslons of Sectlon 01300.
Product Data: l{1th1n flfteen (15) calendar days after the
Contractor has recelved the Ownerrs Notlce to Proceed, submit:
Materlals llst of iterns proposed to be provlded under thls
Sectlon;
Manufacturerrs speclflcations and other data needed to
prove compliance wtth the speclfled requirements;
Seatlng plan showlng proposed conflguratlon to achieve the
speclfied arrangenent;
Shop Drawings ln sufficlent detall to show fabrlcatj-on,lnstallation, anchorage. and interface of the work of thls
Sectlon with the work of adJacent trades;
Manufacturerrs recommended lnstallatJ-on procedures whlch,
when approved by the lrchltect, w111 become the basls for
acceptlng or rejecting actual installation procedures used
on the work.
01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
I1
L2
13
14
15
I5
l7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
z8
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
45
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
59
89-35 3 L2655 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUETS
2.01 SCOREtsOARD:
Manufacturer: Naden Industrles or aPProved equal
Model No.: SS-598PEV
Eurnlsh and lnstall complete, lncludlng all cable and wlring.
2.02 BASXETBAT,L BACKSSOP:
Manufacturer: Porter or approved equal
Model No.: Series *900 Center Strut xNon-Foldlngn
Furnlsh and lnstalJ- for a complete lnstallation.
2.03 VOLf,ETBAtrf, FT,OOR SI,EE17ES
Manufacturer: Porter or apProved equal
Model No! 00770-000, 2-3/8' dla. f100r sleeve wlth
chrome plated cover plate
2.0,r 9EEWSEAI{I:
Provlde other materlals, not speclflcally described but
required for a complete and proper lnstallation, as selected by
the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect.
PART 3 - EXECTITIOI{
3.01 @:
ExamLne the areas and condltlons under whlch work of thls
Sectlon will be performed, correct condltlons detrlmental totlmely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory condltlons are corrected.
3.02 JEEEAEEAEIQE:
Coordinate as requlred with other trades to assure proper and
adequate provlslon In the work of those trades for lnterfacewlth the work of thls Sectlon.
Install the work of thls Sectlon in strlct accordance wlth theorlglnal deslgn, the approved Shop Drawlngs, pertinent requlre-
ments of governmental agencies havlng Jurlsdictlon, and the
manufacturerrs recornmended lnstallatlon procedures as approved
by the erchitect, anchorlng all components flrnly lnto posltionfor long life under hard use.
Upon comPletlon of the lnstallatlon, touchup all scratches and
abrasions to be conpletely lnvlslble to the unaided eye from a
distance of flve feet.
EITD OF SEErtOIt L2655
I
I
I
t
T
I
t
l
.I
l
I
I
T
I
1
I
i
I
I
I
01
02
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09'
II
L2
13
14
15
15
L7
18
19
20
2T
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
2tr
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
59
89-353 T27T2 - T
sEerron L27L2
SNO{ASII'M SEATIITG
PART 1 - GENERAtr
1.OO REIATED IXrcUUEIITS
Drawings and general provisLons of Contract, lncluding Generaland Supplementary Condltlons and Divlslon-1 Speclficatlonsections, apply to the work of this Sectlon.
1.01 @:
Work fncluded:
Provide telescopic gymnaslum seatlng where shown on the Draw-ings, as speclfled hereln, and as needed for a complete andproper installatlon.
1.02 OUAr,ITE TSSI RAttCE:
Use adequate numbers of sk11led workmen who are thoroughlytralned and experlenced ln the necessary crafts and who arecompletey famillar wlth the specified requlrements and the
methods needed for proper performance of the work of thls. Sectlon.
1.03 SIIBMITIAI.S:
Comply wlth pertlnent provlslons of Sectlon 01300.
Product Data:
wlthin flfteen (15) calendar days after the Contractor has
received the Owner's Notlce to Proceed, submlt:
Materlals list of ltems proposed to be provided under this
Section;
Manufacturerrs speclflcatlons and other data needed to
prove compliance wltb the speclfied regulrements;
Seatlng plan showing proposed conflguration to achieve the
speclfled arrangement;
Shop Drawings in sufficlent detail to show fabrication,installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this
Sectlon with the work of adJacent tradesi
Manufacturerrs recorunended installation procedures which,
when approved by the Archltect, w1lI become the basLs for
accepting or reJectlng actual lnstallation procedures used
on the work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
o1
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
r0
'tl
L2
13
l4
15
15
L7
I8
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
35
37
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
52
53
54
55
57
58
s9
60
89- 35 3
Furnlsh accessorles as
scheduled below.
2.o2 QEEEIEIIE3
indlcated on Drawlngs and/or as
L27LZ - 2
Furnlsh Sym seating as shown on Architectural Plans and as
described below:
Model: t2000
Seatlng Capacity: 2OOOperatlon: Manual
NOTE: mrmber of rows and length shall be as shown on the
Drawlngs.Materlal: Wood
o I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
PERT 2 - PRODUETS
2.01 eEE&l&-qgE:
Gymnaslum seatlng shown ln arehitectrs plans and speclficatlonswftt be type as manufactured by Hussey seating Co., North
Berwick, Malne, or equal as approved by the Archltect.
Gymnaslum seatlng will be dellvered, unloaded lnside gyrnnaslun,
and completely installed by the manufacturer or hls authorized
agent.
All rows w111 extend and stack ln a telescopic actlon.
Each row w111 lndtvldually and automatlcally lock ln extendedposltlon wlthout the use of floor plates or shoes.
Sclssors actlon llnkage between succeeding rows will not be
accepted.
2.03 Q$[$[:
Telescoplc gymnaslum seatlng w111 be deslgned to support a llve
load of 120 pounds per llneal foot on both seat panels and footpanels, and a horizontal ssray force of 24 pounds per llnealfoot.
Tubular steel columns will forn all uprlght supports. Tubularsteel columns will be Jolned to the lower sklrt panel wlth
angle iron braces to prevent side sway
Attached to each rlght and left hand foot panel support will bea high denslty urethane roller to provide an even horizontal
row alignment and provide lndlvldual row support ln the stackedposltlon.
Each support column wlll rlde on three heavy-duty composltion
rubber wheels, 1-118' wlde x 3" dlameter, ground and trued to
prevent marrlng of floors. Wheels will have a bushlng for eachrolling actlon.
fo,
rii
05
le;'08
rii
^L2tl:
15lit-18
rii
22
Jli25til
tii
32
l3:35
ti:
39lfi
42
rll
ll:
49
Gi
t:l
.s6
lu'
89-353
Alt unlts mrst have(seml-closed deck) atblocklng vlew of floor
The back panels, back(shown ln accessoryfeatures and are to
grymnaslum seatlng.
2.04 9EE'rte:EE!4IfI:'
both an upper and a lower sklrt panel
each ron to provide a vlsual barrier
as spectator walks up the unlt.
ralls, end ralls, and 'seat level alslesIIst) are extremely lmportant safetybe considered an lntegral part of the
wlth the
requlre-and the
approved
t27I2 - 3
Seating sectlons shalL have a mlnlrn:m chair helght of 17 ' from
seat to foot panel. The front of the unlt shall be ln vertlcalregistratlon when closed.
One Year Guarantee:
The entlre lnstallatlon wlll be gruaranteed agalnst faulty
materlals, workmanshlp ancl operatlon for a perlod of one year.
Safetv:
Provlde other naterials, not speclflcalJ-y described butrequlred for a complete and proper lnstallation, as selected bythe Contractor subJect to the approval of the Rrchltect.
PART 3 - EXECITTIOIS
3.01 @:
Examlne the areas and conditlons under whlch work of thisSectlon w111 be performed. Correct condltlons detrlmental totlmely and proper completlon of the work. Do not proceed untllunsatlsfactory conditlons are corrected.
3.02 EEMEIAEI9E:
Coordlnate as requlred wlth other trades to assure proper and
adequate provislon ln the work of those trades for lnterfacewith the work of thls Sectlon.
hstall the work of thls Sectlon ln st'rlct accordanceorlglnal deslgn, the approved Shop Drawlngs, pertlnent
ments of governmental agencles havlng Jurlsdlctlon,manufacturerrs recommended lnstallatlon procedures as
by the Rrchitect.
upon completlon
abrasions to be
dlstance of fLve
oF sEcrro$ L27L2
of the lnstallatlon, touchup al1 scratches and
completely lnvlslble to the unalded eye from a
feet.
I
fo,'
lli
05
ll:
0ii
L2ll;l5
ri:
]il
22
lzt
25
til,
lii
32ril
l::
39
Ir?42rii
46lll
49
r:i
t:i
50
l:3
89-353 14212 - t
sEcfror L12L2
EtDRAttLIC PASSETTGER EB\tA:$(nS
PART 1 - GENERAI,
1.00@:
Drawlngs and general provlslons of Contract, lncludlnq _Genera]and Supplenrentary Condltlons and Dlvlslon-I Speclflcatlon
sectlons, apply to the work of this Sectlon.
1.01 @:
Provide hydraulic passenger elevator system
the Drawtngs, as specifled herein, and as needed
and proper lnstallatlon.
Other preparatory work not lncluded in this Section:
Provlding a legal holstway properly framed, enclosed, and
guarded.
Provldlng a pit of correct depth, waterproofed and drained
as requlred.
erovldlng properly slzed and prepared machine room for the
specifled equlpment.
Provldlng holstway structure requlred to wlthstand the
forces and loads resultlng from the speclfled equlpment.
Grouting as requlred under hoistway entrance s1IIs and
between door frames and walls.
1.O2@:
E@tcgd:where shown onfor a complete
Use adeguate numbers of skIIIed workmen who are thoroughly
tralned and experienced ln the necessary crafts and who are
completely familtar with the speclfied requirements and the
methods needed for proper performance of the work of thls
SectLon.
use components produced by manufacturers regularly engaged ln
the buslness of manufacturlng, 1nstalllng, and servlclng eleva-
tors of the type required by thls Sectlon of these Speclflca-
tions, and wit[ a history of successful productlon acceptable
to the Archltect.
Codes and Standards:In additlon to comply with pertlnent
@nmental agencies havlng Jurlsdlctlon, com-
ply wlth ANSI A17.1, "safety Code for Elevators' Drmbwalters'
I
Escalators, and Moving Wa1ksr'.
01
02
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
10
11
L2
13
14
15
l5
L7
18
I9
20
2t
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
50
57
58
59
89-36 3 L42L2 - 2
Terms used in thls Sectlon have the meanlng deflned ln the ANSI
Code.
fn cases where a devlce or part of the equlpment is referred to
ln thl-s Sectlon by the slngtular number lsuch as trmoto!"), lt is
lntended that such reference applles to as many such devlces as
are regulred to complete the tnstallatlon.
1.03 WEEAISI:
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
t
T
t
I
t
t
I
Conply
Product
wlth pertlnent
Data: Wlthln
provlslons of Sectlon 01300.
flfteen (15) calendar days after the Con-
the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submLt:tractor has recelved
Materlals list of ltems proposed to be provlded under thls
Section.
Manufacturer's speclflcatlons and other data needed to
prove compllance with the specifled requirements.
Shop Drawlngs in sufflcient detail to show fabrlcation,lnstallatlon, anchorage, and lnterface of the work of this
Sectlon wlth the work of adjacent trades.
Samples of proposed finishes of exposed materials.
Manufacturer's reconunended installation procedures which,
when approved by the erchltect, will become the basls for
accepting or reJectlng actual installation procedures used
on the work.
Upon completlon of this portlon of the Work, and as a conditionof its acceptance, deliver to the Archltect three (3) copies of
an operation and malntenance manual complled ln accordance with
the provlslons of Sectlon 01730 and these Specificatlons.
PART 2 - PROIXICTS
2.01 @84&:
Acceptable Manufacturers: DesLgn ls based on use of equlpment
rnanufactured and lnstalled by Dover Elevator Systems, rllc., andthe terminology used may lnclude reference to proprlgt9ly P!o-ducts of that company. Consttue such reference as establlshingonly the guallty bf workmanship and materlals to be used underthis Sectlon and not as llmlttng competltlon.
Provlde the products upon which design ls based, or provide
equal products of:
Otis Elevator Company
Montgomery Elevator Company
Other manufacturer approved ln advance by the Architect.
lo'
rli
05fl:
lii
L2fl:
15
ri:
I9
Jzl,
22rii
tii
29lll
32
ril
t1:
39lll'42
ril
46
lle
49
r;i
til
56
l;3
59
89-353 L42L2 - 3
Except as otherwlse approved by the Rrchitect, provlde elevator
systems havlng the followlng attrlbutes:
.udet:
orantltv and Tvpe:
gs@!s:
Speed:
E#t:
Landlnos:
Openlnqs:
Platform Size:
Car Enclosure:
Clmarron, *20-H
One (1) passenger elevator
2000 pounds
Elevator w1.11 ascend at an approxlmate
speed of 125 feet per mlnute and de-
scend at an approxlmate speed of 125feet per mlnute.
Refer to drawings.
Two
Two ln llne.
Refer to drawlngs.
To be selected baked enamel .
Hvdraullc Devices: A Hydraullc Power Unlt, especially designed
and manufactured for this service, will be furnished. It will
be enclosed wlth steel , sound isolating panels and will be
mounted on vlbratlon dampeners to isolate the unit from the
building structure. A mrffler, designed to reduce pulsation
and noise whlch may be present ln the flow of hydraulic oil ,wlll be provided in the o11 llne near the Power Unit.
Control valves, lncludlng safety check valve, up directj.on
valve wlth high pressure rellef lncludlng up levellng and softstop features, lowering valve lncluding down levellng and
manual levellng feature, will be mounted in a compact unlt
assembly. A valve, deslgned to shut off the flow of oil be-
tween the cyllnder and the Power Unlt, wlll be provided ln the
o11 llne ln the machlne room. Automatic two-way levellng will
be provlded to automatlcally stop and malntain the car approxi-
mately leve1 with the landlng, regardless of change ln load.
An up traveling car w111 automatlcally descend to the lower
termlhal landlng if the hydraullc system does not have a
sufflclent reservoir of oll . Power operated car and holstway
doors wlll automatlcally open at the lowest termlnal landlng
permlttlng passenger egress. The doors wlll then automatlcally
close and all control buttons, excePt the Door open Button in
the car operatlon panel . w111 be made lneffectlve.
An accrrrately ground and pollshed hydraullc plunger w111 . be
provlded. Ctre- bottom w1I-I be fltted wlth a posJ.tlve slgp
deslgned to prevent the plunger from leavlng the_cyllnder- The
top of the plunger wlIl be fastened to the car platen pIate.
I
01
o2
03
04
0s
06
o7
08-
09
L0
11
t2
13
I4
15
15
I7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
35
37
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
52
tr?
54
56
57
58
59
89-35 3 t42L2 - 4 I
I
I
I
I
lhe hydraullc cyllnder w111 be machined from steel pfp: lltt-t ?machlied.steel flange at the upper end and a heavy steel dlshed
bulkhead welded at the lower end. The cylinder wlII be connec-
ted to the o11 llne. A safety butkhead ls provlded ln the
cyltnder, designed to safely lower the car in the event of
fitlure of the Uottom cyllnder head. A packlng gland -wlthgrulde bearing, wlper rlng and packing especlally de.slgnel fgtf,ydraullc eLEvatoi servlCe w1]1- be mounted at the top- of the
clllnder along wlth an o11 collector rlng and draln hole. The
cyltnder wLlf be protected wlth a corrosion reslstant outer
coatlng especlally deslgned for thls use.
Evdraullc Mechanlcal Equlpment: Elevator car Gulde Ra1ls will
Flumb and securelY fastened to the
holstway franlng. Deslgn and provlslon of holstway framlng
w111 be-the ceneral Contractorts responsibillty and wlll be of
adeguate strength and properly positioned to wlthstand loads
appt-ted 1n conJunctlon wlth data provided by the Elevator
Contractor.
Roller Guides will be provlded for the car and w111 be mounted
at the top and the bottom of the car frame. Each roIler guide
assembly wlll conslst of wheels arranged to malntaln constant
contact on dry, non-lubrlcated ra1l surfaces.
The platen plate will be mounted on sultable sound dampeners
deslgned to isolate the platen plate from the car frame I
Spring buffers will be provlded in the elevator pit.
The frame, which supports the elevator platform and car enclo-
sure, w111 be designed and provided ln accordance wlth the duty
proposed. A light wlth guard and swltch and a duplex, 120 vAC
outlet w111 be provided under the car.
An Inspectorrs Operating Statlon will be provided on top of the
elevator car consisting of Up and Down constant pressure
buttons and an emergency stop swltch. This devlce wlll also
contaln a l1ght wlth gruard and switch and a duplex, L2O VAcoutlet. An emergency stop swltch wilJ- be provlded ln the e1e-
vator plt, designed to cut-off current supply to motor and downdirectlon valves and bring the car to rest lndependent of the
regular operatj-ng devlces. An electrlc slgnal beIl wlII be
provlded ln or adjacent to the elevator holstway. lhis beII
w111 be connected to the alarm button 1n the car operating
panel .
Passenoer Car Enclosure: The Elevator Car conflgrratlon wilt
meet the requirements of the ASME/ANSr A17.1 Elevator Code,lncludlng all Supplements lssued to date, lncludlng Coderestrlctlons pertaining to flame spread and smoke generatlon.
Passenger Type Holstwav Entrances (U.L. "8" Labeled): Hollow
twaY entrances wlll be Provlded.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
and
1n
01
02
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
10
11
L2
13
14
15
16
T7
L8
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
c1
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
6r.
I
I
I
J
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
89-353 L42L2 - 5
E:ntrance type and clear openlng entrance slze wLll be in accor-
dance wlth--data. Sl-lls, struts, headers, hanger covers, and
unlt frames wlll be erected by oover and set in proper relatlon
to the car guide ralls. Such erection l-s to be accomplishedprlor to constnrctlon of rough walls. Door panels w111 be
installed after the wall erection ls completed.
Entrances wlll lnclude unit franes, flush deslgn door panels,
sign guards, sllls, strut angles, headers, hange-r covers'
fascla-ptates, toe guards, dust covers and necessary hardware.
Materlal/Fln1sh w111 be as follows:
Fascla, hanger covers, toe giuards, dust covers
tura.L members w111 be fabrlcated and finlshed
dance wlth Elevator Manufacturer's standards.
Entrance Frames: Baked Enamel .
Door Panels and Sight Guards: Baked Enamel .
Entrance S111s: Extruded aluminum.
well for Cvllnder: (OPF-SP-?A) The Elevator contractor shal1provide the hole for the cyllnder on the basis of normal earth
dlgglng condltlons. For the basis of lnterpretatlon, normal
digging means uslng normaL bucket type drl1l1ng equlpment insoll whlch wlI]. not cave in and without the need for an outsidewell casing. Should the elevator contractor experlence rock,
sand, water, or other unusual condltlons, he shall be relm-
bursed at his normal bllling rate. Payments made hereln will
be over and above h1s contract prlce. The elevator contractor
shal-I have access to hls work area uslng standard dr1lling
equlpment.
Plunqer and Cvlinder: The plunger and cylinder shall be mount-
ad undEf the center of the car platform. The length of the
plunger shall be sufflclent to 11ft the car the requlred amount
of fj-oor travel plus normal overtravel . The deslgn character-
istlcs shall be such to wlthstand a ivorklng test pressure of
4OO PSI and the structural strength shall be sufflclent to lift
the weight of the elevator as well as the elevator load with
lega1 margln of safety as determlned by appllcable elevator
codes. The assembly shall be lnstalled true and plumb.
The hydraullc cyllnder shall be provided wlth a protective
coating to gruard the buried cyllnder agalnst corrosion. This
coating shall conslst of a heavy appllcatlon of bitunastic
coal , tar, epoxy, or alternate applicatlons of polyester resln
and heavy ftbeiglass. The elevator contractor will provlde
corrugated caslng for cylinder well and PVC caslng for J""!cyllnder. FlJ.L space between PVC and cyllnder with Union Gard
150 per manufacturers recornmendatlons.
Provlde adequate corroslon protection for cyllnder well and
caslng for the cyllnder.
struc-
accor-
o I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
01
o2
03
o4
05
06
07
08
09
10rl
L2
1?
14
I5
16
L7
18
19
20
2I
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
??
34
35
35
37
38
39
40
4I
42
43
44
45
46
48
49
50
51
52
54
55
56
57
58
s9
89-363 L42L2 - 6
2.o2 QIER MATE$IAIS,:
Provide other materials, not speclflcally descrlbed but requlr-
ed for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the
Contractor subject to the approval of the ArchLtect.
PART 3 - EXECT}TIOIr
3.01 @:
Examlne the areas and condltlons under which work of thls
SectLon will be performed. Correct condltlons detrlmental to
ttrnely and proper cornpletlon of the work. Do not proceed until
unsatlsfactory condltlons are corrected.
3.02 @ORDIITATION:
Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and
adequate provlslon in the work of those trades for lnterfacewith the work of thls Sectlon.
3.03 ISIIAEEaETE:
Install the work of thls Sectlon in strict accordance wlth theoriginal design, the approved Shop Drawlngs, pertlnent requlre-
ments of governmental agencies havlng Jurisdlction, and the
manufacturer's reconunended lnstallatlon procedures as approved
by the Archltect, anchorlng all components flrmly into posltlon
for long life under hard use.
Upon completion of the lnstallation, make arrangements for and
secure required lnspections, tests, and approvals of the com-pleted elevator systems. Make all changes and adJustments
required at no addltlonal cost to the owner.
3.04 r.tAnfTEt{AI{CE:
rn addltlon to requlred malntenance and protectlon during con-structlon, provlde malntenance on the entire work of this
Section for a perlod of one (I) year cornrnenclng on the Date of
Substantlal Completion of the work as that Date 1s established
by the Architect, J-ncluding but not necessarily llmited to:
Systematic examlnation, adJustment, and lubrlcation.
Repalr or replacement of parts as requlred, using o!}y
genuine standard parts approved for the orlglnal installa-
t1on.
Malntenance work as requlred during regular working hours
and regular worklng days, but wlth emergency call-backservlce available at all tlmes durlng this malntenance
perlod.
EITD OF SESTIOIT L12L2
I
I
I
I
DrvrsroN 15 - wrroN 15050
BASIC !,IDSRIAIS AIIID I'lEtrruS
PART I - GENEFJIL
1.01 REIA@ ffiUr{EblIS: ttre general prorrisions of the OontractT inclding
General afll SmlgttsrrtarT Conditions and @neral nequirstEnts, alply to ttte
wonk ctr a]l sestions of ttris Division.
1.02 PERtrfIlE, FEES, AtD Inil{ES shall be inclded in t}is rcrk witb oertificates
of final a€eptance bJrned over to the Owner at cc4letion. TaIr, nain
e*tensions' ard all fees shall be inclucted in bitl.
L.03 CRDIMIG! AIiD ODE go\terning vrqk stnll be fol-lq,sed as minfututt
requirqrEnts. Etollcn pJans arut qecifications if higher quality is intticatecl.
AII recqnrerdations d ASHRAE, $&Clia, NFPA' and gorerning codes with
annenftentE sball be follorecl.
1.04 ENERGY @DE: A11 qlriF€nt, controls, insr,rlation' etcr shall ccnply witlt the
Ado$ea Erergy Oode.
1.05 PdER mcmR of equignent orer I.0 (W shall be over 85t, or changeil to 90t.
I.05 VISII SIIE to €uicertain e*isting conditions.
1.07 OPERNIIIG IIiEIIRIETICIE| shall be typerritten for each systern giving tJe
sasonal start-rp arrl shrt-'ilown proaedures. Itenrize each piece of quigrent
ard list lrbricatlon type aruf intertral as vell as filter repJacunant sizes
ard types. Give tilane, Address, and Telephone nrrnber of eacfl Contractor to
c€ntast for the yrearts guarante. Revis ttre Bno,per cperation witi tte
Ormerr s representative.
1.08 $lBSfflItTIOI\F will be handfed as "Charge Orders' after biclling to permit
ernLuation. All electrical ancl brilcling alterations to facilitate substitute
eguipsrt stnll be included. Bids shall be baEecl on equignent nentioned on
plans c if noe, the first rnned in specifications. Srrbstitrrtions shall be
quo'ted to Contractor prior to bicHing to azoid "Bid Pe&lling".
1.09 MffinNICAL DRAI{IIGS are diagrarmatic and are noC to be scaleil for dfurensions.
Itefer to Architecb:ral drawings, stnrobrral draringsr c€rtifieil equig{Ent
clranirgsT and cqrfirm by fietd lrEasuretrpnts trrior to fabricaLing any rrork.
Verify rcuting wittr cttrer trades arrt pn:ovide offsets as required as no etrtraswill be allqved for correcting.
1.10 AS-E ILT DRIWIIiGSI shall be providecl to &gineer recording aIL changes
frcrn Oontract Plans. If a recharketl draring canno't, adequaEfy cuver ttte
charrgesr the oontractor shall prepa.re scale drarings.
I.11 srcP DRAslIIiK! shall- be sulcnittect on all valvesr fixhrres, inzul-ation,
anil equigrEnt to Engineer for written aproval-prior to ordering. Farr (4)
cqies of each in qre sutrnittal within 20 days of signing contracl.
1.12 lip EKBA GIti, DE[..gg[OqSr 0R CHAIGEII will be allflecl unless (bltar arnrnt
ard description d wk is aprorrecl in writing try Bqineer prior to rcrk
beirg done.
t
t
I
I
l
t
I
T
I
t
1,.,15050 - 1
o I
1.13 qnRA$EE all wk for me year frcm date of aaceptance ty Orner.
Any equitrrrent not cperating prqerly at final aacep'tance d buildirq sfnft
have itrs aee4tance date c.cnrerce after it has been poren to o1Erate
prqerely.
1.14 IRE-CoL€IRUCrION CGiIEEREtiffis lfittrin 7 itaye after l.lorticre to ProceedT alL
lbchanical (Division 15) s$r€ontractors strall cqttact the tbchanical
@ineer fc a reetirg to tliscrrss job g,oqress arrt to sqrer arllt questions as
to dlesign intent gior to cunrencing any vork.
1.15 I.ffi-UP CIAIISE: Prion to proc€ealirEr, a protot$p of each apartrent type
shall be oonstnrctect arrl approved try the BriLclirq Oepartrcnt anl the
Architect.. A11 eqrrignantr piping, &.rstrorkr and furrirq shalt be installed in
sufficient oorpletenes for I00$ aproval.
PART 2 - PRODUqfti
2.01 4UrHrtBtT AllD IIHIERIAL shall be nen and of highest grade of brarxt specified'
with all- accessories recannerded try the manufacturer for the agplication for
a ccnptete ard functioning installation. Itollov nnnufacbrer's Elrinteil
reccmnenlations. lhnufacb:rerrs representalive shall ascertain start+tp and
inst:.tlation pnoceeihrres are 6nrfornredl in acudanc-e witt reepective
installation nnnual.
2.02 BAS|ES, S{JPPCRIE, qJRBS, A[UtmS, CTITIIIiG AND PetreHIIG shal]. be irrcluilecl in
ttris division rmless qecifically stpron in oEtrer clivisions of vork. suqports'
shall be rigict arrt braced to prevent ssrcry or vibration. Provide steel angles,
threadecl rcds q "Ilnistnrtn systsr as applicable. No ctrainr tnF€r or wires
allcrecl. Arrchors ard inserts shall develop full bolt strength. Inserts shall
be Phillips or lGiljit. Ctrbs ancl pads shall be 12" ninimm above rmfs and
prcperly covered., qq:nterflashedt anCl flashed. Otting ard patching nay be
done orly 'rittr the Ergineerrs aSproval ancl no struc,lalral Erber may be ant
unless reinforced as directed by &rgineer. Use coper clrye on owperpipirS. Provide pipe offsets and anchors to cantrol pipe elqnnsion and sannd
transdsEion. Crt ard patch to matdr adjacent are€ur.
2.03 \ALVES At{D FITTIIGSi shall be full line size 125 PSIG minimm 9{P of Crane'
Jenkins, I{bfucorth, or Stockharn, wittr reducers for changes in size. tib
hrshings pernitteal. Gas valves to be tilcrclstrunr lrbricated taperea ilug. lbter
valves to be Apollo or Gane ball rralves 2'r and snallen. Valves over 2" shall
be Keystone rmfer or lug hrtterfly valves. Globe valrres to be Gane 14 VzP.
2.04 @i{ROL AlD INIERICK WIRI}G shall be 24 volt nrn in oriluit and inc}:declin this section d vrsk. Provide nagnetic starters fqs r'l'l rrctors under
lbchanicrl Divisim d vbrk with protecEion qr aIL 3 leads. Provide all
cdltrol arrl interlock wiring per nanr:factr:rerts recrendations. A11
equigent shall restart after poller cuttage.
I'IOIE: See electrical plans arrl specifications for voltage and phaee of P0[9ER
WIRIIIG prorideil. Confim wittt Electrica'l Contractor prior to ordering.
2.05 SLEEVE| shall be provided for all pipins ancl dhrcbrsk thrangh flors, rvalls'
anil rcofs. Sleeves shall be stanilarrcl reight steel pipe artl e*tend 1.25" abotreflors in unfiniEhecl €rr€Elsr, ard, V2" in areas wtrere esctrtcfieqrs are Srovided.
FLL L/2" titick FR Arnaflex arourd pipes to avoitt nrtbir\l v€ar ard scund
transnisson. Prorride collars for ducts for neat appe.rrance. Pack mineral rm1
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
t
I
I
I8962rs050 - 2
o
I
I
l
tightly between pipe ard slewe wtpre passing throrgtl a requireal fire ratdl
assemfy.
2.06 EfXtrcHmEi shall be Broritletl for all pipes tnrorgh mllsr flors ard
ceilirqs in ftntsheat areas. BeC chrure plateil. Use black ooqmition ct
carpeted flors.
2.07 II|SITIAIIIG qtPLIIiEi shall- be proritlecl vrtrere disginilar ntetals are
cqurectercl. Patrol Oo. or quaf by $lco.
2.0g SCI,]E ISOIALIION shall be pa:wided for aIL fans arrt aorrlensing units per
rnnufacturerr Korfund c Vibration lhrntlngs Inc r,ecquendatio'ns. Prorride
sBring srmonts on rubberin strear with inertia bases as ASHRAE recrerds
for ryecific aEFlication.
2.09 ACHTS PAIIEI{! shall be pnwiclecl wittr tringes of a size to qprate' naintain,
arril srure any quiWrtl valves, darpersr etc. Milcore c equal of tltpe to
suit cqtstnrtion.
2.10 EfERIrlCtr{EIERfi AtlD GAtffii: shall be prwided for inlets and cutlets of alL
heat transfer devic€s; Taylorr serice, or lfbiss' irxtuEtrial t]lge lt accuracy
9" red r.eadirq rerslrrf tfienruneterst 4 L/2n bronze Bqrrdon urbe, h:sheil
rehanign gages with L/4" ball rlallres. Provide }F45PT 1,/2" Unirrersal Nordell
preasure-tetqnrabrre taps m inlet, ard qrtlet qf a]l [rlmpgr coling coilsr
osvertersr ancl other tpat transfer tlevices.
PARtr 3. EI(ETIOI{
3.01 @RDMIEE !GK: Ocsrunicate wittt cther trades to.a\toid cpnflicts.
Oonceal piptng arrl &rctrrwk in fi:rrecl spac€s or drases prorided r:rder the
General Division of !{crk. Closely sbrdy architechrral' electrical' and
structural plans for crcrdination gior to ccmnencing work. Follqw
rmnufacbrrer I s printed reccnrrendationE.
3.02 CAUL,K arqld all qenings with approrred catlkirq qpouna. thiokol or
equal for mtertight ard airtigtrt insta[ation
3.03 @bmAL a]l rsk in finislpd arerur.
3.04 E|CA\/AE N{D BACKEI],L for dl nechanical ruck. Use ccrpacted sand for
o\rer excavation. Do not use cinle,rs s ccrosive soil for bacldill. Ccrpactin 6n nanimm layers to 95t AASID ffi Procter density and revprk if any
settlelI|slrt o€urs.
3.05 RE!,ot/E '.IRASH frcrn site ilaily. Rmrrc any rrrusecl or abandoneil piping'
eqrrigrentl etc. as directecl by &gineer. Sahraqeable itm stored as directsd
by Orner.
3.06 DETGEERIIG sha[ be Broviclect to keep the project free of all later ard pipecl
to a safe letion.
3.07 RfiEFIN NID EIIiAt @NNEI all kitchen qrrigrent pen Kitchen Contrastorrs
approved sfpp &arrings arxl certifiect quigrent gints. Prwide valves for al'l
pipinS nrgtrins €lic€pt, lnste arrd rrent. Prorride aU pipinq ard specialities
requireil for a coqflete installation. Reeiver urrtate, assernbler installt
anl insure all qrrigrt. Provide "ULr approraed rwImlly clo€ett line size gas
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[",15050 - 3
qalre in smly to qldpent uder }g|. Seee valtt€B clee rtpn tr.to1l
sttterir4t rysten is actttratert.
. Er$ ffi stEIroDI 15050
ut050 - 4896?'
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
l
I
It
DMSToN 15 - SECTToN 15300
FIRE PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
Al1 work under this section shall be subject to Section 15050 and the Contractoris referred thereto. Refer to Contract Plans for general arrangement and detai'l s.
1.01 SC0PE: Prov'ide all labor and materials incidental to furnishing and
installing the complete Fire Sprinkler system for the remodelled portion of
the Building as shown on plans and specified hereln. It is requ'ired that the
Contractor performing this work be familiar with detailed requirements of the
Fire Department and Building Department. The entire installation shal 1 complyuith NFPA reconrnendations, Denver F'i re 0epartment, Building Department, and
0wner's i nsuri ng agency (F actory Mutual ) . .
PARTS 2 & 3 - PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION
3.01 SH0P DRAI{INGS: Prior to commencing work, shop drawings drawn to scale as
required by agencies having jurisdiction shall be prepared by the Contractor
and submitted to the Fire Department, Build'i ng Department,0wner's Insuring
Agency, and other agencies having jurisdiction for approval . After alI
corrections are made and the drawings signed 'APPR0VED" by al 1 the above,
submit a set to Engineer for acknowledEnent prior to installation. Any
changes made during construction shal 1 be neatly recorded and turned over to
the Engineer for "As-Built" condition of the syst.em. Equipment to be
Grinnell, Allenco, Standard, Potter Roemer, or Elkhart.
3.02 INSTALLATI0N: It'is expected that this section of work will be coordjnated
with the other sections of work. If prefabrication is des'ired on this work,prior approval must be obtained from all other trades involved'i n the
specific installation area on the job. No extras will be allowed for
relocation of piping, heads, or equipment to avoid conflicts or attajn a neat
and workmanlike arrangement. Conmunication with all other trades is necessaryto schedule work and keep pace with construction. AII work shall run
concealed in finished areas. Run piping
clearance in areas without cei1ings to
Slope piping to drain per Codes.
as high as possible for maximum
clear ductwork, lights, and equipment.
3.03 PIPII{G shall be standard we'ight black steel above ground with 175 PSIG
tl.P. fittings.
3.04 HAI{GERS ANO SUPP0RTS shall be per NFPA Pamphlet 13 and 14. Mains and
branches shall be supported from adequate structural members.
3.05 SPRINKLER HEADS shall be Grinnel chrome plated flush (7/8x maximum
protrusion) type 12" clear of grid or edge of lighting fixtures for a neat
and uniform pattern in finjshed office areas.
3.06 EXTRA HEAOS, head wrench, and steel box with hinged cover for storing
ENI) OF SECTION 15300
15300 - 1
I
I
o
I DIVTSToN 15 - SETroN 15400
r Pu!{BnG
. PARXI-@IERAIJ
t ALl wk r:pder this section strall be subject to Section 15050 anal the Oontractor
is !€ferreal tttereto.
I I.01 S@FE: Provide arl labor arxt naterials irrcidental to furnishing arxl
instatling ttre ocnplete pfunlcing system as shown cr plans and specifieil
hereinr inclucling all f6ss.
PARTE 2 E 3 - PROTTtrTS AND E(EIIIISI
| 3.01 sou., voSIE shall be cast iron with lead and oakun,I approrred ltbFfrrb, neoprene lYseaL or equal. IEste piping five (5) feel or
farthen fron briding may be V€P with gfer neoprene Fennadoint joinLs or
t Code aprwed olasLic P\rc. Use cast iron (C.I.) urder drivamys, road,s, or
I hrildings. xHt/ ccpper may be usecl in tight areas abore grde mly with
figineer's rdritten lnrmission. t{o ccper may be used on water closet or
.a rlrinal mstes. Pipe n]r e\rap pan drains with 4" deep P-trap 1" to tmste.
I Stonn drain pipins nay be sarE or schedule 40 gahmnized steel above grade.
f
3.02 CI.EANCTTS stnll be provided at tJre base of al I staclcsr just prior to leaving
f brilding arxl 50f-0" naxinm o.c. for lprizontal lines in hrikling. SrterNt
I cleanqrts in eilirg plenrn up to flor abo\re ancl proride floor cleancut (no
cleanqrts in eilirg plenrns). Josam 58010 in corrcrete florsr Josan 58450 in
- wmcl florsr arrcl Josan 58710 in rmlls. Ortside cleanqrts shall be 100r-0"
I o.c. and shall be Josan 58090, set, iJl a 24"x24rx12" ttliclc ooncrete @ ltit|tt top flush wittr finished lFade, c"onnected to 'Y' in seroer rnain. Elnbecl "Y' into
an 18":c18'x12" tiick qqtcrete archor bloclc.II(I 3.03 VEIU PIPIIG shall be cast iron, galvanized steel, DliM c€[per' all per Oode
and shaLl be qathereal together to penetrate roof. Ttte area of tfe terminal
? vents shall be equal to building vraste pipe area, r{ith 4 pounal lead flashing
t turned dcnvn into tenninat above ruf .
- 3.04 DCII{ESITC 9BTER PIPIIG shall be trKi cc44ler soft tenper with 15t minfum
I Eilver cqttent sihrer solder joints vrtrere brried a$a[ 'l,ln c€pper wittt 95-5
= hard solder abor/e ga:de. Conneet to nain as slplrn. Prorride neterr rralrre pit,
anl svice per loca1 ortlinance.
I 3.05 e'AS PIPIIG shall be starrdard r,right black steel with mlleable screwedlfittirgs wbere not hrrieal. Btried pipirq c piping cocealeil in hrilding
I shall have brttrrelded forgeit steel fittings. uilt lrrap a] 1 brrieal piping
I vrittr unlrroken layer of cpal tar Kraft ketecEo ltrap including fittings. Costs'- irnrolveit in gas senrioe shall be inclualeal in bid. Provide line size rralve
Just gior to ent€ring the hriJdirg. Provide equiFent regulators to suit
I pressnrre srplieil. Gas piping on roof shall nrn m 12n high pitch podrctI sutltrloft,s per Oode secr:rley anchored to roof .
3.06 PIEts IlGiUIAftOit: Insulate dtcnestic hort later ard hot mter circrrlating
pipirq irrclr:ding valves arrl fittings with l" high ilensity prefonneil Fiberglas
preforned pipe insul-ation wlth FR^I fire retartlant jacket.
1,,,15400 - 1
o I
I
I
I
l
)
T
l
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
3.07 INSUIAEIIG qrPLM shall be provitleat wtrere dissirnilar retals qnect.
Patrol Co. q qnal by &so.
3.08 AIR CmMmRS shall be poviclect at each onnection to pre\rent rnter hmrcr.
Chders shall be nhimm 24n high. Josan 1485 shoc:l< absorbers shall be
proridletl [Er rIDIr recrrnprdations on the ends d ech branch EI{ and O{ min
serving clotbes vrastrers, flush valvesr nrinalsl solenoid, rptorizeclr or
guidc-closirg valves.
3,09 EDCNRts @NlEtrTtCISt shall be drrcrre platecl ard neatly arangecl for a rninimnt
of oqnsure. Provide valves sr each fi:<lure to permit, replacing washers or
valve seats on €ury fixture \rittlout affecting other fintures. Locate valves
adjasent to arcess pnels.
3.10 EDfiJRES: Prorrider rougtrinr uncr€lter installr antt final connect all
finturee in accordance wittr nranufacturerrs recqnrerdations with fi:<trrres
securely anchored to stnrcture bry netal $44lorts - no vrod al1oued. Prorride
necessary blodcirg and anchors. All rctal trin ancl ereosea piping to be
heavily chrcne platecl. Prorride china caps for vater closets. Fi:rtures shall
be as stpwrr an plans. Kohlerr Craner or luerican Standard. lhis qrtractor to
insure fixeures.
3.IL FI0R DRAIIS|: Josan 30000-55 sq:are top chrorc plateil in finished areas and
Josan 35000 &rctile iron top in quigrent r€rEt. See plans for special
drains. Provide 4" deep traps for all drains. Provide flashing claping
device with flashing for all drains not slabrcrgrade. Provide dcrrcs for
drains in bdtcm of sqnps.
3.12 llAsg all flor drains ard roof clrains noE slab on grade with 4 pqrd
leed flashirg a<terding 8" radially ortlaril frqn cuter eclqe of drain. Clanp
into drain flashing clanp.
3.13 SILL CffKS: filcoatforcl freezeproof wittr vacrnun breaken style called cut on
plans (*865 wittr lose key stop if nct stnln) for mll thicknees strcmn on
architechrral plans. Install concealed in an interior partition.
3.14 DCMESTIC finffi. IIEFIIR: Provide an insu]ated rretal jacleteal dcnestic
mter teater with aLl antcmtic cperating arul safety cqrtrols of sizel t1pe7
and capacity noted on pfans. IGA and tiFF atpro\red, vent thnr roof, AS,!E le\rer
Qpe Watts P-{I reli€f valve pipecl to mster arxl drain vakre oplete.
Insulation shall ecq[y wittr ASHRAE 90-75 Erergy Ooile.
3.15 'rEsmIiG shall be &ne 1er Cocle and shall at least include the folloring:
a) Flll all stacks to try and leave 24 horrs withort Lo6s of rater in the
entire vent ard waste system. Fi:rh:res to be fitleal to flooding level
fox 24 bqrrs.
b) Subject entire sl,st€to to 150 psig trydroststic test for 8 hours witlrcut
leaks.
c) Gas pipirq shal-L be tested witlr ccn4ressed air per Code with all joints
soap tested for leaks.
it) EErigent not able to withstand the abore shatl be testeal seperatlyat design pressure.
8952 15400 - 2
I
I
I
e) L€akE EtraIL be ffilecteil by disantling arrt ocrpletely r€naking jotnts.
f) sests shall be repeatedl until 100t leakproof.
I 3.16 cHI{RnnE all fl61p6tic water pipurg and water side of all quigent byf ttrororghly fh:shing, filting vittr 50 gm 'free' chlorine anrl let set for six
(5) tpurs' then thoranghly flush again.
I E!{D @ ffi",oN rs4oo
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
1,.,15400 - 3
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
l
I
l
t
t
I
DnIISro{15-wfroN15800
AIR DISf,RIHIIION
PAES 1 - @IERAL
AII vprk urrler this specification shall be subject to Section 15050 and this
Contractor is referred ttereto.
1.01 SC13PE:
The sprk under this section includes a'll laborr rmterialsr feesr [prnitsr
equi6nrent' and senrices for arul prWerly incidental to the installation of the
trcatirq and air curditioning $/ste[n as slpnn qr ttre rtrawingrs and herein
specifiecl.
1.02 DESCRIPTION CE SY]9[EM:
lt'he wstsn is ccrprised of ventilation / heating rcof top unit, ductlrcrk,
ec(haustr hot*ter gas boiler, fintuber crntrolsr and niscellaneous eEripent.
I.O3 ENERGY COI{SERVNTTON @MPLIAII@:
ASHRAE Starriard 90-75 sttall be rnet for equirment C.O.P., E.E.R. r poeer factor(0.85 or higher), bal-ancing clerricesr and insutation.
2 - PRoDrgS
2.01 PACKAGED SII.ER,:
Peer1ess, Riter or Aja:< of Btq/fr sea level inprrt stnn ot1 plans, nahrral gas
firedr 30 PSIG workin-g pres$Ee. Ccnplete package unit wittt boiler burner,
firebo:r, errtra cafety gas crfoff rralve' lt&Milfan *63 low vater cutoff ,
thenncneter, pressure 9a9er insulationr jackgt trimr arrl controls factory
wired and assernlcled wittr ASII{E starpr ACA ratedT atnospheric clraft iliverter,
ASII{E rated 30 PSIG set, relief \ralves witll test lever arul discharge piped toflor drain. Gae fired hrrner shall be alrpsphericr clrilledl port witi ges
shrtoff cock, gas Eressure regulator, arrl nrain gas rralrre esrripped for firingat 5000 feet. elevation. Oontrol circuit shall be LL0/60/L, wittr rriring color
codeat. Brrner oortrols shall consist of ttre follorirq:
Low vnter cut-off , series wired thnr high limit to internrprt f:he poren to Ute
fueL supply closing the cperating gas valve anil an nDDITIoBArJ autcrnatic
reset quiclc closing Genenal Oo,ntrols tryalrarntor c FireEle 81IA gas safety
cutoff valve nnurted lpetrearn of the cperating rralve qr rnain firel supplyline.
Qnrating control aquastat to Aerate a rmin gas diap*rrilr gas valve' w'ittr
Ims-qrtdor thenpEtat, aruil a O.A. stat to stnrt boiler ard heating plps off
abo\re 55 F. Dbnual stnrt-off aod< and gas presrsure reqrilator shall be
providecl.
Atrto qgark igniteal pilot with thernncorple anct pilot spitch bo<, wittr
shut-doiln of the nain gas rralve in ttre errent of a pilot faiLure shall be
prozided.
All cqrtrol wiring to be high terperature apliancre wire, heat anl npisb.rre
ls800/1
resistant' good for 125 c (195 F).
AIt elecErical winrg fon boiler csrtrols shall be firrnisheil arul insta-llect
by trhcbanical Corffactor.
2.02 FITER ITfIKE-I]P
shall be try a glyco/vater tanlc (as ilescribed herein after).
2.03 Er{PAr.lSrON stNK
shall be .llttrol wittt t2 PSIG ait charge d size, t1pe, and capacity as sttoldn
on plans.
2.04 PtlMPS
shall be Belt & Gosset,, singLe stage, single suction, entrifugal unitsr witjt
rptor on cqupn shaftr tlesigned for Eurping tro't^ Idaterr cast iron casingr
bronze fitted, witfi steel shaft and nechanical seaf d size shcnn on pJ"ans.
2.05 EINIUBE RADIATTO.I:
ArEor Sterling, or {urrt of capacity stnvJn on plans. Etclosures shall- exterd
vaalL-to<sall, r:nless stpwn ottrerwise. Delpers shall be ctntinuo.rsr but not
lorger ttnn 4 feet per secLion. Provide all acceesories including srryport
brackets' joinirg pieces, and end enclosures. Finbrbe qcver shall be
furnished in ove'r heights asr sfn$nr, arourd colrnurs ancl vrall offsets for a
neat arr:l finished appearanc€.
liUlE: Fql rivit c fLush scran strips a$t enal caps sectrrely in place.
2.05 EXPAI.ISION JOINIE, AIiEICRS, AND GIIDES
shall be as rnanufactured Qr l(eefle*r lrttrolr Elo<onics tdel IIr or
lhermo4ecfr. Provide expansion joints wtrere shonn or dravdngsrin center of
all nrns oser 40 feertr proEprely anctrored and Edcleil. Stainless sfel bellols
sharl be ratedl at L L/2't rninintm ccnqrression arril 1,/4n lninfunrn eortension'
Pipe anctors sball be installed at the closest feasible point to all- changes
in pipe clireetion ard e.levation arrl at main branch takeoffsr excep't near
elqansion lops. ell piping shalt be supqnrteil, anchoredr bracecl' anil guitleil
to oontrol e$pansiorr-cqttraction ancl pipe rrcrrsent itre to Fessure frcrn shock.
2.06 HEHII}C PIPIIG
shall be schedule 40 steel pipe vrith serewed orreldecl fittingsr or "M" copper
witlr 95-5 solder fittings (welded steel or "K" cc64rer silven soldered where
brrieat).
2.07 nsturAErohr
of feating pipirq in boiler rocnr ircluiling Rollairtrol nalves ant fittirqs
shall be I' ttriclr Fiberglas wittt FRJ jadcet.
lilxlE: Pipirq hxrq in ceilirg arr:l nrnqrts to teatirq elerents are not to be
insulated.
2.08 SHEEf, MEIAL !GK:A) cOhEl3llrcratoN: Jointsr llagesr and. bracing shall be per latest
reccnnendations of tlte ASIIRAE Gride or ${AC!n. Concealeal drcts may be
rectangular or equivilant rouryt at Contractorrs qrtiqrr if space pertnits.
lbte3 Prorride bracing arul aau'lking for 6t static Erressure m clisc*nrge side
of suptily fan.
I
I
I
I
l
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
It5800/2
I
t
I
1
I
I
I
t
I
l
t
t
l
I
B) FIEI(IEIA [UlIEi shall be rI]L 181 Ctass 1r (apprcnrecl for ceiling p1erurc per
Air Division CcnnciL Be* FF72RL) Genflex or lttrerrnaflex insulaterl flexible
tlucts wittr vapor barrier cover' In thick insulationr steel spring helix arrt
FiSerglas reinforcecl rulti*It with seanless air seal.
C) FLEKIBLE @DI{E[[OIS: Prwide Ventfab r-ttl. 181 Class 1r fireprof f1e*
cqnections (rcatherprof vfiene eqnsedl) frcrn chrctlrork to inlets and ortlets
of aU fans.
D) D(LT lIlRllS: Prorride 1-V2 insitte radius easy bends c acq:,gtical
uranufachrredl hollqs \rane Urrning blades eq'Jal to D:cbrns as manufachrredl by
Airsan Acu:sticr at all elbons arul offsets of 45 tlegrees or pre' in srr[plyr
reblrrr' ard ecrhaust ducts.
E) JOni[TS AltD OPENIIilsI in &rcts arrl arqud equigrent shall be caulJced air
tighL wittt Hardcast c 3!{8800. $ystsrs to have IaXIMJM 5$ leakage.
2.09 SUPPIJ DIFFT'SERS rr:TT.NiE DISFUSiER (CD) AT{D REMRSI GRIIJ.E! (RGi):
a) Returns and Ertrausts: l€tal-Alre Rts-D wittr cpposed blade dlanpers; 0.05r
rrudrnra friction each.
I'tanufact:rer to cteck a1 1 s<haust rregistes for nnxirnm 0.05" r*ater friction
at CFM nded on plans.
AII shall be satin paintable ahnrinrn.
Equal by Titusr KruEer' or Agitair are acceptable.
2.L0 EArrs
to be AIrg rated, penenenufy hbrietecl ball bearings. nV' belts to hare 150
minimn serrrice factor. Prorride bird screens, backilraft clanEprsr arrl crrbs
ccrylehe. Fans shall be &ok, Penn, or Jenn-Air.
2.11 VEfrS:
Prcnride letabestos \rents for all fitel fireil equigmntl $pe "8" if
abrcspheric hrner with draft hooal hrt "L" if not.
2.12 }DKFUP AIR ITNITS shall be lbatherite, Eastings, or Reznor wittt bp
stage heatingt FA - RA - ORe1ief controlled b'y stat in rnixed air to naintain
50 F entering unit. Provide freeze statin spaoe to stop unit beLorlr 35 F afit
sord alarm. Pr,o\dale ionizecl srolce detectors in stqply and rehrrn th:cts tost@
unit ard sanrd alarm. Spac€ terpenaUre shall be oontroed t4r space stat to
bring m hrrners in 2 stages. Provide night set baclc tirlre clod< wittt 10 hcur
sprirS over=ide to clcle rrnit qr 100t return air to rnaintain 55 F in spac€.
Prvicle a "rnrlcTiler 0-tl hor tirrEr to o\rer-ride tfue clocls for Day (oocttp)
moile.
2.13 GLYCOL SYSIEM: Proride a 55 galtor nakearp tank wittr an Oberrilorfer 991R
ro'tary gear pltp with bronze gears and bnonze trin to purp V5 GHtl at 100
PtiI. Provide a l'lercoid. pressure switcir to Etart trrrrp to maintain 75 PSIG in
I'cnter lnter systenr. Provide a li@onnell 9001,1 lor $ater qrtoff in tank to
stop gfiql if glycol-ater nix in tank falls belor gnp Euction. @at inside
and cutside d tanlc wittr Rrst*I-sur. Elush €ntire systsrr wittr raterr draint
ard fill entire ltxer ruater systsn with a 80t water 20t Dorctherm gR-'r mix.
I
I ls800/3
Provide qmer an un-qened 55 gallcr tlrum d SR-l after syst€s has been
qeratecl for qte week with slrsten fi[ed aruil suction tank filleal.
PART 3 - EXrcI'I[ot{
3.01 SHEEf, METAL:
A) CIilRACER @ EIE ttERK: Itre Oontractor shall exercise the utlcet care to
obrtain a smmth surfaae inside of all drrst rmrkr absolutely free frurr large
arrt srall fins, inperfect Joints, or oEhen cbstructions rrhich rnight, car:se
noise and increasect air friction. AIt joints rnrst be air Ligtrt. Any
additional drrct offsets G brns not stpnn an plans c inseases in lengttt of
run necessary to overcane obstacles shall be gorrided. Under no circrmstance
shall the crosrr srection of any ilust be decreaseil b'y dents G by pipes or rodls
nrnnirq througtr it. Dapers mst be absolutely rigid ard supporteal in
bearirgs wtrich al1op no rattling.
B) JOII{TS At{D OPENI}GS in drts and arornl equigent stnll be eulked air tight.
C) II{SUIAIE a'l'l supply, retr:rn, and fresh air drcts wittr 1" t}rick 3 pdnil
tlensity neoErene f;aceil rtl, 181 Clase Ir aprozeil Fiberglass acqrstical tiner
attached with Stic-Rlipe 15" o.c. each my, anil 100t area corering of fireprmf
adt€sive. Drcts arposecl to ortside shall be cqrered wittr 1" tnick 3 polrd
density dust linen qr to;l side, corzered wittr 26 gage sheet neta-l reatlrerpnof
correrirg. See tletails cr plans.
!OTE: Increase sheet netal to allcrr for liner.
TESTS AI.ID ADITJ$ITTIENIIi:
Each air ard ho't. vater syEten shall be balancecl and all nctor aq)erages,
t€lq)erature ctrops across teating elqrents, and CFM's recorclecl in ttuee (3)
bqrxl ccpies to clesign Brgineer €or approval at acueptance. Inch:de in report:
1) CFlf specifieil arxt CH{ recorded at each 9ni11e and diffuser.
2) CFlr specifiedl and G'u recorded at unit (neasured at cpil or in straightportion of srpply duct).
3) ALt notor naneplate arps ard neasured anps wtren cperating at full loadafter hrltncirq air. sbt drives for 95t nntrimrn d naneplate tuperage.
4) nalance rater qlstene for 20F drop across fintube radlation, 40F drop for
fan oil, 5F drop in dorestic tr, mter systensr ard 10F rise ttrnr chilledrater coils.
5) Balanc$ arrt adjrrsting shall be done bry an irdepenitent test ant
balancirq firm wit}t a Professional &rgineers seal on written report.
lrcllE! BAIATG sr4p1y1 returrr, ancl straust syst-ems by elarpers in branctr ductat [BIN. Do t€f use danpens in registers or diffi:sers. Inclrde in bidresetting tfie brarrch danpers after Grner has rncnredt in wittr equipent andoeupants. Iearze register and diffuser tlanpers (alcrg with adjustable
bladee) l00t wide cpen to permit Gupants to reduc€ tre anrarnt of air hrtnot increase sane. Fan nptors shall be loadeal to 95t rrEximrn of naureplate.
Rechroe qgeed if noiee is a pxo,blam.
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
l
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t15800,/4
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
3.02 FT IBTER, HEMIIiG:
ndtr bating Ehalt be foroed hort, mter, trc pipe, aut@tlcally controlletl.
3.03 IIEAfiIIG PIPIIG:
At all ctarqes in elevation in ctirecLion d flor arxf where slrvJn' provide a
rnnual air vent as follms: Instalt a full pipe size air dratrer arut pipe
tlwr wi$r l,/4" cqper b$ing to pet oodc. If Ute rrent is abo\re the ceilirqr
the pet co'd< sttall be insta,Ueal jr:st above the ceiling rrhere en ily
aeesEible. l$ere piping is el<posedr eurterrl tfie pipirq dolrr nearest mIl to
7r-(l; above flor wittr elegtriaal tlps r3r bq wlth $lain over. Provide
narual air vent q1 all fintrber coilsr antl unit hEa@rs.
3.04 IEMPERAIURE @tiIBOLc
Provide a corplete systsn of electric tgperabrre mntrol furnislpd,
installed, arut wireit r:rrler this division d wqk. Robertstnrr, Barber&tnan'
Eone!ryell, Johnson, Colorado Contro1s, or Fcr€rs ane acceptable. All wiring
to nrn cqtcealeal. All rcnk to be in accordance wittr Is?A, NEtr' and other
gorernirg coile6. Oontrol to'be electric, eLectronic' or grannatic. Roof top
nnit to be controllecl try a tire clock located as directedl. See plans for
special ndes.
3.05 @b}IROL AS FIJ€SF:A) Def (Ocqpiecl) SEIIIIG: Rooftop Vent/Heat unit fan to nrn oontiruorsly.
Boilen ant heating trtrps to rrrn onLinuorsly cr respective reset schetlule frcm
solar ccrpensator wtpn belcry 65 F ortside.
A frill FA-RATRELITP sys@n of qrtrol shall- mintain 58 F ninfus and 75 F
Exirnn mi:<ed air entering r:nit. 100t EA antt REIJfp befiueen 60 F and 76 F
B) NIGHI (Unocqrpieal) SEITII\C! .
Roof top units shall sto6r. Contensing rrnits ard e*hau.st fans (orceEt toilet
exbaugt fans cqrtrollecl frcnr a ligtrt *ritctr) shall be off &rring night set
bad(. Boilen arut trcalirq prnrps shall s@ above 65 F crrtside
Night set baclc shall be arcoplisherl by 7 atary tinE clock with 10 ttqJr override
sp,rirg arrt neekend crrt{rt. ko\riale a 0 - 12 horr l,brk4furp tirer to over
rid,e night set. bad( rpder nn:ntedl along side rspective dalc over.
lttf,IE: Cordensing units shall nd, nrn unless enrap. fan is mnning. Wiring
shall be furnished ancl instalLeil urder tiis (nerpenabrre Oontrol) section ofrruk. Ocrrplete wiring of any substihrteal quigrent sttall be incluilecl in bitl.
SILER @tiIFOI{i: Eovide an cutside master thernpstat witlt bdtb in solar
cc[pensator aposed only to respective zoner served to reset spply later
te$perabrre irwersely with reepect. b cutside air tgqerature (190 f suply I
0 F qrtsider 150 F srmly g 60 F cutside).
3.06 IONIED Sfr(E DETErcRS
in bo,tl ttre return arrl supply air ctrcts d units wittr orrer 2'000 Cnt capacity.
3.07 lENInI. RESET FRES@ STNCS
shall be prorided in space suplied W units capable of 100t FA. Set at 45 F.
15800,/5
aI01
tli
05
ls;
08
lii
lii
1tr
ri:
r)1
22
l":^
25ril
rii
32l:;
t;:
39lll
42
til
ril
49l:l
52
t:i
55l;l
59I
89-353 16010 - I
sEefron 16010
E.EEIRICAI, GENERAI, PRO\TTSIONS
PaRT I - GENqAr,
1.OO RELATD DOCIIME}TEfi:
Drawlngs and general provislons of Contract, lncludlng Generaland Supplementary Condltlons and l)i-vislon 1-Speclflcatlon
sectlons, apply to work of this sectlon.
1.01 DEC&[EI[QE:
Work covered by thls Sectlon shall consist of furnlshlng all
labor, equlpment, supplies, and materlals unless otherwlsespecified, and in performing all operations necessary for thelnstallation of complete electrlcal systems as required 'by
these specifications and/or as shown on the drawings, subjectto the terms and condltlons of the contract. The work sha1lalso lnclude the completion of such details of electrlcal work
not mentioned or shown which are necessary for the successful
operatlon of all electrical systems described on the drawlngsor required by these speclfications
1.02@:
Certaln labor, materlals, and/or eguipment may be furnishedunder other sections of these speci.ficatj-ons, by Utillty
Companies or by the Owner; when such ls the case, the extent,
source and descriptlon of these ltems will be as indlcated onthe drawings or described ln the specifications. Unless other-
wise noted, all labor, materlaLs and/or equipment for the com-plete lnstallatlon of the electrical work shall be provided
under thls Section of these speclflcations.
1.03@:
Standards for MaterlaLs: A11 materlals sha1l conform wlth thecurrent applicable lndustry standards. Workmanshlp and neat
appeararlce shall be as lmportant as th electrical and
mechanical operation. Defectlve or damaged materials shall be
replaced or repai-red, prlor to flnal acceptance, ln a manner
havi.ng the acceptance of the Arcbltect and/or Elnglneer and
O!'rner and at no addltional cost to the Owner.
All electrlcal materlals requlred, permitted, or lmplled by
these plans and speciflcatlons and by the Natlonal Electrlcal
Code shall be acceptable for lnstallation only lf labeled or
listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory or 1f
accepted by loca1 authorltles.
The latest editions of the followlng standards are mlnlmrm
reguirements.
01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
t2
13
14
I5
16
L7
18
r9
20
2L
zz
23
24
z5
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
tr1
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
89-36 3 16010 - 2 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Natlonal Flre Protectlon AssocLatlon (NFPA)
Underwrlters Laboratorles, Inc. (UL)
Natlonat Electrical Manufacturers Assoclation (NEMA)
Amerlcan Natlonal Standards Instltute (AI$SI)
Insul,ated Power Cable Englneers Assoclation (IPCEA)
National Electrical Safety Code
Llstlng of Equipment: Submlt wlthln 30 days after the award of
contract a conplete typewrltten 1lst of those ltems o{ gSulP-
ment which will- be fuinished under thls Olvision. fnclude the
name or description of the ltem, name of manufacturer, model
type, and/or catalog number.
Record Drawings: Malntaln a contract set of electrlcal draw-
lngs at the sj-te, wlth al.). changes or devlatlons from the
origlnal drawings neatly marked thereon in contrast_lng color,
Thls shall be a separate set of drawings, not used for con-
structlon purposes, whlch shall be kept up to date as the Jobprogresses and shal-t be made available for inspection by the
Architect and./or Engineer at aII times. Refer to Section 01720
for completlon and submlttal of record drawlngs.
Submittals: Shop drawlngs, Iayouts manufacturerrs data, wiring
dlagrams, and materlal schedules shall be submltted in accord-
ance with Section 01300 for the following:
All switchboards, panelboards
Wiring devicesLlghting fixtures
Sound systemFlre alarm and detectlon system
r.04 :
Make provlslons for the dellvery and safe storage of all mater-
laLs, lncluding any Owner furnished materlals to be installed
by thls Contractor. Carefully mark and store alL materials.
Dallver matertals to the Job at such stages of the work as wlll
expedlte the work as a whole. Carefully check materlals
fuinlshed to this Contractor for lnstaIlation, and furnish a
recelpt acknowledglng acceptance of dellvery and condltlon of
the materlals received. Thereafter, assume fu11 responsibllltyfor the safekeeping of same untll final installatlon has been
reviewed and accepted.
1.0s egBuMs[gN: (Refer to Sectlon 01040)
Coordlnate work with that of all other trades. Where conflicts
of work occur and departure from the lndicated arrangements are
necessary, consult wlth other Contractors involved; come to
agreement as to changed locatlons and elevatlons, etc.; and
obtaln wrltten acceptance from the Architect of proposed
changes before proceedlng wlth work.
I
l
I
I
I
l
o
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
l
I
I
t
01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
Ll-
T2
13
14
15
t6
L7
18
I9
20
2t
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
J5
36
31
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
55
57
89- 35 3 15010 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 @:
A1I maJor equlpment components shall have the manufacturer's
rlame, -addreJs, model number and serial number permanently
attached ln a consplcuous location.
PART 3 - ETECUTIOIT
3.O1 :
The lnstaller of the work under Divlslon L5 as well as hls
employees and/or subcontractors selected to perform the work as
descrlbed hereln and shown on the accompanylng drawlngs, shall
be well-versed and skllIed in the trades involved. This sub-
contractor shall be wholly responslble for the completion ofthe lnstallatlon as shown on drawings and specified herein,lncludlng such minor details as are necessary to complete thelnstallatlon.
3.O2 CTIASESI. OPENII|GS- CIIFrIIIG AITD PATCIII]TG:
Refer to Section 01045
3.03 EB9GBE!L!H!98[:
Order the progress of electrlcal work to conform to the pro-
gress of the work of the other trades. complete the entlreinstallation as soon as the condltion of the building wlllpermlt. Any cost resultlng from defective or lll-timed work
performed under thls Sectlon shall be borne by thls Contractor.
3.04@:
Obtain and pay for all permits and licenses required andfurnlsh the Archltect and/or the Englneer, for the owner, acertlficate of flnal lnspectlon and approval from the authori-
ties havlng Jurisdlction over the e.lectrlcal lnstaLlatlon.
3.05 IRENqIING AT|D BAGETLT,ING:
Perform al1 trenchlng and backftlllng regulred
formed under thls Sectlon ln accordance wlth the
gradlng speclfications i-n Sectlon 02201.
by work per-
excavting and
3.O5 :
Heater units in all motor starters shall be slzed for approxi-
mately 115 percent of full load motor current. Check and coor-
dlnate all thermal protectlve devices wlth the egulpment they
protect.
o I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
l
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
1l
T2
13
L4
1tr
15
l7
18
I9
20
2I
4Z
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
??
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
3t'
57
58
59
50
89-353 15010 - 4
Provlde for each motor one-third horsepower and below' a
horsepower rated dlsconnect swltch and thermal overloadprote-tton unless lntegrally provlded wlth the motor.
ihermal overload swltches for slngle-phase motors shall be
allen-Bradley Bulletin 5OO or equlvalent. Size heater
units for approxlmately 115t of fu11 load motor surrent.
See "Grounding" Section. Provlde equipment connections in
accordance wlth "Raceway Systemsn Sectlon.
Provlde motor control egulpment lstarters) for each motor,or group of motors requlrlng a single control . See "MotorControl- Equipment (Starters)" Sectl-on of thls Speclfl-catlon. and "Motor Control Centers" Section 15400.
Mlscellaneous Equlpment: where outlets are lndlcated for
mlscellaneous equlpment requlrlng electric power or con-
trol , provlde wire, condult, etc., and make aLl connec-
tlons to same, unless otherwise lndlcated. The ElectrlcaL
Contractor ls referred to the Mechanical Speclficatlons
and Plans coverlng sprlnkler systems. Provlde wirlng,conduit, outlets, etc., and provide final electrical
connectlons to all equipment.
Provlde 120 volt control transformers for all combinationstarters. -I
Each 3-phase motor rated 15 HP and larger shall have a
phase monllor and control relay, Go-Tronic #51-100 or. accepted, wlred into the motor starter control cj.rclrit to
dlsconnect the motor on under-voltage, phase failure, and
phase reversal condltlons. Provlde a NEMA 1 enclosure for
each relay or mount in Motor Control Center.
3.07@:
General:
As a part of the completlon work, provlde the following ser-
vlces and/or materl-als to asslst the Owner ln understanding the
operation and malntenance of aII systems.
Dlrectory cards, nameplates, and labels: No temporary type of
markings which are visible on equipment shal1 be permanent.
Repalnt trims, houslng, etc., where such marklngs carurot be
readiliy removed. Defaced flnlshes must be reflnished. All
engraved metal or plastlc nameplates shall be whlte letters in
a black or grey background. Ralsed letter type tape shall not
be used. No abbrevlatlons ln labeling w111 be permitted with-out speclal approval . All panelboards shall be labeled as
deslgnated on the electrlcal drawings. Labels shall be
attached to equJ-pment by two screws or rivets. Directorycards, nameplates, and labels shall lndlcate the general area
and type of electrical load served by each clrcuit. Provldelabels of the type and at locatlons as foJ-lows:
lo,.
rli
05
l3t08lii
L2ll:
r5
ri:
lli
zz
lzt
25
ri,.
29
l3l
32lil
36l:r
39ll;
lll
46I*
49
t:;
r:i
55
l:3
89-353 16010 - 5
On each feeder swltch or circult breaker ln motor control
centers, maln service equlpment, or sub-dlstributlon, the
main swltchboard or panelboard, and all sub-distrlbution
panelboards, and all speclal equlpment hous4 ,in cablnets:- L/4 inch mlnlmrm helght letters engraved in metal or
plastlc nameplates.
On each separately mounted disconnect and starter for
motor or fixed appltance, Indlcate motor or appllance
deslgnatlon, voltage, and phase. (Motor or appllance
deslgnatlons shall be as glven on the mechanLcal orarchitectural plansl. (3/L6 inch mlnimum height letters
engraved ln metal or plastlc nameplatesl.
on all telephone termlnals lndicate terminal .
On alJ. branch circult panelboards lndlcate panel deslgna-tion. AJ-so lndlcate voltage and phase on all panels--3/16
lnch mlnlmum helght letters engraved ln metal or plastlc
nameplates. Apply to the lnslde of each door. A11 emer-
gency panels and disconnects shall be painted wlth red
enamel .
For aII branch clrcult panelboard dlrectorles, provlde
neatly typed on renovalbe type cards with protectlveplastlc face.
For all device plates for switches used'to control exhaust
fans or other equipment, provlde 1/8 lnch mlnimrm heightblack fltlecl engraved letters ln stainless steel device
plates.
For all exposed conduits, Junction boxes, wlringgutters, etc., provlde 3/4 lnch mlnlmum height
stenclled letters. Labels shall be provided at the
fol}owJ-ng locations:
Enterlng or leavlng panels or swltchgear or
enc],osures.
Operatlng manual and parts llst and lndoctrlnatlon of
operatlng and naintenance personnel furnish the ser-
vlces of a quallfled representative of the suppller of
each item or system ltemized below who shall lnstruct
speclflc personnel , as designated by the owner, in the
operatlon and maj-ntenance of that item or system.
hstructlon sha]l- be made when the particular system ls
complete and shall be of the number of hours indlcated and
at the tlme as requested by the Owner. A representatlve
of the electrical contractor shall be present for all
demonstratlons.
I
-01
oz
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
r0
11
I2
I3
L4
15
16
L7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
55
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
32
53
54
55
55
3t
58
59
89-35 3 15010 - 6
SYSTEM
Flre alarm system
HOURS
OF INSTRUCTION
4
Electrlcal dlstrtbutionequipment 3
Deliver three (3) complete operating nanuals.and parts
llsts to the Oetner (or trts deslgnated representatlvel at
the tlme of the above requlred lndoctrlnatlon. Operatlng
and malntenance manuals shall lnclude manufacturers com-
plete data, operatlng lnstructlons, malntenance lnstruc-
Lions, complete parts llsts and complete lnternal and
external wiring dlagrams. Rrlly explain the contents of
such manual-s as a -part of required indoctrlnation and
instruct the Owner's personnel in the correct procedure ln
obtalning servlce both durlng and after the gugranteeperlod. The operating manual and parts lists shal1 give-omplete lnformatlon as to whom the Owner shall contact
for service and parts. Include address and phone nurnber.
Evldence shall be furnished that an authorlzed servlce
organizatlon regnrlarly carrles a complete stock of repairparts for the above ltems or systems, and that the organi-zatlon is avall-able for servi-ce. Servlce shall be
furnlshed wlthln 24 hours after reqr:est. Refer to Section
0r710.
C1ean-up: Remove aII materlals, scrap, etc., relative tothe etectrlcal installations, and leave the premises andall equlpment, lamps, flxtures, etc., in a clean, orderly
conditlon.
Acceptance demonstratlon: Upon completlon of the work, ata tlme to be deslgnated by the Archltect and/or the
Englneer, demonstrate for the Owner the operatlon of theentlre electrlcal lnstallatlon, lncluding any and all
speclal systems provlded under thls contract.
Tests: operatlng and acceptance tests provide aIIlabor and equipment for the perfonnance of the followingtests as itemized below. Submlt three (3) copies of atypewrltten test report to the Archltect and/or the
Engineer for hls approval . Perform the followj.ng tests:
Record the fuIl load current ln each phase or llnefor the maln service entrance and for all feeders
leavlng the maln distrlbutlon panelboard. Readings
shal1 be taken with the maxltmrm installed load
connected.
Perform an lnsulatlon reslstance test on all feeders leav-ing the main dlstrlbutlon swltchboard. Such readlngsshall be ln conformance wlth the Natlonal Electrlcal Code.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
l
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
lo'
d;
05
ri:
lii
L2ll;
15
li:
lii
22
131
25rii
29l:r
32lii
ti:
39lil
42
tll
46
lle
49
tii
l;l
56
lu'
89-35 3 15010 - 7
Perform the test uslng a 500 volt megiger on all phase
busslng In the maln swltchboard wlth the servlce dlscon-
nected, wlth all fuses (lf any) ln p1ace, the mains
closed, and all outgoing feeder switches open.
Measure the resistance to ground for the service ground.
Thls shall not exceed 10 ohms.
Perform a careful lnspection of the maln swltchboard bus
structure and cable connectlons to verlfy that alJ- connec-
tlons are mechanlcally and electrlcally tight.
3.08 ET,EEIRICAI; PR,UIISIOilS FOR ROOFS:
Condults penetratlng the roof shall be installed ln such a
manner as to preserve the inteqrity of the roof. zurnish and
lnstaIl pltch- boxes for all roof penetrations caused by this
work. These pltch boxes wtll be fllled by lnstaller of roofing
systems.
Condults routed exposed on roofs shal] be lnstalLed a minlmrm
of 12rr above the .flnished roof surface, and shall be supported
on metal stands installed in pitch boxes wj.th no more than 10
feet between stands.
Provide weatherproof duplex receptacles on roof such that all
eErlpment installed on the roof ls within a 50 foot radlus of a
receptacle.
3.09 :
Refer to Section 01500
3.10 TiISCEELIUfEOUS EOUTPMENT CONl{ECrrOt€:
Mlscellaneous equipment wlII be provided under another divl-sion, however, provtae wlrlng for same, and make up all flnalelectrical connections ln accordance with manufacturerrs recom-
mendations. where equipment ln open areas ls fed from wiring
ln the slab, termLnate condult 1n a flush coupling at the flooror sultable water-tlght box wlth telephone elL, from whlchpolnt, extend a rigld condult nlpple at least 8 lnches abovettre floor, and provlde flexlble condult connection to the
equipment. Make all conduit connectlons at the floor water-
tlght.
Provlde flexibld metal condult or type rrs'r rubber cords, pig
tails, caps, etc., as required for an operating system. All
flexible Lords shall have a groundlng conductor. Ground all
equlpment. See "Groundlng" Sectlon.
See Sectlon entitled "Outletsn for mounting heights.
I
01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
L2
r3
t4
15
15
t7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2n
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
4I
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
5I
52
53
54
89-353 15010 - I
Refer to all equlprnent manufacturer shop drawlngs for detal}s
of equipnent co-nn6ct1ons. Provide receptacles as regulred. to
match- ttie cord caPs on the equipment furnlshed. Provlde elther
dlrect wlrl_ng or ?eceptacles-unter the base bld for flnal con-
nectlon to elutpment -as required for the partlcular. egulpment
furnlshed, relarrdless of the type of outlet shown on the plans.
Provlde a disconnect for all flxed appllances, (such as ranges'
kllns, mlxers, cooklng tops, water heaters, saws, drllls, etc')
as required by the Natlonal Electrlcal Code.
3.1T MTSCEIJ.ANEOUS ECX'IPUEI| TYIRIITG ATfD CONNECTIOTfS:
Provide aII condults, wire, outfets or receptacles, control
devices and disconnect switches, as requlred by the Natlonal
Electrical Code, for mlscellaneous equlpment requlring electric
power or control , and make all electrlcal connectlons to pro-
iide a complete operating system. Provide all electrical work
as requiret by the equipment manufacturerrs shop drawlngs.
attentlon is directed to other divislons of these speclfica-
tions covering the detailed requlrements for these equipmgnt
ltems. Prior to roughing-in condult and outlets, refer to the
shop drawlngs to ascertaln the exact locatlons and exact type
of flnal connection requlred.
Provide flexlble metal condult or type 'rsrr rubber cords' pig
tails, caps, etc., as required for an operating system._ (Refer
to sectloh entltled 'Conduit Systems" ). A11 flexible cords
shall have a groundlng conductor. Ground all equipment.
Provlde elther dlrect wirlng or receptacle under the base bld
for flnal connectlon to equipment as reqr.ri.red for !h"partlcular equipment furnj.shed, regardless of type of outlet
shown on plans.
3.12 ELEVATORS:
Equlpment Connectlons :
The elevators and assoclated egulpment w111 be furnished,
instaLled and connected under a separate divlslon of the specl-
flcation. Provide all dlsconnect switches and extend feeders
from the disconnects to the equlpment controllers. Provlde
emergency power outlets of the control Power and car lights ln
elevator- shaft or in machlne room where dlrected by elevator
lnstalLer. Provlde a receptacle, swltch and l1ght for service
at the bottom of the elev-tor p1t. Comply wlth a1I elevator
company lnstall-ation regulrements.
EnD OF SEqrrOIt 16010
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
lo,.
lii
05
l::
08
lii
L2fl;
15
li:
lii
22ltl
za
ri,'
29l;r
32
rii
t::
39lll
42lii
.i2
49
l;r52
l;i
55l:l
59
I'o
89-353
r.01 :
followj.ng;:
GROUNDING: Sectlon 15400
o 15050 - I
sEerrolt 16050
BASIC MATERIiALS AND l.lEIgODS
(But not limited to the
PART 1 - GEI'ERAI,
1.oo@3
Drawlngs and general provlslons of Contract, lneluding General
and Supplementary Condltl-ons and Divislon 1-Speclflcatlon
sectlons and Sectlon 15010, aPply to the work of thls sectlon.
PART 2 - PRODUCIS
2.01 E94SB_.Q!qBE:
Each slngle phase manual starter shall consist of a toggle
swltch, single or double pole, with a thermal overload heater
element capable of lnterruptlng the clrcuit in case of over-
Ioad. These manual motor starters shall be flush or surface
mounted as required. The starter shall be furnlshed with NEMAI enclosure. unless otherwlse speclfied. Single phase manualstarters shall be Allen-eradley Bulletin 500.
where tndlcated ln Section r5010, provlde across-the-line
magnetic type comblnatlon motor starters lswltch tyPe, fuslble
or nonfuslble as requlred) having undervoltage release, 2-wlre,maintained contact automatlc restarting control and atrip-free, thermal- overload relay in each ungrounded phase
conductor. Overload relays shall be of the manual reset type.AU contacts shal]- be malntenance-free, double-break, sol-idsllver cadmlum oxlde alloy. Starters shall be deslgned as to
prevent freezLng of contacts upon coil fallure. rt shall beposslble to install auxiliary contacts without removtng the
starter from lts enclosure. Contactor solenoi-ds and control
clrcult devlces shall be supplled sultable for operation wlth
LzO volt control power. Provlde the LzO volt control power
wirlng by means ofl control transformeis. Control power shall
be arranged to de-energlze the control clrcults whenever the
operatlng power supply to the partlcular equipment 1s d1s_con-
nected. - Control -clicuit conductors shall be protected in
accordance with the Natlonal Electrlcal Code. Provi-de hand-
off-automatlc switches in the starter face for all starters.
The hand posltlon shall not bypass flrestats, etc.
2-02 84@4!9:
Provlde raceways as required fot alL electrlcal systems.
Mlnlmum 1/2" conduit.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
IO
11
L2
1?
L4l5
15
L7
18
I9
20
2I
22
23
24
25
zo
27
28
29
30
?1
JZ
33
34
J5
36
37
38
39
40
A'I
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
s5
57
58
89-363 15050 - 2
I
Rigld condult shalt be hot-dlpped galvanlzed steel wlth zlnc
coitlng or corrosion reslstant J-acquer on the lnslde, complylng
with lrnderwrlters Laboratorles Standard UL5 and Amerlcan
National Standards Instltute C8O-1. Flttlngs shal1 be
threaded.
Plastlc coated conduit shall be rigld steel condult havlng a
o.O3O inch minlmrm thlckness, factory bonded Pvc Jacket, wlth
preJacketed (PvC) coupllngs, as manufactured by_ Occldental ,
ettlsburgh, Robroy, PlisttC AppJ.lcator, oE accepted equal .
Electrlcal metalllc condult (EMT) shall be galvanlzed on the
outside and coated on the lnslde wlth a smooth hard flnlsh of
lacqger, varnish or enamel . EMT shall comply wlth Underwrlters
Labo-ratorles Standard VL797 and Amerlcan Natlonal Standards
Institute c8o-3. E!,tT fittlngs shall be steel compresslon gland
type, Tomlc tap-on or Tomic twist lock type.
Intermedlate metaLllc conduit shall be hot dlp galvanized com-
plylng wlth UL Standard L242. Provide threaded type fittlngs.
Flexlble conduit shal1 be galvanized steel wlth steel flttings
as manufactured by Trlangle. Ligutd-tlght flexible condult
shalI be Amerlcan Brass "sealtlte" with Appleton nST' connec-tors, or as accepted. L/2n mlnimrm trade size except tha! 3/8"
mlnlnum trade slze will be acceptable only for recessed fix-
tures.
Suriace raceways shall be $liremold, or accepted egual . Race-
ways, elbows, fittings, outlets, and devlces shall be of the
same manufacturer, and deslgned for use together.
wi.reways, where lndlcated on the drawlngs, shal1 be of the
hlnged type, of slzes lndicated, complete with elbows, tees,
connectois. adaptors, etc., wJ-th all parts factory fabricated
and of the same manufacturer. wireways shall be Square-D 'layln duct", General Electrlc Company type "HS'r, Square-D "Square
Duct'r or ITE KBL-duct.
Rlgld, heavywall, Schedule 40, polyvlnyl chlorlde (PvC) -plasticcondult, suitable for dlrect burlal . Condults shall meet
requirements of Underwrlters Laboratorles. Conduits shall be
manufactured by Borg-warner, Carlon, Ethy1 , Xrayloy, or,Tri-
angle. eLl offsets and 90 degree ells sha1l be rigld, galvan-
ized steel conduit havlng a .030" minlmum thickness, factory
bonded PvC Jacket, using preJacketed coupllngs to provide sub-
stantially water-tlght Jacketlng system.
2.03 OUrfeP BOXES3
outlet boxes shall be constmcted of zlnc-coated or cadmlum
plated sheet steel . Minlrmrm sj.ze shall be 4' sqJuare x r-L/Z'l
deeo.
I
T
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
lo,
lii
05
l3t
08
lii
I2ll;
15
ti:
)il
22
l?125
lil,
29
f:l
32
l:l
t::
39lil
42
til
45llr
49l:l52
lil
55l;l
59
t:?
89-363 15050 - 3
TiIe boxes shall be Steel Clty serles "G:lvn or accepted equal .
RIl boxes provlded shall be of sufflclent slze to accommodate
the number of conductors enterlng the box ln additlon to the
devlces lnstalled.ln the box, per the Natlonal Electrlcal Code.
Egulp flxture outlet boxes with 3/8" flxture studs.
2.04 :
Junctlon and FuIl boxes:
Construct Junctlon or pull boxes not over 150 cublc inchesin slze as standard outlet boxes, and those over 150 cubic
inches the same as "cabi.nets" wlth screw covers of the
same gauge metal . Removabfe covers m:st be accessible ataII t1mes. Mount per "Otrtlets" Section.
Provide a standard access panel havlng a hlnged metal doorneatly fltted lnto a flush metal trim, where a Junctlonbox or equiprnent is located above furred cellings or
behlnd flnlshed walls. Coordinate locatlon and type wlth
the Archltect.
Cablnets:
AII cablnets shall meet Natlonal ELectrlcal Code reguire-
ments, be of standard make, UL labeled, of sheet steelwlth corroslon resistant flnlsh, and wlth ample space forall wires, connectlons, and equipment. Provide each
cabinet wlth a door and flush catch and lock. All locksshall be keyed alike. Furnlsh two (2', keys/panel to the
Owner.
Cabinet fronts sha1l consist of sheet steel panels with a
hinged door. Fronts for flush cabinets shaLl be approxj--
mately 3/4" larger than cablnets on afl sldes and set so
that the front will rest flrmly against the flnlshed wall
surface.
Provide sultable devices for securing, supportlng and
adJustlng panel-board interiors and fronts. Cabinetsshall be arranged to provlde a wlrlng gutter not less than
3" or larger as speci.fied ln the National Electrlcal Code.
ell boxes and cablnets shall be of weatherproof constructlon
wherever appllcable.
2.05 E&AWE9IiE:
All conductors shall be in accordance wlth the appllcable
sectlons of UL-and fPCEA standards. Minfumrn conductor size
shall be No. L2 for light and power and No.14 for control'
unless noted otherwlse on the drawlngs or in the speclfica-
tlons. No. 10 and smaller shall be solld and No. 8 and larger
shall be stranded.
o01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
L2
13l4
15
16
T7
l-8
L2
20
2T
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
??
34
?tr
35
37
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
5L
52
54
55
55
3t
58
59
50
61
89-36 3 15050 - 4
AI1 wlre shall be coPPer.
Al-1 termlnating fittlngs, corulectors, etc.,' shall be a type
suitable for the speclflc cable furnished.
Insulatlori: All- conductor insulation types shall be rated for
wet and dry locatlons (unless speclflcally otherwlse noted) and
shall be -accepted by the Natlonal Electrical code for the
partlcular appLlcatloh. All wlre and cable shall have the-ollowing (or better) insulation classes:
All wlrlng in high temperature areas, where the temperature
will exceet rgzo F., shaLl be rated 105'C. minimum, and a type
accepted by local code. Thls shall lnclude any_wlrlng within 3
feet- horliontally or 10 feet above any boiler or heatlng
appliance.
A11 wirlng lnstalled in floor slabs on earth flll, 1n conduit
ln fll-l under floor slabs, and wlrlng to exterlor fixtures,
devtces, outlets, etc., subject to weather, type tttlu minimum.
All feeders and other wlrlng *4 AllG and larger, type TI{w
mlnlmrm.
other wiring #5 and smaller, type fnwr'r or THHN. Type Tw not
permitted.
Color Coding: A11 wiring for control systems to be 1nstal1edin conJuction wlth mechanlcal and/or miscellaneous equlpment,shall be color coded ln accordance wlth the wlrlng dlagrams
furnlshed wlth the equlpment. All branch clrcult wlrlng
lncludlng clrcults to motors, and all feeders shall be coded by
line or phase as follows:
wire No. 2 and smaller shall be factory color coded. wire No.
1 and larger may be color coded by flelil palnting or color tap-
lng of 5' length of exposed ends.
120l208 Volts
A - BlackB -RedC - BIue
Neutral - White
Ground - Green
wire-pulllng lubricant sha1l be equal to ldeal "Yellowtr or Dow
Cornlng Compound *4.
2.05 IIEBE_€NUEQIQS.:
No. 6 and larger wlre: Connectors shall be solderless or
compression type. Lugs and connectors shall be Blackburn,
Burndy, Penn-Unj-on, T & B, or acceptable. No. 8 and smaller
wire: Twist tight and apply lnsulated pressure connectors.
Connectors shall be pressure, copPer (steel not acceptable;
spllce caps wlth nylon lnsulator as manufactured by Buchanan.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
lo,.
d:
05
l:;
08
rii
I2ll;
15
ri:
lii
22
ltz
25til
T:i
32
rii
li:
39
li?42
rli
46ll;
49
l:i
l;l
56
I:I
59
l:l
89-363 15050 - 5
2.0? :
Provlde enclosed, fuslbte or nonfusible safety swltches where
Lndicated and hereln speclfled. Safety swltches shaLl bear the
underwrj-ter's label wlth each enclosure belng of the NEI'fA type
suitable for the surrounding area and conditions. All swltches
shall be mlnlmlm normal duty, horsepower rated, and shall have
quick-make and quick-break mechanlsm. AlI switches used on
motor circults shall have adequate horsepower ratlng for the
motor served.
Safety swltches ernployed as motor disconnect devices for
two or more loads shall be of the fusible type.
Swl-tches shalt be as manufactured by General Electr1c,
Sguare-D, or acceptable.
2.08 FttSES:
!\rses sha1l be as manufactured by Bussman.
For all fuses in the main servlce equlpment except for
motor clrcults, provide current limltlng, 200,000 RMS
amperes symmetrical intermptlng capaclty, Bussman
Limltron or acceptable.
For a1I other fuses, provlde duaL-element tyPe with
200,000 RMS amperes slnnmetrical lnterrupting capacity,
Bussman "Fusetron' or acceptable.
Control fuses shall 'be Bussman one-time nonrenewable fuses.
2.09 :
Provlde the followlng devlces where indlcated on the drawlngs.
Devlces shall be lvory color. Types of devices other than
those listed below shall be of the same standard or quality.
The catalog numbers and manufacturer listed are intended to
lndicate the type and quality. Egulvalent, speclfication grade
devices and plates shall be as manufactured by Arrow-Hart,
Bryant, HubbeII , Leviton, or as acceptable. All devices shall
have screw type termlnals.
o
R€ceptacles: where special receptacles are requlred suchas for business or vendlng machlnes, etc., verify the
exact type requlred before orderlng. A11 receptacles and
plug conflguratlons shall conform wlth NE!,IA standards for
amperage and voltage classiflcation and shall comply with
Federal Speclflcatlon w-C-8958 wlth NEMA wD-l and Ut 20
tests.
Grounding type cluplex throughout; Levlton 5362.
Duplex weatherproof receptacle (shaIl have integral
ground fault protectlon) Levlton 6398 with 5195
cover
01
o2
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
10
11
T2
13
I4
15
16
T7
18
19
20
2t
22
23
24
25
26
27
z6
29
30
J.t
32
34
?E
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
5l-
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
89-35 3 16050 - 5
Clock outlet: Leviton 5351-cE.
Floor receptacle: Hubbell 82529 wlth 5-3925 cover.
Neon type pllot light: Arrow-Hart #1720 or *L722.
Special outlets: As lndlcated on drawlngs.
Floor mounted telephone outlet - rnrbbell 82529 with 52525
cover.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Lampholders: Keyless,
29815C. Provide with
noted.
Leviton 9875, Pullchaln, Levlton
IOOA, 130 V lamP unless otherwlse
Swltches: Al-I swltches, unless noted otherwise, shall be
the a-c tumbler gulet type, Levlton #1121 serles, 2OA.
Switches shall be fully rated for either lnductive or
lncandescent load and shalt comply with Federal SPecifl-
cation w-C-595D as verlfj.ed by U.L. wlth ueua Tests wD-l,
3.02 through 3.10 and U.L. Tests U.L. 49B. Key switches
shall be Leviton *1121L series.
Device plates: Provlde a devlce plate for each outlet to
suit the devlce installed and blank plates or covers for
Junctlon boxes or empty outlets. 'Flush device PlgtPssfratt be satln brush flnish stainless steel , 0.030" thick.
Devlce plates shall be as manufactured by Slerra for
metal finish plates or as manufactured by any manu-
facturer as llsted ln paragraph entitl-ed "Wlring
Devices " .
Device plates shall be of the one-plece type of suit-
able shape for the devices to be covered. Sectlonal
device plates witl not be permltted. where.exposedwirlng 1s permltted, devlce plates shal1 be gal-
vanlzed.
Provide blank plates for all unused telephone outlets Iwlth finish to match other plates in area. I
Where the devlce plate does not cover the outlet' openlng, the Contractor shall patch the openlng to
the satisfactj.on of the lrchltect and/or E:ngineer.
Sectlonal devl-ce plates will not be permltted.
Telephone plates shall have bushed center or tele-
phone jack openlng.
2.10@:
Brackets or hangers shall be Klndorf, Elcen, Blnkley, Multl-
Frame, Power-Strut, Unlstrut, or accepted.
I
I
t
I
I
olo,.
rli
05
l3t
08
lii
L2ll;1tr
li:
ril
zzlil
25
ri9
lil
32
l3l
35
ti:
39lll
42lii
ri2
49
r:i
l;i
56l:;
59
89-353 150s0 - 7
PART 3 - EIIECITTIOI|
3.01 MCfG CDT|IROL:
Thermal overload relays shall be set at 115t of the nameplate
full load motor current for 40o C. rlse motors.
Ilual element fuses shall be slzed at I5Ot of the nameplate full
load notor current.
3.02 CONDTIIT SYSTEI,TS:
General: Provlde condults as requlred below for all systems,
unless noted. Minimum slze conduit shall be L/2" - Conduit
slzes not noted on the drawings shall be in accordance with the
reqrrirements of the Natlonal Electrical Code, _Table 3C, lexceptflexible connections for lightlng flxturesl for the quantities
and sizes of wlre lnstalled thereln. Where non-metalllc con-
duit ls utilized, the Contractor shall provide sizes as requir-
ed to conform wlth the f111 requirements, with the grounding
conductor consLdered as an additlonal lnsulated conductor.
Securely fasten all condults. Embedded conduit shall be
securely tied in place prlor to embedment. _ La_y out work- in
advance- to avold excessive concentratlons of rm.rltiple conduit
rrns. Locate condult so that the strength of structural mem-
bers !s unaffected and they do not conflict with the services
of the other trades. Install 1n or larger condult in or
through structural members (beams, slabs, etc. ) only when and
in a manner accepted by the erchltect.
Conduit Installation:
Above Grade: Deflned as the area above finished grade for
a buildlng exterlor and above the bottom floor slab for a
buildlng -lnterlor. Installation of and materials for
above-grade condults shall conform with the followlng:
tnstall all condults concealed except at sur:face cabinets,
for motor and equipment connectlons and ln mechanlcal
equipment rooms. install a minlmum of 5" from flues,
steam plpes, or other heated llnes. Provide fl_ashing- and
countei-flashlng or pitch pockets for waterprooflng of aII
condults, outlets, tlttlngs, etc., whlch penetrate the
roof. Route exposed condult as hlgh as possible, parallel
or perpendlculai to bullding llnes with rlght- 1ng1e !u5nsand- syrnrnetrlcal concentric bends. concealed condults
shall -be run ln a dlrect llne, and, where posslble, with
long sweeplng bends and offsets. Provlde sleeves 1n forms
for-new Concrete wal-Is, floor slabs, and partltions for
passage of condults. Waterproof all sleeved conduits
ihere-required. Provide one emPty 314" condult for each
four spaie, sPace or unused pole of each flush mounted
branch-circulf panelboard. .Termlnate empty 3/4" conduitj-n a Junction box, whlch, after constructlon completlon,
is accessible to enable future branch circult extenslons.
t
01
o2
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
10
11
I2
I3
14'Itr
16
L7
18
19
20
2t
22
23
24
za
z6
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
35
37
J6
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
5.l.
52
53
54
5C
55
57
58
59
89-363 160s0 - 8
Provlde condult expanslon Jolnts wlth necessary bondlng
conductor at bulldlng expan-ion Joints and where requlred
to compensate for condult or bulldlng thermal expanslon
and contractlon. Termlnate condults (I-I/4n and largerlwlth lnsulated bushlngs or raintlght connectlons wlth
lnsulated throats.
Rlgid Condult: Hot-dlpped glavanlzed rlg1d steel
condult (GRC) shall be lnsta1led ln the followlng
above-grade areas:
where exposed to weather.
Where exposed to mechanical inJury.
Where speclflcally requlred by the National-Electrlcal Code.
AIt remaining areas except as permltted or
speclflcally required in the following para-
graphs.
Provlde double locknuts and bushlngs on all conduits ttermlnatlng at outlet boxes, cablnets, grutters, etc.
Intermediate metalllc condult (IMC) may be installed
as follows:
where exposed to mechanical inJury.
All remaining areas except as permltted or
speclflcally required in the- foltowj-ng para-
graphs.
Provlde double locknuts and bushings on all condults -termlnatlng ln outlet boxes, cabinets, gutters, etc. I
Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) may be lnstalled asfollows' I
Concealed locations in furred walls or ceilings. t
Embedded in above grade concrete walls and floor Islabs.
Exposed at least 5 ft. above the fLoor.
EMT fittings shall be steel compresslon gland typefor EMT 2"and smaller. Setscrew steel fittlngs wiJ.l
be acceptable for larger sizes. A11 fittlngs shall
be made up wrench tlght.
Flexlble steel conduit shalJ. be provided 1n suffl-clent (mlnimum 2 ft. ) tength(s) for:
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
lo,
ili
05
ll;
08
lii
L2ll:
15
li:
lii
22rii
ri|
29l:l
32
ril
li:
39lll
42
ul
46
It',
49
ui
lil
55
l;3
89-35 3 16050 - 9
Makeup of motor or equlpment and racewaY
conneitlons where lsolatlon of sound and
vlbratlon transmlsslon ls requlred. For sald
equlpment connectlons ln locations exposed to
weather, or ln interlor locatlons subJect to
moLsture, 1lqu1d-tight flexible condult shall be
used.
Connectlons to recessed llghtlng flxtures 3/8'
mlnLmrm trade slze.
In remodel areas where raceways m:st be fishedln exlsting walls and celIlngs.
A11 lengths of flexlble metal conduit (includlng
llgultl-tight) shall contain a separate groundlng
conductor as outllned under nGroundlng".
Surface Raceway: All wlrlng done ln flnlshed areas
1n the exlstlng portlon of the bulldlng shall be
enclosed ln surface raceway.
Below Grade: Deflned as the area below flnlshed grade for
a building exterlor and below or withln the bottom floor
slab for a bulldlng lnterlor and withln exterlor buildlng
walls that are below grade. Below grade condult termj--
nated under maln servlce equipment, padmounted trans-
formers, etc., above floor slabs and equipnent foundatlons
shall proJect 2' minlrmrm above floor or foundatlon finlsh
to prevent water entry. fnstall exterlor underground
condults 30" minimrm below flnlshed grade.
Provlde raceway systems for lnstallation in or below
slabs on grade or ln earth or gravel conslstlng of
rigld PvC condult. AlI offsets and 90 degree ells
shall be rlgld, galvanized steel conduit having a
.030" mlnlrm:m thickness, factory bonded PvC Jacket,uslng preJacketed coupllngs to provide substantially
watertlght Jacketlng system.
Jolnts shall be solvent welded ln accordance
wlth manufacturerr s recommendatlons.
Dtrct. flttlngs, elbows and cement shall be
produced by the same manufacturer.
3.03 Q!f!!S$:
The exact location of outlets and equlpment shall- be governed
by structural condltlons and obstructlons, o1 9-th9r equipment
ltems. When necessary, relocate outlets so that when flxtures
or other devlces are lnstalled, they will be symmetrlcally
located accordlng to the room layout and w111 not lnterfere
wlth other work tr egulpment. verlfy flnal locatlon of aII
01
02
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
101l
L2
13
14
15
15
17l8
19
20
ZL
22
23
z4
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
5Z
53
54
55
56
57
89-363
Itall switches
Convenlence outlets-
long axls horlzonta] wtth
groundlng pole on rlght side
Panelboards 1to top of trim)
Standard telephone outlet (long
axis horlzontal)
WaIl mounted telephone outlet
Wall mounted shelf-type payphone
outletFire alarm horns
Flre alarm slatlons
CLock outlets
15050 - 10
4t - 5 lnches
1r - 0 inches5r - 3 lnches
1' - 0 lnches4t - 6 lnches
4t - 0 lnches
12 inches
below celling4' - 5 inches
As noted
outlets, panels, equipment, etc., wlth Architect. p-rior .torough-ln. - Locatlons- sf,all be permitted to be adJusted .by -theercf,itect up to lo-feet from tEe locatlons shown wlthout acldl-
tlonal costl lfhere flxtures arE mounted on or ln an accesslble
type ceilJ.ng, provlde a Junction box and extend flex1b1e.
conau:.t to e-ach fixture. Or.rttet boxes in finslhed celllngs or
walls shall be fltteit wlth approprlate covers, set to come
flush wtth the flnlshed surface-. Where more than one switch or
devlce is located at one polnt, use 9an9 boxes and covers
unless otherwise lndlcated. -Provlde barrLer partitl-ons between
adJacent swltches Located ln the same box when voltage between
sw-ltches exceeds 300 vo1ts. Sectlonal swltch boxes or utlIlty
boxes wlll not be perrnitted. Provide a dry wall extender ring
as requlred in order that the outlet box is a maxlrmlm of l/8"
from finlshed face of wall .
In lieu of grounding separate or lsolated sectlon boxes' the
Contractor may provide factory prewired plgtalled switches,
Sierra #5400 serles or equal , ganged 1n a cornmon outlet box.Partltlons havlng a grommeted hole between sectlon arE also
acceptable at the Contractor's optlon.
'Back-to-back" outlets in the same wall , or "thru-wall" type
boxes not permltted. Provlde 12" (mlnilmrm) long nlpple to off-set all outlets shown on opposlte sides of a common wall to
mlnimlze sound transmlsslon..
Mountlng Heights: Dlmenslons given are from finlshed floor to
centerline of outlets. Adjust helghts of outlets ln masonrywalls to correspond wlth consistent brlck or block course.ortlets ln blocli walls shall be lnstalled ln the core of theblock. (Notatlons on the drawlngs shall supersede the follow-
lng):
I
I
I
I
* Except over counters, benches, special egulpment, baseboards,f1n tube radlators, etc., where they sha1l be at a height toprevent lnterferences to servlce equipment, or as noted on the
drawlngs.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
I1
T2
13
t4
15
15
L7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
25
27
28
29
30
3T
32
33
34
35
35
37
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
45
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
50
57
58
59
60
51
89-35 3 15050 - 11
3.04 C'ABINETS AND PANEI,EOARDS:
A11 cablnets sha1l be set rlglclly tn place wlth fronts stralght
and p1umb. Center panelboard lnteriors ln panelboard door
openlng and adJust ctead fronts fully outctard to meet the trlm.
3.05 EE-@EEiE:
Provide a complete system of conductors ln raceway systems.
A11 wlrlng sha11 be routed through an accepted raceway regard-
less of voltage applicatlon. Branch clrcults whose length from
panel to flrst outlet exceeds 75 feet for 120 volt clrcuits or
I75 feet for 277 volt clrcul-ts shalJ- be No. 10 or larger, as
requtred to comply wlth the Natlonal Electrlcal Code. AlL wlre
shaU be lnsulated for 600 vo1ts. wlre sizlng noted on draw-
ings sha1l extend for the entlre length of a clrcuit (e.9. taps
and rlsers up llghtlng poles) unless noted otherwise. Install
wlre in raceways tn strlct conformance with the manufacturer's
recommendatlons. Use an accepted wlre-pulllng lubricant.
Strlp lnsulatlon so as to avold nlcklng of wire.
3.06 :
General: AII termlnating fittlngs, connectors, etc., shall be
a type sultable for the speclflc cable furnlshed. AII fttti.ngsshall be made up tlght. Make up all termlnatlons ln strj-ct
conformance wlth manufacturerrs recommendatlons uslng special
washers, nuts, etc., as requlred.
Connectors and lugs: Spltces and connectlons sha1l be made as
follows:
Connect No. 4 and larger wlre to panels and apparatus wlthproperly sized, solderless or compresslon lugs or connec-
tors.
Connect No. 5 and smaller wire by twlsting tight and
applylng lnsulated pressure or wlre nut connectors.
Flashover or lnsulation value of Joi.nts shall egual that
of the conductor. corulectors shall be rated at 500 volts
for general use and 1,000 volts for use within fixtures.
Bends ln cable at termlnatlon sha}l be -made prlor to
installing compression devlce. A11 flttings shall be made
up tlght. Recheck all splices and termlnatlons and make
mechanlcally and electrlcally tl-ght durlng a 1s-day perlod
immedlately prior to flnal acceptance of the work-
3.O7 :
tnstall safety and dlsconnect swltches in general area of
egulpment and accesslble to malntenance .personnel . Secrrre
swttitres flrmly to supportlng structure wlth acceptable faslen-
ers. verlfy ilze of swltches for each lnstallation- slhere
practicable,- switches shall be mounted such that the. top of the
swltch ls 6'-3" above the flnished floor or surface.
01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
l0
l1
t2
13
14
I5
16
L7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
z5
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
5J,
52
53
54
J5
55
57
89-3 53 15050 - 12
3.08 l,rOlOR @il1ROLr-,ERS:
install ln accesslble locatlons to serve respective notor, and
where high ambtent temperatures w111 not affect overload relqycallbratlon. Controllers shall not be located on roof, regard-
Iess of plan notation. Provide controllers bavtng . anblent
temperatuie compensated overload relays for aII controllers
insialled where- the maximrm ambient temperature w111 exceed
115" F. or as noted.
3.09 WIRIITG DE\IfCEfi:
tnstall wlring devices of the types as indlcated on the draw-
lngs. AIl connections shall be made up tlght and the devlces
set plumb. Use care in lnstalling devlces ln order to prevent
damage to the device and the wlre in the outlet box.
Device plates: Provlde a device plate for each outlet to suit
the devlce lnstalled and install blank plates or covers for
Junctlon boxes and empty outlets.
3.10@:
Support and align all raceways, cablnets, boxes, fixtures,etc., ln an accepted manner and as herein speclfied. SupPort
raceways on accepted types of wall- brackets, specialty spring
steel cttps or hangers, celling trapeze hangers, or malleable
i-ron straps. Plumbers perforated straps not permi.tted. Do not
suspend raceways or equipment from steam, water, or otherplping, or ductwork, but provide independent and secure supportmethods. Provide toggle bolts or expanslon lsplder type)
anchors ln hollow masonry unlts, lead expanslon shlelds insolid masonry or concrete, (or preferably use present concreteln concrete), machlne screws, bolts, or weldlng on metal sur-
faces, and wood screws on wood constructlon. Note: Nalls, of
proper type, may be used to anchor 1n wood construction in lleuof screws only where rlg1d support will be provlded by theiruse. Use of power-drlven studs ls prohlbited wlthout express
permisslon from the Archltect.
Where suspended cellings are 24tt or less below the structure
lbar Jol-nts, concrete, etc.1 provlde lndependent support fromthe structure for all raceways. Where a space of over 24" to
suspended celling occurs, the suspendlng wlres or hangers may
be utillzed to support condults of 3/4n or less trade size.
Mount all conduits above any accesslble type celllng at a
height sufficlent to permit relocation of recessed flxtures to
any location. nacklng of condults will not be permltted from
celllng suspension wj-res.
Structural concrete members shall not be drllled or plerced
wlthout prlor acceptance from the erchitect.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09l0
11
L2
r3
14
15
I5
t7
18
I9
20
2L
22
23
24
?5
25
27
28
29
89-353 16050 - 13
lrlhere outlets are lnstalled ln steel stud type systems, provlde
addLttonal cross braclng, brldglng, and/or straps as requiredto make the outlet completely rlgld prlor to the appllcatlon of
the waII faclng materla].
3.11 FUSES:
Provlde acsurately calibrated fuses, of the correct capacltyfor overcurrent protectlon for all clrcuits utlllzlng fusedprotectlve devlces. Fuses shal1 be rated for voLtages at whlch
they are to be applled, or hlgher when so noted. Parallellngof fuses wtlJ- not be permltted. Al-I fuses shall be properly
coordlnated and of the same manufacturer.
Elrses for appllcatlon at over 500 volts shall be as speclfied.
Provide two sets of three (3) sparg fuses for every fuse sizefor all fuses lnstalled.
Provide a metal cablnet havlng a hlnged door and shelves or
holders for neatly storing boxed fuses and mount same near themaln service equipment. Label 'Spare Fuses'r on face of
cablnet.
ElrD OF SECIION 15050
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
elo,.
rli
05l:;
08
lii
L2ll:
15
ri:
lii
22
lzz
25
rii
29l:l
32
l:i
l::
39lll
42
ri:
rii
49
l:r
52
l;i
55l;l
59
sHICIr 15400
SER\rICE AilD DISBIBTTIIOI{
PART 1 - GE}TERAG
1.OO REI,AIED IX)CUUEIES:
Drawings and general provlslons of Contract, including Generaland Supplenentary Condltlons and DlvLslon 1-speclficatlon
Sectlon and Sections 15010 and 16050, apply to the work of this
Section.
1.01 :
The servlce w111 be 2og volts, 3-phase, A'wLre, and wlll be
made avallable at the secondary terminals of the padmounted
transformer.
1.02 MATII $IITCHBOARD . PANELBOARDS:
Main swltchboard and panelboards shall. be deslgned, tested and
assembled ln accordance wlth the appllcable standards of the
anerlcan Natlonal Standards lnstitute (ANSI), the National
89-353 15400 - I
Electrlcal Manufacturer's Association
Underwrlters Laboratories (UL).
(NEMA) and the
Submlt complete shop drawlngs wlth outline dlmenslons, descrip-tive literature and complete descrlptlon of the frame size,trlp settlng, class, and lnterrupting rating of all breakers orswltches. Available spaces shall be identlfied.
1.03@:
Meterlng equipment sha1l be an integral part of the main
servlce equipment.
1.04 :
The emergerrcy and exlt system shall be ln conformance with
Article 700 of the National Electrical Code.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.OI MEIER,ITG FACTLITIES:
Meters, meter bases, and current transformers are to be
furnlshed by the utillty company.
2.02 GROUNDING:
Water pipe ground clamp shaLl be T & B serles 3900.
Ground rods shall be copper clad metal 3/4" x L0'-0" Iong.
t
89-35 3 15400 - 2
2.03 EMERGBNCY AND EI(I[ SYSTEDIS:
The emergency and exlt systems shall conslst of all the fLx-
tures aeitgnltea on the -drawlng as well as other electrical
Ioads as designated on the drawlngs.
2.0,1 :
Provlde dead front, clrcuj-t breaker type panels' wlth the slze
and number of branches indlcated. Breakers shall be thermal
magnetic type (botted; employlng qulck-make and quick-break
mechanisns for manual operatlon as well as automatlc ope-ra-
tion. Automatlc trlpplng shall be lndicated by the breaker
handle assumlng a dlsfinctlve posltion from the nanual "on' anduoff". All multipole breakers shall have a cornmon tr1p. Tle
handles will not be permitted.
Panelboards havlng branch circuit breaker sizes of 15 to 100
ampere shall be:
General Electrlc rrNLAB", for operation on I2o/208 volt
systems.
Type 'NLAB" and ,NIiIBrr panelboards may contaln two subfeed
bieakers havlng a ratlng in excess of 100 amperes but less than
225 amperes.
Panelboards havlng branch circuit breaker slzes of 15 to 1,000
amperes shall be General Electrlc trcqB" for aII panels having
more than two branch clrcult breakers rated in excess of 100
amperes.
AI1 spaces shall be fully equipped.
RlI panelboards shall have a grounding lug for the egulpmentgi-"riarns system. I
Clrcuit breakers shall have a minimrm interrupting capaclty as
followsz l2o/208v - 10,000 amperes.
Panelboards shall be a minj:mrn 17" wlde (box).
A11 busses sha1l be copper.
Bhe above panelboard deslgnatlons are General Electric; how-
ever, provide any of the followlng equlpment, or as accepted:
oOI
02
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
10
l1
L2
r.3
14
15
16
L7
18
19
20
2T
22
23
24
25
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
35
3"1
38
39
40
4I
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
s0
5I
52
5J
54
35
55
JI
t
I
I
r20 /208v
General Electrlc NLABI.T.E. NLABSquare-D NQOBWestinghouse wEB
15-1200A
ccB
CDP
HC
CDP
I
lo,.
lli
05
l3t
08
rii
rii
15
ltt18
lii
22
lzt
25rii
29l:l
32lil
l::
39lil
42
lil
46lll
49
l;;
t:l
56
l;3
59
I:l
89-35 3 e 15400 - 3
2.o5 E!I!_SEEQE(E8D:
Swltchboard shall be a completely self-supportlng structure of
the required number of vertlcal sectlons bolted together to
form one netal enclosed rlgid switchboard (90') high. The
sldes, top and rear shall be covered with removable screw-on
code gauge steel plates. Switchboard shall include all protec-
tive devlces and equipment as llsted on drawings wlth necessary
inter-connections, lnstrumentatlon and control wirlng. Busses
shall be copper sized on I'[E!iA and N{SI Standards. The bus bars
shaLl be lnounted on supports of hlgh impact non-tracklng
tnsulating materlal and shal,I be braced to wlthstand 50'000
anperes RMS.
smal-I wlrlng, necessary fuse blocks and terminal blocks within
the switchboard shall be furnlshed when requlred. ALl groups
of control wlres leaving the switchboard shall be provided with
termlnal blocks with suitable numberlng strips. All steel sur-
faces shal,J. be chemlcally cleaned and treaded to provide a bond
between paint and metal surfaces to help prevent the entrance
of moisture and formatlon of rust under the paint film. The
swltchboard exterior shall be flnished ln ANsr-6r light gray.
A1t hardware used on conductors shall have a high tensile
strength and have a sultable protectlve flnlsh.
A ground bus shall be furnished secured to each vertlcalsection structure and shall extend the entlre length of theswltchboard. A-B-c type bus arrangement-left-to-rlght, top-
to-bottom, and front-to-rear shall be used throughout to assure
convenlent and safe testing and maintenance.
Swltchboard shall be provlded wlth adeguate llftlng means andshall be capable of being rolled or moved into installatlonposltlon and bolted dlrectly to the floor wlthout the use offloor sllls.
Swltchboard sha1l be lndoor constructlon wlth depth necessaryto accommodate the equlpment but not greater than 48 lnches.All vertlcal sectlons shall align ln front and rear. Thedlstrlbutlon branch protectlve devlces shall be indivldually
mounted with front coverplate and necessary bus connectlon
straps. AI1 vertical buses shall be completely tsolated on the
front by means of sheet polyester insul-atlon arranged so that
the only exposed energl-zed parts wiII be at the point of con-
nectlon. Live buses shall be isolated in the rear of the
swltchboard to prevent accldental contact belng made wlth bus
when making up devlce load termlnal connectlons. The device
load termlnals sha1l be extended for convenlent connectlons.
Where called for on drawlngs "space for future" shall mean to
lncl-ude all necessary bus, devlce supports and connectlons.
Protectlve devices shall be modul,ar slzed and so arranged as to
be lndlvldually removable and readlly interchangeable from the
front of the switchboard. Each devlce shall be provtded with
large vlsible means of ON-OFF identiflcatlon and clrcult
breiker extension handles shall have anpere slze indlcators.
01
02
03
o4
05
05
o7
08
09
10
11
t2
l3
14
I5
15
L7
18
19
20
2L
22
z3
24
z5
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
JJ
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
4t
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
s2
5J
54
55
55
89-353
PART 3 - EXFCTITIOil
3.01 :
Necessary LzO/208 volt, 3-phase,dry type transformers.
3.02@:
16400 - 4
SwLtchbord shall be rated 240 volts arrangbd for operation on
clrcuits rated L2o/z}a volts, 3-phase, {-wlre, full capaclty
neutral .
Swltchboard reguirements :
Incoming feeders by cable.
Fr.rII length ground bus.
Provlde a 4-1nch concrete pad under swltchboard.
Overcurrent Devlces:
The maln fused swltch and feeder circuit breakers shall beprovlded wlth ground fault protection fully ff9_1d-dlustable ln pickup current and time delay, adjystable
long tlme trlp, adJustable lnstantaneous trlpi ald indl-
cators for overload short circult and ground fault. The
fusible maln swltch shaIl also include protectlon against
slngIe-phaslng. The main fusible switch shal1 be Prlngle
Magne-Matic or Barkelew BoIt-Loc or as accepted. Feederclrcuit breakers shall be nolded case type rated 500 volt,
3-phase, of current rating shown with a mj.nlmum shortclicuit rating of 35,000 amperes nns slmmetrlcal at 480
volts.
A11 spaces shall be ful1y equlpped wlth bus and mounting
straPs.
Meterlng at the swltchboard shall consist of an ammeter with
selector switch and a voltmeter with selector switch. Metersshall be switchbaord type wlth lt accuracy. Provide currentfor metering as requlred.
The switchboard shall be General Electric Company's rAvw I1neor acceptable product of Square-D. Catalog numbers usEd are
those of General Electrlc Company.
I
I
power w111 be obtalned from
AIl meterlng facllities will be provided in the maln switch-board. Orrrent and potential transformers and watt hour meters
shall be provided by the utillty company.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
01
o2
03
04
0s
06
o7
08
09
10
11
L2l3l4
15
15l7
18
r9
20
2I
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3I
5Z
??
34
J5
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
5I
az
53
54
5s
55
2t
58
59
50
89-353 16400 - 5
3.03 GROI'NDIITGs
All servlce equlpment, condult systems, suPports, cabinets,
equlpment, transformers, fixtures, etc., and the grounded clr-
ctrft- conductor shall be properly grounded in accordance with
the latest lssue of the Natlonal Electrlcal Code. Provlde all
bondlng Junpers and wlre, groundlng bushlngs, clamps, etc., 9srequlred- foi complete groundlng' Route ground conductors to
provlde the shortest and most dlrect path to the ground elec-
trode system. AlI ground connectlons shall-have clean contact
surfaces, tlnned and sweated whlle boltlng.
lnstall all ground conductors ln condult. Make readily acces-
slble connectlons to a contlnuous, metalllc underground cold
water plplng system at the point where it enters the building.If this is .not practlcal , connect to a cold water piPe andprovide a meter Jumper. Make connections to the water pipe
grounding the condult enclosing the conductor, as well as theconductor. Bond the service equipment to a separate grounding
electrode per code requlrements.
Provlcle a separate grounding conductor, securely grounded on
each slde of all raceways containlng sectlons of plastic. or
flexlble raceways. Size ln accordance with the National EIec-trical Code and route lnside raceetay.
Provlde a green groundlng Jumper from the ground screw to a box
grounding screw or clip for all grounding type devices. Use
lnsulated wire.
fn installatlons where a separate ground wire is not
provlded, the Contractor may supply self grounding recep-tacles, Arrow Eart 5252 SI or acceptable, ln lIeu of the
groundlng Jumper.
ProvLde grounding type bushlngs for alJ- secondary feeder con-duits whlch origlnate from the secondary section of the maindlstrlbution panel and lndivtdually bond thls raceway to the
ground bus ln the secondary sectlon of the distributlon panel .
Provlde a separate ground conductor ln rmrltloutlet assemblles.
3.04 :
Provlde a separate raceway system wlth minirmrm wlre slze of *10
Awc copper. Extend system to all exit llghts and emergency
Iights lndlcated on drawings. verlfy locatlons of aII exit
flxtures to assure they wlII be vislble. Palnt the emergency
dLsconnect, and emergency panel wlth red enamel and plalnly
Iabel "Emergency System".
3.0s EIEE$EEEI:
lnstall panelboards with the top of the trlm 5r-3n from the
flnlshed floor.
o I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
01
o2
03
04
05
05
o7
08
09
IO
11
I2
13
L4
15
16
L7
18
19
20
2L
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3L
32
??
34Itr
35
37
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
45
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
55
57
58
59
89-35 3 15400 - 5
Fleld check all panelboard loadlng and reconnect clrcults as
requlred to provlde balanced phase and line loads.
Cables lnstalled ln wlrlng gutters of panelboards shall be
neatly bundled, routed, ancl supported. Minlmrm bendlltg
radlusas recommended by the wlre and cable nanufacturer shaLl
not be reduced.
3.06 }TAIIT SWIIEBOARD
Inspectlon: The swltchboards shall be inspected at the factory
by the manufacturer before and after assembly to _assure. com-
plLance wlth shop drawlngs, accuracy of assenbly and guallty- of
workmanshlp. aJ a part of the final lnspectlon, the manufac-
turer sha1l subject the cornpletely assembled switchboard to a
hlgh'potentlal fest. The te-t shall be in conformance with the
NEMA -Standard for Power Swltchboard Assemblies, ParagraphSc5-4.9. The manufacturer shaII furnish a certifled copy of
the test report together wlth each operating manual . The
swLtchboard nameplate to be furnlshed by the manufacturer,afflxed to the front of the swltchbord, shall contain the
following data:
Manufacturer's -name and address
Manufacturerr s type designation
Manufacturer' s identiflcatlon reference
Rated voltage
Rated continuous current
Rated frequency
Provide engraved bakelite nameplates screwed to panel
front for each lten in swltchboard.
The record shop drawlngs to be furnlshed by the switchboard
manufacturer shall include the followlng:
outllne drawlngs: Indicate any and all shlpplng spllts
One-Llne Dlagram
Llst of Devi.ces
Sectlonal Vlews
Base PIan: Show dlmenslons of base includlng boltdown
holes.
List of avallable replacement parts
END OF SECIIOrI 15400
lo,
lli
05
l3t
08
lii
I2ll;
15
li:
lii
22rii
ril
29l:l
32
l:i
li:
39lll
42
lil
l^tz
49
t:;
l;i
55
l;3
59
l:i
89-353 L6500 - 1
sEerroN 15500
LIG[fTIITG
PART 1 - GENERAE
r.oo@:
Drawlngs and general provlslons of Contract, lncludlng Generaland Supplementary Conditlons and Dlvlslon l-Speciflcatlon
sectlon and Sections 16010 and 16050, apply to the work of thls
Sectlon.
1.OI DESCR FITON OF IIORX:
The Contractor shall furnish and lnstall al-l llghtlng egulpment
and lighting flxtures lncluded ln flxture schedule and as
reguired for all outlets lndicated on the drawlngs.
AJ-I llghting fixtures shall bear the Underwriter's label and
manufacturerrs labe1 .
PART 2 - PRODUEIS
2.OI T,IGIfTII{G EIXTURES:
Provide lightlng egulpment as shown on the drawings and as
specified herein. Provide complete llghting equlpment, lnclud-1ng canopies, suspenslons of proper lengths, supportingbrackets, hj.ckeys, caslngs, sockets holders, reflectors,ballasts, dlffuslng materlals, Iouvers, lamps, recesslng fix-
tures wlth plaster frame and flanges approprlate for the ceil-ing type. Where a discrepancy 1n length exists between thefixture deslgnated ln the schedule and the length lndicated onthe plan, the scaled length of fixture shall determine theirlength. Provlde speclal plates, barrlers, rlngs, etc., as
requlred to comply wlth the Nattonal Electrlcal Code.
Design and construction of flxtures utillzlng ballasts shall be
such that the ballast case temperature will not exceed theU.L. 90'C. limit ln a 25'C. ambient. Flxtures to be lnstalledin a damp or wet locatlon shal1 be constructed with proper
gasketing and corrosion resistant materials and/or coatings.
Construct steel flxture channels, end caps, interlor barrlers,reflectors, etc., of adequate gauge.
Provlde a1l- ferrous metal surfaces with a protectlve flnlsh
havlng rust lnhibitlng propertles. Palnted finishes sha1l be a
mlnlmum of 1.5 mlls thlck and shall have a balance between
hardness and bendlng propertles suitable for the application.
White flnlshes shall have 8?t minimum reflectance. applicatlon
and cleanlng shall be-performed so as to prevent saponifica-
tion.
A11 flxture wire shall conform to the latest requirements of
Underwrlter's Laboratory and be concealed within flxture con-
struction.
0r
02
03
04
05
06
o7
08
09
10tl
L2
13
L4
15
t6
L7
t8
I9
20
2I
22
23
24
25
26
27
z6
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
3t
38
39
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
5I
52
5J
54
55
55
57
58
5:t
60
89-35 3 16500 - 2
All plastlcs used for ltght transmission shall be 1001 vlrgln
mateilals and 0.125" minl-mrm thlckness. M1nlmum unpenetrated
thickness shall be .035't. No blends or copollmers permitted.
all plastlcs shall be ETL certlfled as light stabllzed, non-
yellowing.
Ba1lasts furnished shalI meet Underwriter's Laboratorles specl-
flcatlons for C1ass P llsting and appllcable N{SI Standards.provlde CBM-ETL certlfled, hlgh power factor ballasts which
w111 operate on the nomlnal applied system vol_tage variatlon,
and which conform with crrrrent-ipp11ca51e U.L. deslgnated Class
P reguirements. All ballasts shall have automatlc resetting
type -thermal protectors (for the coll) -?nd a nonresettingpi6tector (for the power capacltor). All fluorescent ballasts
stratt be General El-ectric'Maxl-Miser II" or Unlversal 'SLHwatt Reducerrr.
Metal hallde ballasts shall be hlgh power factor constant
wattage autotransformer type.
Alt flurescent lghttng flxtures furnlshed shall be "amblentrated' by the fixture manufacturer or its authorlzed represen-tatlve. - Such "amblent ratlng" shall be subnltted 1n wrltlng
and shall conslst of the maxlrm.rm ambient temperature, ln
degrees fahrenhelt, Ln which the fixture will functlon contlnu-
ouily without lnterruptlon of the protector employed ln the
class P balIast.
Exit flxtures shall conform with local code requlrements.
Lamps shall bear labels of General Electric, Westlnghouse, or
Sylvanla, and be per Generl Electrlc lamp deslgnatlons shown on
the Flxture Schedu1e. rnstall all fluorescent lamps allgned
for proper lamp contact.
All incandescent lamps shall be as follows:
"A" Lamps sha1l be 99 serles, 130 volts.
nPAR'r and rrR" lamps shall be r30 volts.
PART 3 - EIIFCT}TIOII
3.01 lttOUilTfNG:
Set luminalres true, free of tight leaks, warps, dents, or
other lrregrularltles. Provide the length of stems as requiredto hang al1 lurninaires level and ln the same horizontal plane.
verlfy the type of all celllngs before biddlng, and provide
flxtuies and mounting to suit. Mount all outlets at posltlon
and helght to clear equlPment, duct-work, piping, ,etc., in
mechanical equipment room, storage rooms, etc. Securely fasten
al-I recessed fiitures in suspended celling to the celIlng fram-
lng member.
I
lo,
tli
05
l3t
08lii
L2lu
15
ri:
lii
22
lzt
25
ri;
29l:l
32lii
ti:
39lil42
ril
46
lt3
49
l;?
89-363 15500 - 3
Surface mounted flxtures contalning ballasts shall be mounted
wlth a mlnimum L-L/z( sPacer where mounted on a combustlble
material unless spectflcally approved for the appllcatlon.
Support }umlnaires only from structural elements which are
capante of carrylng the total weight. All tlghting flxtures
shaU be nounted itgtaly, wlth no I'rocking" actlon. Where
fixtures are surface-hounted on a suspended grid type celling,
provlde two supports lspaced at least 5n apart and nornal to
ttre longitudln-l axls) at each end of each 48u sectlon of
flxture (or on 48" minimum centers at tees). Flxtures shall be
supported from maln (Ioad bearlng) tees only. Where flxture
orlentatlon does not permlt such support to maln tees, provlde
addltlonal cross supports above the hung celling to provlde
bearlng from the maln tees, or extend supports dlrectly to the
structural systen of the celIlng above.
Protect wlrlng wlth tape or tubing at all points where abraslon
ls llkely to occur. Provlde chase nipples where fleld wiring
through knockouts. wiring in fluorescent fixtures shall be
sultable for temperature condltlons and 1n no case less than
90'C. (194'F. ) rating.
Install all lncandescent and fluorescent lamps In accordancewlth type lndlcated on flxture schedule.
3.02@:
AIl llghtlng fixtures having an adjustable type of beam spreador being of the adjustable aiming type (floodlights, track-' lights, wall washers, spot llghts, etc. ) shall be field
adJusted or afuned at this Contractor's exPense and to thesatisfaction of the Architect-Englneer. AI1 fixtures of the
above types (refer to drawings) shall be fleld adjusted (verify
flnal placement of flxtures also; ln accordance wlth the manu-facturer's almlng reconunendatlons, and as indlcated on the
drawings and as requlred 1n the fleld. rnclude an allowance lnthe bld to cover all costs of aimlng or adJustlng these flx-
tures. rnclude an overtfune alLowance ln the bid for aiming or
adJustlng exterior fixtures at night.
3.03 Q@!S:
Clean aII fixtures as speclfled ln Section 0r7l-0. Relamp fix-
tures to extent regulred and as specified in Sectlon 01500.
EnD OF SETCIIOT 16500
I
lo,
rli
05
l3t
08
lii
I2ll:
J.3
li:
fil,
22rii
ri|
29l:l
32
ril
li:
39lll
42
ril
rti
49
l;r52
lil
JO
l;t
59
o L672I - I89-353
sEcrrolt L672L
EIRE AIARU SYSTEM E:XPAITSIOI|
PART 1 - GENERAT
1.OO@:
Drawlngs and general provlslons of the Contract, lncludlng Gen-eral and Supplementary Condltions and the Dlvislon-l Speclflca-tlon sections, apply to work of thls Sectlon.
1.01 DSEEEEKE:
Furnlsh and install all necessary parts and devices to expandthe exlstlng flre alarm system as shown on the plans and as
outlined ln this speclflcatlon.
The exlstlng system ls Kidde, TyPe KDR and all new equipment
must be compatible to this system. all field devices mrst be
cross llsted by UL for use with the exlsting equipments.
1.02@:
The Contractor shall furnish and install all input panels, zone
modules, output panels and signal modules as required to pro-
vide a complete operatlng system ln compliance wlth all natlon-aI and local codes,
The system shal1 be tested and certifled by a authorj.zed repre-
sentatlve of the manufacturer.
1.03 EIEEEEEEI€.:
The owner and./or hls designated representatlve will revj-ew aII
equlpment submittals for approval , prior to installatlon.
General requlrements are as follows:
Manufacturers orlglnal catalog data and descriptlve infor-
matlon shall be supplled for all flre alarm equipment.
Shop drawings, prepared to a scale of not less than !/8" =1'-0", shall be a part of the submlttal package. Drawlngs
shall show all termlnatlons and fleld wlring informatlon.Battery calcuJ-atlons shall be provided for the entire
system.
It ls the Contractors responslblllty to meet the intent of
thls Speclflcation.
1.04@:
All equlpment, devlces, cables, elc., shall be UL llsted for
use with flre detection systems.
I
01
02
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
10
11
I2
13
L4
15
16
L7
18
r9
20
2L
22
23
24
25
76
27
28
29
30
3l
32
33
34
1q
36
37
38
39
40
4L
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
54
55
55
57
89-36 3 L672L - 2
lhe completed systems shall comply wlth all local and natlonal
codes
The system shall comply with the appllcable provlsj-ons of NFPA
standards 728, 72F. and 70,
PART 2 - PROI'UCTS
2.OI SISTEM OPERATION:
The operation of any manuaL statlon or automatlc actlvation of
any sinoke detector,-heat dectector, or waterflow devlce sha.ll
cause:
A11 evacuatlon horns to sound and lamps to flash contlnu-
ously.
Indlcate on the control panel the zone that 1s in alarm.
Transmj.t a slgnal to the fire department.
Perform any addltlonal functlons as speclfled hereln or as
shown on the plans.
RecaII all elevators to the flrst floor.
2.02 !$!!:
The control device is returning to normal and the control panel
is manually reset, except that the alarm may be sllenced as
described elsewhere in these specifications
Any alarm may be silenced by a swi.tch ln the control panel .
when the alarm is cleared, the panel shall not reset untll this
switch is restored to normal posltlon.
When alarms are silenced, the zone lndicators on the control
panel shal1 remaln on untj.l the operated devlce ls restored to
normal .
All alarm signals shall- be automatlcally locked ln at the
control panel until the operated devlce is restored to normal .
Each lnltiatlng and alarm slgnal circult shall be electrically
supervlsed for opens and ground faults in the wirlng. The
occurrence of a fauLt shall be lndicated at the control panel
both vlsuaI1y and audlbly.
Twenty-four (241 hours of rechargeable battery standby power
shall be provided. Load calculatlons to confirm the total sys-
tem requirement shaIl be provided as part of thls contract.
Replacement of exlstlng batteries w111 be required.
I
t
I
| 0,.
rli
05
l3t08
tii
L2ll:
15
ri:
lii
22
a'r'^25
ri..
29l:l
32
lil
36l*
39
at^\
lii
46
Itz
49
ui
ril
5t'
l:3
59
89-363 L672L - 3
PART 3 - EIECT'TIOI|
3.01 TdANTIAI, STATIOI{S:
Manual statlons shall be Kldde, Model- Fi6, single poi., nlo
contact.
3.02 :
Area smoke detectors shall be Kldde, Model PSD7125, operatingoff the llght scatterlng, photodlode prlnclple. Detectorsshall be 2 wire nonpolarlzed type compatlble with the control
panel .
Rate of rise heat detectors shall be Kidde, Model 501, and
functlon on both the rate of rise and flxed temperature prlnci-ple. Tetnperature shall be set at 135 degrees F.
ProJected beam detectors, used in the gymnaslum shalJ. be of thepulslng, near-infrared type, uslng a emitter and recelver.Sensltlvlty shall be fleld adJustable from 15t to 70t obscura-tlon across the span. The settlng shall'be verifled by the useof callbrated filters and a 100 microampere meter.
The devlce shall have a range of 328 feet. It shall slgna1 atrouble conditlon if the beam ls blocked for more than 30
seconds and shal1 automatlcally reset when the blockage ls
removed. It shall also signal a trouble condition when thelens of elther emltter or the recelver becomes slowly contaml-
nated by dlrt or other alrborne contamlnants to the extent that50t of the orlglnal beam strength ls blocked. Thls shall also
be true when changes in allgnnent causing + or - 20r^ of onehalf of the beam input to be received.
Unlt shall be sultable for either wall or ceiling mountlng.
Model SPA-248 manufactured by ttochlkl America, no substitute.
3.03 $[$$!!$:
Audlble slgnals shall be vibratlng horn, wlth a 90dba output.
Kidde, Model 35T-24R.
vlsual indicatlon shall be by pulsating strobe light that may
be a integral part of the audlble slgnal device. Kldde, Mode1
WSP-24 FR.
Remote visual lndlcatlon shall be provided for each automatlc
lnitlating device located behind locked doors. Kldde, Model
RAI-2.
3.0,r }{fggElEiEBlQqSi:
Provide protective guards for all devlces that are located in
areas subJect to physical abuse.
t
01
o2
03
04
05
05
07
08
09
10
11
89-36 3 L672L - 4
The entlre system shall be checked out and certlflecl. by a auth-
orlzed representatlve of the manufacturer.
Accurate, as-bullt drawlngs shall be provlded by. the Contractor
before flnal payment and acceptance of the system.
EI{D OF SECrIOTI L672L
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
t
o Mf st, eT
Projecl Applicatlon
Proiect Name:
Project Description:
Contact Person and Phone
Owner, Address and Phone:
Architect. Address and Phone:
Design Review Board
Motion by:
Seconded by:
Date:
E Statt Approval
r:' )
i-rr i
l"
:
F
I
ff
l.rl
Fztil
cr
(c,i
,:].Jl
-JuJl
r:,f
-'l
:isEli rrIld{\::1.
'qei:FjiqiFil
l-B 6 t'
E ssijf I3E:
* -oQ
o€<o,
!,
N
ot
P
rO6
'o
Frr W rd #l.,-irF, it $ ts- f,(! t, F, "'f <flnli(F. f O - ts Or{5rrJf,tit {, }-.}ir O O Bp*OFfD IA5/ 5 {#H{rfiro O,< o, .- XFB{-A {}5/ O SF$OF& i,. D. t-: FJ H55O t I F-rr lil &f}l:f hitl Ft rt. tr Xt* iE-=#-{ .t p.f t*H&H tr' dH X }tt < O I,Or'{O. g I . ftflOYdHFr $n0! ri HF, n F.Ftp.ft t- F irffoproHo !, o r"!t r* o r..,. sDrt {tlot! L- l< D{D:'tf(f ri:tGo lrt Lr.p *ttsr{ <frv I - rtH DFFS P.nO4 ft O iOO 9{Dg €> <F ofio ottlt| o oE I Etf F-EA f (t :$rf 5dFt 5 r., 5 {rO l\'0,OHfr L :' r{r Hr ir 0P. m.tokf .. d r- c!,4 ut*GOOOflFb 0 FhJo UF t'lo {D r'lsPE |.r ts- $3 o oft { ts l*ts!'tr F.O Ort<5 . Pl O ctdOOOflftO nq, P- 16 l'lF€p.nlf ff rt P.of t$5 Ett F{}yts. itF.tsd N.} OP(} rt4 !o oD ft !\}vJ 5ot/:rldBl Eit -tO rftssott tr ryrdoo ro:tOOrt Ott Or-lgH lO Uft rt €I'OF O|DJH' NO Orl ].1 ]&o lD 5 }t''d ftN PP uO.d O +,m 5 O D, Sr O t*r rtOOOFID F o E l'-PJ {fiP rt o n,'{t d o },.5 *{ x[r l,.J tt SrpJ IJ tF frK O Ul lP 0 Fl O rr rQ 0) t< ..-' O3rr *ft E O H5(i ;|ncf P.4 O{D!f E obrlro600Po FrJ our otsortoSSFr lQo. (,oftE 9l Ptr rr F-F/ "r' FF*ft F,.H F,.K F. 05 fdSlroEO P r-1 OrtSs I t $5 o,0. E o o Bfr o F-P- ft otr t O g'ftt lJ 01 l* F.Pt'Ort OE€ rrtSSfi Fr tr P rQ rnOOilr<fiIfl ri o!40!f !rft5 rfo,rioOPOqOHO OOStljrrEfi|AX'
tD ttl ut oo ft P-r< tsrf !(OOO X OrIr O:t!frtrl ir rr rr it5dUlFt?!throoo o0lIt*O5Oi+t'. F{ pl{J p, t_.,tsrF OtrP.FF. of- . O OrFnFo Hro H5 ryrrts5 tstE EtQ rtE' $ € r'' rt {:rF - OfiUr ifotD5 F" {UOSA P ;,. Otdo f lq tofb V !,!rf rl}|H (l. O,r<l
o q ()
Ll rne
f =J
= :"'m
{D <! ao
-" lrEAsFE {ct:! It{) 6'Q
=
a€-(.9
,11
fl:
woq
{
m.{
n-'
CIrd
GLofl
eltr
0rtrr{(|r
fi,Nstf
{rl{$
Sianlorf, fjlecE 3. Sirile 1000
;:rlli**i:a*#P;."'O
{303} 6Sq '2770
Tels\ 501?85 iWOODwAfiD DVBI
F;,V lfo.
FROJI1;
rP you p9 Nof' RecErvE ALL oF fl{EsE pt6ES OR flArrE AJ{y PROBtEdSt PLEASEAr (t03) 694-2770.
-iruM.B.ER OF PA6F5 (LfiCLUDTN. CO'SA StrgE? I 2
p*o,recr rvo. RtJ74 - H i 7z (frOS)
I{E$6A€Er
Woodward'flyde Gcnsultants
TEIACOPY COVER
STIEg:P
Gnnrulrifig Engtntt_r. graloe kru
a|1d Environftcnrl $€lrilEtr
Ot{.c$ in Orhrr Pricclprl Cli{tg
I[J,J 33]bi HEANEfl*IAltr i-';'ii 7,t'tj r'!irl
lf l-, il$ :-; I,i r-ll--': i +Q'f'f
Stgnlord Plgcr 3, Suttr iOO0
4582 South Ulrt6r SUaol p!ftway
oanvar, Coto.sdo 80237
(303) 694-2770
TElsx 50t 285 (wOODWAFD DVB)
l.|oy 8, 1989
+DENVER WCP f',tl
Woodwald.Glyde Gonsultarlr
Snowdon & Hopklns
201 Gore Creek 0r1veVall. C0 81657
Attentlon: Ms. Pame'ta Hopklns
Re: valI tlountaln School Extenslon
ProJect No, 22279-Zl37t
Oear l'ls. Hopklns:
0n Thursday, l4uy 4, 1989, I recejved fron Mr. Joe Jehn of Jehn and Assoc.te.re.a. c0!y 9.f l,l1'l0n Architects' drawlng C-2 (ProJrct No, 10BB), dated l-:.-i:lshowlng the proposed regradlng after the schoo't dxtenslon nrs bien conrpl:ter..
The drawlng shows the crest of the existing rock control berm be'lng cut bil.ken 1ts western end by approximately 30 feet on the north -side i'..j
approximately 36 feet on its south side. This js slgnificantly differer t trcr,
an earlier scheme that I reviewed, having'no reduction in the crest'lenqilr cfthe berm. The revlsed version offers less protectlon against
'rctintt,r-rockfall than the existing berm. I consider that after the school arjclr:lcr,has been constructed and the gradlng has been nade, that the berrn shoulc...:.rebuilt to its present crest elevation by extending the berm ln a rtrlr
wester'ly djrecti0n such that the tota'l crest length 1s not less tt,an itrpresent length, and possibly extended as the constraints of tvai'l able;;r.ti
permi t.
tloodward-C1yde Consultants wou'ld be happy to prepdre the design fer..liir
modification and oversee lts constructlon in due course. This work dces :,LLof course fa'l 'l within the scope of our current asslgnment.
If you have any questions regardlng the above letter, please call.
Manager of Geosclences 0lvls'lon
JH8:blb fiLs/2?zlste2l(l copy sent)1c: F1'le
Consuitin0 EngineeG, GeoloOisls
.nd Envirenmenlal gciantlsts
Ottices In Olhe. Pfincioal Chies
h
lnwn
75 roulh tronlagc road
Yail, colorado 81657
(303) 470-7000 oftlce of communlty developmenl
March L, 1989
Mr. Mark MilanMilan Architects, P.C.
L775 Lee Lane
Lakewoodr CO 802L5
Reference:Addition and
Dear Mark,
On March Lst, 1989, the Design Review Board approved the Vail
Mountain School's request to construct a gynnasiurn and parkingIot. The approval included the followi-ng conditions:
f-) Buffalo Juniper wiII be changed to Potentilla in areas
where native grasEes are used.
2) The retaining wall by the bike bath shall be terraced
so that lt has a naximum height of 2-L/2 feet. Theretaining wall shall be made of wood. The terraced
area shall be planted with wIld flowers and/or
shrubs.
3) The trusses will be heavy wood with bolts and will be
located in the three dorner areas per the model alongthe south elevation.
4) The entire parking lot shall be plowed to allow for
one way traffic flow during the winter.
congratulations on your project. I believe the Design Review
Board felt you did an excellent job of responding to theirsoncerns. Good luck with construction this Spring.
Sincerelv,.A\) | 1l IM .tl {. ^'*'\]\lvir\n lIl r?
Kristan Pritz
Senior Planner
KP! sm
t
o
P.C.
MILAN
AFICHITECTSI,
(303) 232-2256.l 775 LEE LANE
LAKEWOOD. COLORADO 802 1 5-2a93
March 28, 1989
Mr. Edmund E. Hill
Highway Malntenance Supervisor
Colorado Department of Highways
?14 Grand AvenueP. O. Box 298
Eagle, CoLorado 8L631-0298
Ret Vail Mountain School
Dear Mr. Hill:
We are in receipt of your letter of 14 March 1989 concernj.ng landscapingrestrictions on Highway Department right-of-way.
Thank you for your statement that with the latest changesr our plans wiLl
now meet with Colorado Department of Highways approval .
fn the interest of continuity and wLth your permissl,on. I shall brieflyreview the instructions given to me by Mr. Al Pierce of your departmentby telephone before we modifj-ed our landscape plan.
The landscape lestrictions as agreed to by Mr. Pierce are as foLlows:
1. No new plantings closer than thirty (30) feet to the traveled
roadway edge.
2. No new trees with a caliber sJ-ze large! than three (3) incheswill be allowed.
A11 other conditions are as set forth in your letter of 14 March 1989.
We have advised the onner that prior to any work being conmenced on State'
ttighway right-of-way, all required written approvals must be obtalnedfrom your office .
If you have guestions concernl-ng any of the foregoing, pl-ease do nothesi.tate to contact this office.
Respectfully,
>\(o ^;F. Ivlilan, Architect
Architects
SupervisorVaiI Mountain School
Mr. A1 Plerce, Sr.,Mrs. Pamela Hopkins,
Highway MaLntenanceBuilding Comnittee
IIEX!EN OF THE AXERICAN II{STITUTE OF ARCHITEC?S
ArcHtItct
r rJ?llrxxll
TIIAT
--. \t \tr I r-\ \tl,rttt.-Jttrl\ \ .L\ 'I\ \L'L ':'T.\TI o; -\F
I tt-Ul
'r
6t
DEPABTMFN] OF
Eal: (' :'aa,'f .i-.
ii:GHI\AYS
..f----^.
_.1-11t.: ..r.,t.r, ! ::tlatr, ...,1.r-,.
Iir : \ :\.1 j 1.: .::.1 a:r, Sclt(,oJ f
Gent l emen :
I har€ re\-leried 1-o'r p,Ians ior the \ait l.rountain School riith therelocated b:.!i* path oll ol Highr.ar. I)epartnrent rrght oi. r.,a1-. hiththis chan€i€' and restrrctj'orri- --for lartdscaT,rns- -th-ese,-1lgiirs n ljJmeeL rili-1, tii€ Lolorado Department ot' Highwal-s' approva.r.
Landscap:.ng rest rictions ril l be as follows:
t . No ner. pl.ant i ngs wi 1r be closer to the t ra\.eled roadwar-. edge then the existin8 planti.ngs.
2. lro mature trees r.rith a base Iareer than 4 inches indiameter wiIl be a.Llowed
The t'ol.orado Llepartment ot- HighwayB reaerves the riEht .to revohethis pernissron at any ti.ne. ih" D.p""traeni can at an]- futuredate require deretions and nodifications .to rendscaplng. .The
colorado Department of Highraye will not be reeponsitle for an1-oarnaEes crone to landscaping in the coufse of nornar right of wal'8|arntenatrce or snorl- reDova_l operations
Arrr- trne r^'orh is performed on the colorado Departnent of'Hrghr^a1's' right ol wav traf f ic eontro] will be done j.n accordance$ith the tre-Dgef_pf Uni f orn Traf f ic _!_qff-g-e-s.
Sincerelr-,
J. Brvce Sanburg
Hr.r-. Mtce. Supt. III
A. L. Pierce
Sr. Hu1'. Iltce. Supr..
' ",f . ,.(i-lJ+-'.'...'---..:l-:-- .'1,,,\r-.' Edmurrd E. H i -r I
. Hu]'. Ittce, 5upr'.
Sarrbrr re I Itr i e t h
frret ( ezfl i.l .l
I'erslie
['a1ri, I i.t ..i.3LE
o oProject Application
Project Name:
Project Description:
Contact Person and Phone
Owner, Address and Phone: ------:
Architect, Address and Phone:
. _ li-
Legal Description: Lot Block Filing , Zone
-
Com ments:
Design Review Board
Date
Motion by:
Seconded by:
APPROVAL DISAPPROVAL
ri i \
' I,; .-! f i 'i '"' '.';.'
tr Staff Approval
lnwn
75 routh trontlgs rold
v.ll, cotorado 8165?
(303) 476-7000 otflc. of communlty developmenl
February Z2t Lggg
Mr. Mark MilanMilan Arctritects, p.C.
.L775 Lee Lane
" Iia.kewood, Colorado 90215
Reference: Vail Mountain School submittal
Dear ttark,
o-n February 22' 1989, the Design Review Board reviewed the vailMountain school addition. tnef tauted the p""j"* and nade thefollowing comments which shour& be consid""La io.. the March lstrneeting:
1. The forns of -the new addition need, to be norecompatible with the existing building.
2. There are too many different roof pitches on thebuilding.
3. The_design solution for the addition nust create onebuilding due to the needs of the clients. For this_re?9olt, the design thene between the old and newbuildings nust b6 conpatiUie.
4. The area in front of the new building should beheavily landscaped.
5. Ehe size of the traffic circle should be d.ecreased.
6. The Design Review_Bo?rd requested the specific heightof the bern in relation to ttre road. ti"V-ii=oenphasized that the bern was very irnpoitiirt In oraerto screen the parking area.
7. The Board was not coufortable nith the bike pathdesign. They suggested looking at the possiLility ofhaving the parking and bike path on the north side ofthe berm with sone landscape separation.
8. They asked that you look at one way traffic withoutthe circle through the parking area.
9. They asked that you look at landscaping on the northside of the exit out onto Booth FaIIs Road. Thislandscaping would screen the traffic and car lightsfrorn adjacent neighbors.
10. Some members felt that additional landscape rnaterialswere needed. They suggested using high irnpactmaterials (spruce, etc.) on the south side of theaddition to provide as much year round greenery aspossible.
11. Design Review Board reguired that the school present adumpster enclosure desigm at the next neeting.
I If you have any furttrer questions please feel free to caII me at479-2L3A.
Sincerely,
1(''1r"?-t
Kristan PritzSenior Planner
KP: Sm
,trt''
+. i
Peter Pattelr - Responded todiscussion of the intentionregard to parking.
application?
Sidney's question with aof the CCI zone district with
Motion:
Second:
Vote:
Va7.
Permitwith by Kristan
conditions:
OO
,v\ 't{
n ielt .'
it/f- Sidnev Schultz - Was staff arrare of the creation of a newparking space through thls
Donovan - Approve per the staff memo, tree must berelocated near pedestrian bridge. DRB to look atlandscaping closely.
Grant Riva
6-0
School:
Conditional Useis for approvalPritz. Recommendation
l-. CDOH approval of relocated. bike path.2. Rockfall mitigatlon prior to building perruit.3. frrigation of landscaping on CDOH property willrequire CDOIT approval .
VaiI Mountain School - Variance reguests for site coverageand front setbaclc (parking).Kristan Pritz gave the staffpresentation. Staff reconmendation is for approval, therequests are reasonable and the site can handle thevariances.
John Milan (Architect for the project) - Presented asection drawing through the parking/bike path/bern area.
The CDOH has verbally approved the bike path on the stateproperty and will follow-up with a letter shortly. He
discussed the possible rockfalL hazard at the site and alsopresented the landscape plan for the project.
Grant Riva - Overall schene is good. Traffic circulationEfso gooa. Pleased with project and is in favor.
Peqqy osterfoss - Questioned rockfall rnitigation. WilI gymwall be able to handle the blow from a falling boulder?
John Uilan - Woodr'tard-Clyde is the geologic consultant andffiI do further study, h6wever, the rear waII of the gyrnwill.be designed to nitigate any rockfall.
Peqcry osterfoss - Overall plan is a positive improvernent.Are all those parkJ-ng spaces needed?
John l,lilaq - Not really, but it will be buffered by
J-an-dsc-apilg.
!
t"L
.?I
Diana Donovan - Have bike path curve around the existingEIeAs;T;Cad of just a slraight shot. cars may be paiked
too close to the soccer field. DRB should look at
Iandscaping.
Sidney Schultz - Questioned the vertical separation betweenthe Frontage Road and the bike path?
,fohn Milan - About 6, ot 7,.
Jirn Viele - Mountain School has been a good neighbor. Runbike path as originally planned and do not relocateexisting trees.
Motion:
Second:
Vote:
Motion:
Second:
Vote:
Motion:
second:
Vote:
8.
Grant Riva - Conditional Use Permit, approve as
sufiliE"ed__ittea with conditions I - 3 lisied- in staff memo.
Diana Donovan
5 - O (Pan Hopkins abstained)
Diana Donovan - Approve variances per staff memo
Peqcry Osterfoss
5 - O (Pan Hopkins abstained)
Vail Run Satellite Dish - Variance Request:
Rick Pvlnan - Presented the staff memo. Staff
recommendation is for approval . Hardship has been shown
and it would not be a grant of special privilege. Color is
white.
Pegqv osterfoss - Approval of variance. DRB shouldrequire additional landscape screening if tennis
bubble is ever removed.
Grant Riva
5-O
9.Bed and Breakfast Ordinancez
Peter Patten - Updated the PEC on the progress of the Bed
and Breakfast ordinance.
.a o
TO:
FROM:
DATE:
SUB.TECT:
Planning and Environnental Comnission
Conmunity Developnent Department
February 13, 1989
A request for a site coverage variance in order to builda glmnasium and a front setback variance in order tolocate parking within the front setback for the Vail
Mountain School .
Applicant: Vail Mountain SchooL
T DESCRIPTION OF VARIANCES REQUESTED
The VaiI l.tountain School is reguesting two variances in orderto allow for their glmnasiurn expansion. The first varianceis for site coverage. Under the agricultural open spacedistrict, not more than 58 of the total site area shall becovered by buildings. The school property has a total sitearea of 6.L22 acres or 266,574 scruare feet. The allowablesite cov . The school isreguesting a site coverage of 7.938 or 2L,L64 square feet.
The site coverage is broken down into the following areas:
S?o a0frttt{
,r"ot }.Q)'ic
#tr"
Existing school -Existing historic
New addition -
tl ,546 square feetcabin - 780 sguare feet
L2 t838 square feet
In addition, the Vail Mountain School would like to locate aportion of their new parking area in the front setback.
leprqaiegrte-l]|__zg €P499q-sould engroach 6 ft. lDte-lhe-to_ff .-- gEtuacti. tnE agrTEii:.Euial bffi states ttr-at noreguired parking shall be located in any reguired setback
area.
II. CRITERIA AND FINDINGS ,
Total - 2L,L64 sguare feet -<t,n <b A. F+-
^
'utar-r*nl 1 SlltlThis is a difference of approxirnately 7,830 s<1uare_le$ cpDrv t
between the allowable analroposed site?ove!&.
Upon review of Criteria and Findings, Section L8.51.060 ofthe nunicipal code, the Department of Conmunity Development
recornmends approval of the reguested variances based upon thefollowing factors:
q.
A.The
gorlsideration of Factors:
onshi of the ested var ce toortent
proposed.ces are not excessive qiven th
er existin
Je feel
9ite coveraqe variance: The staff believes that the 2.932increase in site coverage will have rnininal impacts on usesand structures in the surrounding areas. The gyrnnasiunraddition has been designed to ariow for a uast<6tuarf courtand stage area. Adeguate storage and lobby areas are
needs for this type of use.
to achieve
locate thelocacloser to resid€'ntii
p_er&14 Eron_!!e FrontagE Road can be rninirnizedlands
B.The d to which rel from the strict or literalretationenfot or a specified
Staff believes that it iscars in the front setback and
+ 928) even with the
ation islity of uniform it
ob
of treatnentectives oamonsites in the vic or to attain thethistle without qrant o aL Driv
Site coverage variance:
.' standards
intended toof the site
needs to beactivities.
predominantl
for the agricultural open space district arepreclude intensive urban development. The degreecoverage variance is quite small. A gymnasiuna certain size in order to accommodate recreationStaff believes that the site reroains
Front setback varlance:The par in the setbaalready been establis
e front setback. The Mountain School hasrates tha ;;
parking while minimizing as
buildings. In order to provideparKrng wrrtre mj.nimizing asphalt, it is necessary that thespaces be located in the f/ont setback.
qeve r oltget r-n a manner which concentrates the buil dinos on the
:astern, r>grt+gn of t . @ne parKrngbe Iocated adjacent to the buildinqs. In order to nrowide -
c.The e of thedistr
facsafetv.
There shouldvariance. Inbe no significantract. the vafifro
rom many of the residential
varl_ance on Ii t and airtransportatonand traffices and utilit es and public
impacts duece to locate to eitherrk
s of
uses qnd structures in the vicin
rivil
&,ft,"
areas surroun ng ool .
." .. i
Such.other factors and criteria as the cofnnisS1e4deenq
a
III. FINDINGS
rv.
That the granting of the variance will not constitute a grantof special privilege inconsistent with the limitations onother properties classified in the same district.
That the granting of the variance niII not be detrimental tothe pubJ-ic health, safety or welfare, or materially injuriousto properties or irnprovements in the vicinity.
That the variance is warranted for one or more of thefollowing reasons:
The strict or literal interpretation or enforcement ofthe specified regulation would result in practicaldifficulty or unnecessary physical hardship inconsistentwith the objectives of this tltle.
There are exceptions or extraordinary circurnstances orconditions applicable to the same site of the variancethat do not apply generally to other properties in the
same zone.
The strict interpretation or enforcement of thespecified regulation would deprive ttre applicant ofprivileges enjoyed by the owners of other properties inthe same district.
STATF RECOMMENDATION
Staff reconmends approval of both variances. The difference
between the atlowable site coverage and proposed site
coverage is approxinately 7,827 square feet. If you deductthe historic cabl-n, which was reguired to be preserved, thedifference is actually 7,O47 sguare feet. SlqfE__betigyesthat given the fact that 67 et, the1;coverage Isof dtris size.
support the front sethack variance for the parking lot duethe fact ttrdffi-roclte thJp:':Tin--9 in othei areas on thete would decrease the open space character of the property.is felt that parking can be buffered by landscaping frome North Frontage Road.
W^t
\*")tofitrt
Itn
TO:
FROM:
DATE:
SUB.TECT:
Planning and Environmental commission
Conmunity Development Departnent
February 8, 1989
A reguest for a conditional use pernit in order tobuild a grynnnasium and classroon addition.Applicant: The VaiL Mountain School_
The proposed structure wilt be located west of theexisting school building, approximately where thepresent outsj-de basketball court is located. Theexpansion witl provide additionaL recreation andeducational facilities. Activities in the gYrnnasiumwill include basketball, volleyball, indoor soccer,weight lifting, and locker room facilities. Flooringfor the gynnasium space is to be a multi-purposenaterial to accommodate basketball, dances, assemblies,and theatrical productions held in the g1m.
Third floor expansion for new classrooms, 21985 sguare
-feet:
Additional classrooms, teachers offices and a student
lounge will be constructed on the third floor of theexisting main school building. Provisions to lock offthe glannasium from the main buildinq will beincorporated into the design to allow activities afterschool hours with ninirnal concern for security in thebalance of the facility. The new facilities are notplanned to serve an increased enrollnent, but rather toprovide a better physicaL plan that will accornrnodate the
needs of the present dchool popul-ation.
A new parking lot and bike path connection:
Entry into the site will be from Katsos Ranch Road to a
new drop offlpick up circle drive. Exiting to theFrontage Road can occur at Katsos Ranch Road to the east,and Booth Falls Road to the west vj_a an exit only drive.53 new parking spaces are provided with the current
I. DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED USE
The Vail Mountain School is located in the agricultural openspace zctne. under this zone district, anj-Efansion toTl6sctrool must be reviewed as a conditional use. The VailMountain School is p@d.ditions to theirfacility:
fA) Multi-purpose gl4nnasium, 13r330 square feet, 2OO person, '>=/ caPacity:tl\\l'.
6
.tAU4Pltt1w
PtY-
p1an, along with acconmodation for one bus parking
space. The parking plan totals will provide a total of
80 spaces.
The bike path which extends from Booth Falls Road intothe Vail Mountain School parking lot will be re-routedto run to the south of the parking area. The path will
extend to the east to Katsos Ranch Road.
Rockfall Mitiqation.
The Vail Mountain School has proposed that rockfallnitigation be accoraplished by increasing the structural-capacity of the gynnasiums north wall to withstand the
impact of fallinq rocks. This approach is based upon a
recorurendation by Woodward Clyde Engineers who designedthe present Gabian retaining wall at the site.
It appears that the neighborhood-wide rockfall barrierwill be built this summer. This r.riIl be a far superiorsolution in our opinion in that it will protect theentire school site from rocks, not just the building.
We feel that this is particularly important in thatchildren will be using potentially all parts of the site
',and shouldn't be subjected to any danger from rockfall.
II. BACKGROUND OF TI{E VAIL MOI'NTAIN SCHOOL:
The Vail Mountain School received approval to construct a newschool in Booth Creek in L978. The request eras for aconditional use permit to aLlow a private school of
approximately 9,000 square feet for a maximum of L1-0students. Conditions of approval were as follows:
1. The maximum floor area for,tb+{qil Mountain School'buildinq is not to exceed Q0o9)6Suare feet.
2.
3.
The VaiI Mountain School is to be used only
Mountain School for school functions.
Additional parking shall be provided by the
Mountain School if the proposed parking isplanning and environmental commission to be
by the vail
Vail
found by the
inadeguate.
The location of the scJhool building and its activitiesare restricted to the area designated on the plans
approved by the Planning and Environmental Commission at
t-
{trtJ4.
cr,
\ \da the october 24, ].,97g rneeting, which are on fite in the
'{.,,{f ' Cornmunity Development department. A deed restriction
^A\'- from VaiI Associates will limit the amount of land to be/ used by the school on this designated area. The balanceof the seven acre parcel is to be restricted as greenbelt.
fov,
r,8
$1i'nq'
tqffi-!'e-!
r4(\ "tvp.:,OQf
tf,f,) I
\b\tr
)' !
expansion as well as the vacation of the deedrestriction. The Planning and Environmental Conmissiondeternined that it woutd be appropriate for the deedrestriction to be voided. Representatives from the VailMountain School , Dlarsha Sage, President of the Board ofDirectors and l.fr. Peter Abuissi, Headmaster indicatedthat there would not be a major increase in developmentafter this expansion. Since that pEC ureeting, the deedestriction has been voided.
ITT. CRITERIA AND FINDINGS
upon review of section 18.60, the conmunity Development Department
recommends approval of the conditional use per:mit based upon thefollowing factors:
Consideration of Factors. '
Re_latiolship and impact of the use on development ob-ieetivesof the Town.
The cabin currently on the property is to be preservedand restored either in its existing location or inanother location restricted to the eastern part of thesite as shown as slrown on the subnitted plairs.
In Novenber 1979, the VaiI Mountain School receivedapproval for a lunch room, indoor recreational , and darkroom. Conditional use approval was given in October198L to remove the restrLction liniting the nunber ofstudents at Vail Mountain School . In August 1983, theschool received conditional use approval to accommodatea sodded soccer field.
In L984, the school received approval to addapproxinately 3,096 square feet. The proposal providedspace for a print roon, computer room, language lab, twoclassrooms, one meeting room, and one kindergarten room.A parking/hard space/play area of approximately +rOoosquare feet was located on the existing parking area.During this conditional use review, a rock fall barrierwas also proposed on the north hillside above theschool . At this time, the vail Mountain School has atotal gross separe footage of Lsr57L square feet.
own for
-\
--...'-r,*"*
_\ --:.rrrF,- f|l-On January 25, 1-988 a work session was htlFon the Vail- Mounffiiscuss the glmnasium and classroom
The agricultural open space zone district states thatrr..Schools and certain tlpes of private recreation facilitiesand institutions are suitable uses in the agriculture andopen srpace district, provided that the sites of these usesremain predominantly open. Site developrnent standards are
intended
maintain
naintains(.48 acres
been separatedbike path is an
toth
th
o
preclude intensive urban d
and open space character
to
n
e
f
vaJ-I zontng cooe 16. J
developed in a manner
. ol-o) The
which
B.The gff-?ct of the use of l-iqht and air, distribution ofpopl:Iatign, transportation facilities, utilities, 3chools,parEs and recreation facilities, and omes
needs.
The project will provide ad4llionaf recraation andeducational facilities. Tti6 expansion is not-intended toprovide new space for more students. Instead, tbq schooLproposes to provide more space for the existing(C- vailMountain School Students.
The effgct upon traffic with particular reference to
-conqes_tig!, auto_motiye and pedestrian safetl.a,nd convenience,traffic flow an
.
Staff believes that the new traffic circle adjacent to thegymnasiurn wiII provide for usersof the site.
Originally, the school proposed to provide a new egresspoint south of the traffic circle. The highway departrnentapproved an access perrnit for this proposal . However, one ofthe conditions of the access permit approval was that theschool widen the Frontage Road by building a right turnacceleration lane 12 feet wide and 550 feet long, includi4g- 180 foot taper.-i[EGEEool-FroposeA-]nstr create a newegress drive extending fron the new parking lot west to Booth
School has
open spacethe 6 acre
from the parkinginportant safety
character of the area.site is covered by buildings.)
drive will
arnount ofe_1it. The bike pa s
c.
&ot I 6Q0rw/\l
K(l.Falls Road. The staff believes that thisalso function-f6f-tEe schoof .-a
Frontagis-tR.oad-sed decreasasphaft and Frr
vgqr'g[1,k;tt
I
area. The relocation of the
improvement.
The number of parkinq of spaces for the project was arrivedat by reviewing reguirements from other comrnunities. Mostrnunicipalities do not have'a specific reguirement for agynnasiurn. The architect_eenf,acied Lakewood, Jefferson
Auro ton and e requirementfor a church called fof 3 4 seats. Parking
parking space. Staff believes that the piopose-a parking isadequate for the project. The classroon addition-shouldcreate only a sright demand for additional parking due to theincreased nunber of teachers. The number oi stud6nts is notanticipated to increase.
toa4 - ro.r a cnurcn carrec tor ]- space every 3 to 4 seats. parkin
iJIt r ^0. requirements varied fron 50 to ?O spaces for a 2OO person
\K \,ry, :i:l?::v^I::i' i'r;
^ -:3-l?y--:q1"::- :':- !':!9="d prus- oTe bustip
D.Effegt ppoJr tbe charaqter of the area in whj.ch the proposed
use is to be located including the scffi
$drod is'^1
t^rilA ',^+"
J
-\i\e-
use relation to surround uses.
Building bulk is definitely increased by the expansion. Thei a ss-a naf )fu I F a-f th6-ffi 53i un aaAitrori- hal u EE-n -mf hfur i z e d bysiting the gymasium at an angle to the existing schoolbuilding. The structure has also been built into thehillside on the north elevation of the school . The height ofthe gymnasiun on the north elevation is approxirnately 26 feetfrorn fj-nished grade to roof ridge. The gymnasiurn does notexceed the 33 foot height rnaximum for the agricultural openspace zone dj.strict. The new windows and dormers proposedfor the third floor classroom expansion should also help tobreak up the mass of the existing building on the north andsouth elevations.
$' .r
Jt,,#ih
lH,.
o
pLI{dA-
IV. Such.other factors and criteria as the cornmission deemsapplicable to the proposed use.
V. FTNDTNGS:
That the proposed location of the use is in accord with thepurposes of this ordinance and the purposes of the districtin which the site is located.
That the proposed location of the use and the conditionsunder which it would be operated or maintained would not bedetrinental to the public health, safety, or wel-fare ormaterially injurious to properties or irnprovements in thevicinity.
That the proposed use would conply with each of theapplicable provisions of this ordinance.
VI . RECOMMENDATION:
lhe Community Development Departrnent finds that the request
rneets the findings for conditional use approval and
recornmends approval with the following conditions:
The Vail Mountain School rnust receive approval toconstruct the relocated bike path from the ColoradoDivision of llighways l/efore a building pernit will bereleased for the project. The bike path shall be builtbefore a fLnal certificate of occupancy is released.
Tbe'Vail Mountain School shall subnit engineered
drawings for the rockfall nitigation before a buildingperrnit will be released for the project. The rnitigationsolution rnust neet the requirements of the Town of Vail
GeologicaL Sensitive Areas Ordinance.
The proposed landscape plan shall include irrigation forthe bern along the Frontage Road. If it appears it isnecessary to locate irrigation on highway right of way,the Vail Mountain School shall request approval fron
CDOH.
If t, the staff believes that the Vail
Pl!g_' - We_would recommend that anysite.er reqluests to expandin order to maintain the
zone district.
the school be looked at very closelyintent of the agricultural open space
o Wolr"rU. Clyde Consuttants
.
PROPOSED AODITION TO THE VAIL IIOUNTAIN SCHOOL
susan Bean, of our office trave'led to the school on December 11, lgg7. The
purpose of the vlsit was to observe the berm in relation to the proposed
addition and to refresh our fami]larlty wJth the site. t{e understand from
your lqyout sketch that the proposed campus center will be a structure
approximately 120 ft by 80 ft, connected on the west of the exlsting school
bui'lding by a cove;'ed walkway. In addition, we have reviewed the informa-tion ln our flles and also new Jnforrnation concerning rockfal.ls in the
Booth Creek area.
since our original study performed in mid-19g4, a rockfall study has been
conpleted for the Town of vail. This report was submitted to the Town by
schmueser and Associates Jn 'late 1994. Also, additlonal studies have been
conducted by the colorado Geo'logical survey in the Booth creek area, but
have not yet been publ'lshed. l.|e understand, from contact with the staff,that the colorado Geo'logical survey is current]y mapping the rockfall
paths' and the'locations of rocks in the area that may have originated as
rockfal I s.
The schmueser and Assoclates report is a map showlng the distribution ofpotential rockfa'l I hazards. Hazard zones in the area of concern are
divided 'into hlgh and medium severity zones based on a number of factors.
The vail Mountaln school is located outside, but irrnediately downslope of
a high severity rockfall zone north of the school. This should not be
Interpreted to mean that the schoo'l Js not in a rockfall hazard zone, but
rather that the potential darnage mlght not be as severe as in the area
ups'lope of the school.
The conc'lusjon of these other studies and our
the school is in a zone where the potential
rocks that danraged severa'l houses this fall
field reconnaissance is that
for rockfalls exists. The
are recent examples of the
2?s,8t-2t3jt/n (r22OEt) (pRO)
o
contjnujng hazard. In a
described the rlsk to the
conditions expected for the
that letter is attached.
o
lifoodward.Clyde
letter of June 19, 1984 to the school , we
schoo'|, and that discusslon ls app'licable to
proposed addition. For convenience, a copy of
Gonsultants
Rocks falling from the cliffs above Booth Creek and the school trave'l down-
s'lope by a combination of bouncing, rolling and sliding. The dlrection of
movement of the rock is generally the shortest path downslope, therefore,
the topography of the sjte is lnportant. The existing berm provides some
'level of protection prlmarlly against ro'l'ling or sliding rocks, for the
areas 'irmediately downslope of the berm, including the existing school.
Under certain circumstances, it'is posslble that a rock block could
continue in a bouncing trajectory as far downhill as the existing schoo'| .
under such circumstances Jt is possible that any economica] 'ly feasible
barrier could be overcome. The smalt hill immediately west of the ex'isfing
school may supply some protection because lt is a topographic high. Rocks
reaching the hill would tend to be deflected around it rather than over it.
The proposed Campus Center additjon to the school is planned for an area
that is not dlrect'ly downslope of the existing bern. Therefore, the
existing berm wi] I not provide any direct protection to the proposed struc-
ture. The existing h'il1 adjacent to the berm may provide some degree of
protection. The hil'l wi'l'l not provide any level of protection if it is
removed during construction of the addition, as the plans indicate. The
plans appear to show that the new bujlding would be inrnediately adjacent to
the existing berm.
In response to the request of the Town of Val 1, the fo1 lowing conc'lusjons
can be made.
There exlsts a potential for rockfa'l Js or runout of rocks jn the
area of the Vail Mountain School as wel] as ln the area of the
proposed addition.
2208r-2r357/na (12206l) (PRO)
oXt'l
i.., ,
/'I
I
Woo*"rO.ClydeConsultants
The existing berrn upslope of the exlsting school wi'l'l not provide
the same degree of protectlon to the proposed campus center, as lt
does for the existing building.
Some type of additional protection wlll be required.
Your suggestions concernlng potential addlt'ional protect'ion neasures
included a westerly extension of the berm, or construction of a reinforced
concrete wall upslope of the proposed extension. These are certajnly worth
early consideration. The plans for the proposed Campus Center show the
structure adiacent to the existing berm. Extens'ion of the berm must rema'in
upslope of the proposed structure. The locatlon of the Campus Center and
any restrictions in the utility easement north of the school may ljmit the
roon availab]e for an extension of the berm. This shou'ld be considered
during further design phases. A reinforced concrete wal 1 on the upslope
side of the building may be acceptable. The wa'l'l would need to be engi-
neered to absorb the impact and force that a rock at whatever size and
velocity expected, m'ight impart on the wa'll. These calculations are beyond
the scope of this report. Since the size of rock blocks re'leased from the
cliffs above the school could weigh from perhaps a few tens of pounds to
over ten tons, the kinetic energy lnvolved could be very considerable' If
a reinforced concrete wa]l were incorporated into the bui'ld'ing, the
renainder of the building and fittings wou'ld need to be designed to res'lst
shaking lnduced by imPact.
Another possib'le option that could be considered would be to relocate the
proposed extension so that it renains behlnd the existjng berm, and put'
for example, the parkjng lot where there ls no berm. The geometry and
other conSiderations could, hovrevei, preclude this as a viable option.
(FRO)2?06t-21J17/nt (122081)
o
lle would be haPPY to help You
assist You in selectlng the
schoo'l .
t"dward€lYde Consultants
^:'
exp'lore these and possibly other options and
one nost appropriate to the needs of the
t{oodward.ClydeConsu]tantsrepresentsthatourservicesareperformed
wlthinthelimitsprescrlbedbytheClient,inamannerconslstentwtththe
level of care and skilt ordinari'ly exercised by other professional
consultants under similar circumstances' No other representation to
Client, expressed or lmplied, and no waranty or guarantee is included or
intended.
22081-213i?'/nr (122081 ) (PROI
o
dh" i trhdL hiton, \o.hi&,*,
ir a- nmU dAL. Brtt\ fuW
0q ao o- uul,.ila-
pd
tlN$su
I
6ont, ala$U- r,]oxro
bHh qdu-
flt^i t,th
qffi'
Domn, ,D\o mo,.,rn\nru b'!LSh
ffi,[ f,^d rvrt * trD- I qula"lio"''
* lD 5Q@r,fu-\d-,urilrcL\ tut#.r tid,l-
d':al1 A lrwUcallg
5t n V. , lr^t\ \c\oo\. $cry qoDJ npr*hhf- wOA- ntsr"$^.
+D hJ +\n+ truLuare- \i^,$nry + \Dcrtt ,
\ffifficsu+u q*krl{j+"k AEr
s,d, o\- 4r"ct{M ,trr.,O or. - fu.Ljrv
coni"!or-u'$' Ilol{,^*,, u,$. 3 .fu'^,q-"k t*r) * c-n-t lt"b"^h,r,-,
K Donolrn, alOcaro0_)Y qffi a,iru
ourop\ qt "u\ fcotir^"t'l Clra'tr"'lkn$ I- a$A ?ork / t'V t( ttq
i.
.t
o
PUBLTC NOTTCE
NorrcE rs HEREBY crvEN that the planning and Environrnentar.
cornniEslon of the Town of vail witr hord a pubric hearr.ng in
accordance with section 18.56.060 0f the nunicrpar code of the
Town of valr. on February 13, 1989 at 3:oo pu in the Town of vail
Municipal Building.
Consideration of:
1' A reguest for an exterior arteration in comnercial core r
ln order to renoder the sitznark Lodge. 183 core creek
Drive, Lot A, Block 58, VaiI Village lst Flti.ng.
Appllcant: Sl.tznark Lodge
2' A request for a variance to the nurnber of satelrite dlshes
arLowed on one lot in order to rocate an additionar dish on
the Vail Run property. 1OOO North Frontage Road West,
Portion of L,ot l0 & Lot 1.1, Block C, Lionsridge Filing t.
Applicant: Ciscorp
3. A reguest for a conditional use pernit, a variance for
parking in the front setback and a site coverage variance
in order to eonstruct an addition to the VaiI Mountain
School . Lot 12, Block 2, VaiI Village 12 Flling, 3160
Frontage Road East.
Applicant: VaiI Mountain School
4. A request for a conditional use permit in order to
construct an addition and a parking structure to the Vail
ValJ-ey Medical Center. Lot F, VaiI Village znd Filing, l-81
West Meadow Drive.
Applicant: Vail Valley Medical Center
5. A request to anend Special Development District #14,
Doubletree Hotel . 250 South Frontage Road West, Lot 2,
Block L, Vail Lionshead, znd Filing.
Applicant: Vail Holdings, fnc.
The applications and infornation about the proposals are
available in the zoning adruinistratorrs office during regular
office hours for pubtic inspection.
TOWN OF VAIIJ
COMMUNITY DEVELOPUENT DEPARTMENT
Published in the Vail Trail on January 27, L989.
a
PUBLTC NOTTCE
NorrcB rs HEREBY crvEN that the pranning and Environmentar
connission of the Town of vail will hord a public hearing in
accordance with section 18.G6.060 of the municipar cod.e of the
Town of vail on January 25, l-9BF at 3:oo pM in the Town of vail
Municipal Building.
Consideration of:
1. A reguest for a minor subdivision to create two
Prirnary/Secondary lots on Lot 4, Block 4, Vail Village 3rd
Filing, 443 Beaver Dan Road.
Applicants: Ben and Martha Rose
2- A reguest for an exterior aLteration, a minor subdivision,
and a rezoning to special Developnent District in order to
redevelop the Golden peak House building located. at 27a
Hanson Ranch Road
Applicant: Catacombs, Ltd., Golden peak House Association,
Vail Associates, Inc.
3. A request for an exterior alteration and a cornmon area
variance in order to construct a spa and to enclose a portion
of the existing dining deck at the Gasthof Grammshammer
Iocated at 23L core Creek Drive.
Applicant: pepi Gramshammer
4. A request for a work session on a proposar to construct a
glmnasiurn and classroorn buirding at the Vail Mountain schoor
located at 3l-60 Frontage Road East.
Applicant: Vail Mountain School
- 2-r,.'(.,/ ,/r7rf
The apprications and infornation about the proposals are available
in the zoning administratorrs office during regular office hours
for public inspection.
TOWN OF VAIL
COMI,IUNITY DEVEI,OPMENT DEPARTII{ENT
THOMAS A. BRAUN
Zoning Administrator
Published in the Vail Trail on January 8, tg}7.
Project Application
Date : - :iij- iig
VaiI iic,untair SchoolProject Name:
Project Description:Gyrnnasium Acdjtjon
Contact Person and Phone l'1r. Fred 1-)ttc, Attorney-at-Law
0rii0 Ea:,le ,l.cad, lartle-Vai 1. Cclorado 81620t 949-5380
Owner, Address and Phone:Vail I'icuntaii-r School
31tti f.alsos Rarrch iicad. Vai I . Colorado t1657: 476-3850
Architect, Address and Phone: Milan Architr:Ctq, P.i-.
1775 Lee Lane. Lakewood. Colorado 6illil; 2?,2-?25i
Legal Description: Lot li , Block fiting Vail Vil'i agE, 12th , Zone Lold rticr.ll
Fili:",:i [;se Perm.i t
Comments:
Design Review Board
Date
Motion by:
Seconded by:
APPROVAL DISAPPROVAL
Summary:
Date:
lmn }'|estern Cormercial Investments, Inc.
2525 Camino Del Rio S. 5-125
San Diego, CA 92108
*jl
i[S t'lr^-r,,.'"-..'.,'i. i :.-,-i sa-rrar {
'i,,:.-" : : r:' l'r"!'rqo
75 soulh fronlage roed
Yall, colorado 81657. ollice of community development
IRET\,'," iu stlt,-r.H
lronuronniNc t
l_o na:n ue.!l!q:
O 6,, zE ff
PUBLIC NOTICE
NoTTcE IS HEREBY GMN that the Planning and Environmenta]
Comrnission of the Town of vaiL will hold a public hearing in
accordance with Section 18.66.060 of the municipal code of the
Town of Vail on February 13, 1989 at 3:00 PM in the Town of Vail
Municipal Buildinq.
Consideration of:
1. A reguest for an exterior alteration in Commercial- core I
in order to remodel the Sitzmark Lodge. 183 Gore Creek
Drive, Lot A, Block 58, Vail Village Lst Filing.
Applicant: Sitzmark Lodge
2. A request for a variance to the nurnber of satellite dishes
allowed on one lot in order to locate an additional dish on
the Vail Run property. l-000 North Frontage Road West,
Portion of Lot l-O & Lot 1-1-, Block C, Lionsridge Filing 1.
Applicant:Ciscorp
3. A request for a sonditional use permit, a variance for
parking in the front setback and a site coverage variance
in order to construct an addition to the Vail Mountain
School . Lot 12, Block 2, VaiI Village L2 Filing, 3L60
Frontage Road East.
4. A request for a conditional use permit in order to
construct an addition and a parking structure to the Vail
Valley Medical Center. Lot F, Vail Village 2nd Filing, j.gt-
West Meadow Drive.
Applicant: Vail Valley Medical Center
5. A request to arnend Special Development District #14,
Doubletree Hote1 . 250 South Frontage Road West. Lot 2,
Block 1, Vail Lionshead, 2nd Filing.
Applicant: Vail lloldings, fnc.-
The applications and information about the proposals are
available in the zoning adrninistrator's office during regular
office hours for public inspection.
TOWN OF VAII,
COMMUNTTY DEVEIOPMENT DEPARTMENT
Published in the Vail frail on January 27, 1989.
| '-'i'--r-" i
I
I
I
,/-T-\,\L/
I
I
I
I'-J-.\
s
*bz(1
,lii,F1.':
ii{;iffii\
cit
II
IIf
EI
' -i^-i
ee=.rHI*=3Gr-::-
A>>GFrrrG rl,-tLrEL.Lr-=ts_rwa'-t3t=t
'LJ4s..g,"
)rrr. (o.rrr{
A. r,. -a l-
aA-Flcicr-l
4ll4F4lf
a{qFc^}t
;-E€4.lEEllsf,
I +rr*/t t.tlt
tt tl .aaru
Tltlor.rrs.l .=s.t,.*l+{$.!, rlrrr,rpxart I crn'./i t+etf
DFH 5-.-C=ggry* F{e.6t?t ssrlr n/Lstr}tr.r3t
'Arr-J, I c^r * *ry't'*, s -- *cy'-.rrr rrrt -rl
?fllvttt< 57ac-tf
Prlrt.Jc Efrre3r
srl E:{tettrl< P.*.tl
c.l NcvJ 4zar'l
| >rt+/]r*1r, ?6'
+ gf rir***
fa*OnWEf,
= Z-ls u5
=.t-d
* Frrtu
eo'o st!,,
'7"oTIt-
((.( f'
{Q :'
to;
K(.t .
I r;r*e ,/ 1 to^r,
I sr**./4 *srtr
--Ftr.t.*a-So
5-
i.-i MILAN
AFIGHITEETS, e.c.
1775 LEE LANE
LAKEWOOD, COLORAOO aoz1 5-2493
'January 25, 1-989
(3o3) 232-2256
Ms. Kristan Pritz, Senior PlannerOffice of Community Development
Town of Vail
75 South Frontage RoadVai1, Colorado 81-657
Re: VaiL Mountain SchoolConditional Use Application
Dear Kristan,
I am reaponding to your letter of January 18, 1989 statingthe planning staff's review of the Vail Mountain School
proposal .
In the interest of good order, I shalt respond to t,he items
as they appear in your l-etter.
#L. Please refer to the attached revised elevations showingthat the peak of the g!.mnasium roof has been lowered to
an elevatj-on of 33'-0" above grade.
The total building site coverage, including our proposed
addition and existing buildings, is at '7.932 of thetotal sl-te area. fhis exceeds the 58 allowed in the
zoning ordinance, At this time, we wish to request a
variance to al1ow this smalJ- difference. Please let me
know the application procedure.
Please refer to the attached site plan showing revisj-onsto the parking and site circulation configuration.
#2. Please refer to the attached tist of adjacent propertyowners. I have vertified thi-s with the Eagle County
assessor t s office ,
#3. Please refer to the attached site p1an. This shows thatthe easement is not in conflict with our proposed
addition.
E R
alGXrllclrrdttaxxll
TERlCAI{ INSTITUTE OF AFCHITEC?S
coLoiAoo ttLt ot3 TEXAT aBtto A wYourl{G
Kristan Pritz
,January 25, L989
Page Two
*4. Please refer to the attached state highway accesspermit. The highway department would only allow a right
turn configuration with a 550'-0" acceleration lane.
This is the main reason for the new vehicularcirculation design shown on the site p1an.
*5. Please refer to the attached table showing a breakdownof square footage for our proposed project.
t6.
Rockfall mitigatJ-on shall be accomplished by ourstructural engineer consultant by increasing thestructural capacit.y of Lhe gymnasl-um's north waII to
withstand the impact of falling rocks. This approach is
based upon a recommendatJ-on by Woodward-Clyde Enqineers
who designed the present gabion retaining vrall at thesite.
Please refer to the attached project descrlption
addressing these issues.
#7. The one-way exit onto the frontage road has been changedto a one-way exit onto Booth FaIIs Road at the west endof the property. Low-profile signage shall be locatednear Booth Falls Road to limit acceas. Please refer tothe attached site plan.
#8. Please refer to the attached landscape plan whichl-ndicates the existing and proposed new plantJ-ng design.
ff you have any questions or addLtional commentsf please donot hesitate to contact our office.
J. Mark Milan
Milan Architects, P.C.
cc: Ms. Pam Hopkins, Architect, Board Member
Fred Otto, Esquire, Chairman, Building Committee
'v|ILANAFICHI?EE?s, p.c.
Sincerel
MILAN
AFICI{|TEETtl. p.c.
1775 LEE LANE
T"AKEWOOD. COLORADO AO21 5-2893
<303) 232-22rfi
,.Tanuary 25, 1989
DESCRIPTION OF PRO.JECT
The Vail Mountain School is proposing to build a gymnasium
addition to their facility. The proposed structure will belocated west of the existing school building, approximately wherethe present outside basketball court is located.
The expansion will provide additional recreation andeducational facilities. Activities in the gymnasium will includebasketball, vol1eyba1l, j"ndoor soccer, weightlifting, and locker
room facilities. Flooring for the gymnasium space is to be amulti-purpose material to accommodate basketball, dances,assemblj.es, and theatrical productions held in the gym.
Additional classrooms, teacherts offices and a student lounqe willbe constructed on the third floor of the existing main schoolbulldlng. Provlsions to lock off the gymnasium from the mainschool bullding will be incorporated into the design to a1lowactivlties after school hours with minimal concern for security inthe balance of the facility. The new facitities are not plannedto serve an increased enrollment, but rather to provi-de a betterphysical plant which will accommodate the needs of the present
school population.
Exteri-or materiaLs for the new addition will be similar tothose of the exl-sting structure, thus maintaining the residentialcharacter of the school and allowing the new addit.ion to subtlelyblend with the archit,ectural total architectural composition ofthe campus.
Vehicular access and circulation has been addressed in theslte design. Entry into the site will be from Katsos Ranch Road,to a ner,ir "Drop-off/Pick-up,, circle drive. Exiting can occur atKatsos Ranch Road to the east and Booth Falls Road to the westonto the frontage road through an '.Exlt Only', drlve. Thlrty-six(36) new parking spaces are provided in the current p1an. alongetith accommodation for bus parking. The new parkJ-ng plan totalsfifty-eight (58) automobile parking spaces.
It is the intention of the Vail Mountain School to provide apleasing and eompatible design solution with minlmal neighborhoodimpact, maintaining the open-space feeling of the sl-te. They hopeto continue to be an asset to the Vail cornnunitv.
trETBER OF THE AilENIC N IilSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
atcHlttctrrJ?taxxtt
oLonaoo lLLrNOt3 TETAT AntzoltA WYOTIHG
.
',Vail Mountain School
Squere Footage Breakdown -
'Finished useable space
o
o
f*96€'!e1t
V,-r=W
l@r.Levrl Finbh.d So€"""""""""'4,750
4,750.........,...... d750
Ed,Elol.lrtd Olffccr. Ghsrroms
and Libr8ty......................... 7-050
7,050..,.....,....,.. 7,050
E(lrry/Lobby/Steirs'- "'--"--'"- 1,065
Gymnasium...,........ -.--...--....7375
wseating for 200 proCc
Lod<cr Boom:
Gin! ----"-""""""425
Boys......,,...,.,,.....--4@
825..................,....,.....,.sasSta9e...............,..... .....................625
Steg.hoE. ..,......... .....,,..............800
Storaga
Ind@r Equipmenr....... 1,O
Ortdoor Equiptrrcrl-..180
Chair Sbrago....,,......190
51 0.....,.....,,.........,....,...510
I 1,200................................'l 1,m0
SsrcodEllllod Cl.lsrcom!,....................8 210
5,780............,...... 6,780
IDid.&cld (Elhhg Bdalm€d efrlc ap€)
C|asErooms1@ 3m1@ 3s01@ 3851@ 4€o
1.535............. 1.535R6tr6ms I
Gids..., 60 iBoye...g L120................120 {
Tcadr.rs o|ficas I3@ r(xr................31s IJanito/3Clolet.,...,.......,...,.....95 |
Cofikof...................,,,,....... /ta0 /
2"185......-"-....1^{s'
Tord Squan Foqc
tlor-dnmo DEPARTMENT O"t o"ttAYs-"'
STATE HIGHWAY ACCESS PERMIT
Vail Mountain School
3160 Katsos Ranch Road
Vall, CO 81657
I
is hereby grinted permission to construct and use an access to th€ state highway ai the location noted below.
The access shall be constructed, maintained and used In accordance wilh the terms and conditions of this permit,
including the State Highway Access Code and listed attachments. This permit may be revoked by the issuing
authority il at any time the permitted access and its use violate any of the terms and conditions of ihis permit. The use
of advance warning and construction signs, flashers, barricades and flaggers are required at all times during access
construction within State right-oFway in conformance with the MANUAL ON UNIFOBM TRAFFIC CONTROL
DEVICES, Part Vl. The issuing authority, the Department and their duly appointed agents and employees shall be held
harmless ag ainsl any action for personal inju ry or properly damage sustained by reason of the exercise of the permit.
LOCATION:
On the north slde of I-70 Frontage Road, a dlstance of 3350 feet
east from Mtle Post 179.
ACCESS TO PROVIDE SERVICE TO:
Vall Mountaln School,
OTHER TERt'S AND CONDITIONS:
See Attached Sheets (2).
MUNICIPALITY OR COUNTY APPROVAL
Required only when the appropriate local authorily ratains issulng aulhority.
By (X) Not Required 9"1"
Upon the signing of this p€rmit the permitt€e agrees lo the te[ms and conditions and referenced atta_chm€nts contained
herein. All conslruction shall be completed in an expeditious and safe manner and shall be linished within 45 days lrom
initiation. The permitted access shall be compleled in accordance with th€ t€rms and conditions of th€ permit prior to'
being used. The permltlee thall nollly Al Plerce
r70F ltTe .631L
Town of Vall
30219
388108
$75.00 !
8- 23-88
:ti}r,lk,
Dist/Section/Patlol:
DOH Permit No.:
Permil F€e:
Dale of Transmillal:
wllh lhe Colorado O€parlmenl ol Hlghwayr In as 328-6385 ,
at leart 48 hou]! pdor lo commondng conrlrucllon wlthln lhe SLte Hlghway dght-of-way.
The person signing as the pormitt€e must be the owner or legal representativ€ of the prop€rty served by the permitted
access and have fullave full agthority to accept the pgrmit flnd all it's terms anC'cenditions.T,il44""":trTfKy'"U',"7"ry',+'*,^,"?Uttr
This permit is not valid until signed bya authorized representaiive ot the State Department of Highways.
STATE OF COL OF AYS
ROBERT L.
Date 9- 12-88 Dlstrlct ROt{ Engineer
(Date of issue)
Pr.ylour Editio rra Ob.oLta lnd will not b. us
Pormllteo (X)
Title
Roqulred;
l. Dilrrlcl (Origlnal)
2. Applicant
3. Start ROW
Mtlro coplc8 ar n6c6slrry lor;
LocllAuthorlty In3pcctor
MTCE Petrol Trattic Englnscr
DOH Fdtti 10
sa
By (x)
PERMIT NO. 388].08
Local ordinance requires a constructlon permlt from Town ofVail.
This drlveway is limited to right turns only. Left turns arenot approved. I
Driveway shall be constructed 24 feet wide wlth 50 footradli. Surfacing for driveway approach is required asfollows: 12rr of class l gravel Ln 2, 6" lifts; 5" of class 6gravel in 1, 6r' llfts.Also 3'r of HBP in 2, 1.50'r lifts of grade E, EX, orequivalent. The asphalt cement in the HBp shall be AC 10.Fill/cut slopes shall be at a 2: 1 slope on the roadway andat 5:1 on the access approach.
Approach shall not be used untj-t channelizatLon is completed.
On site storage of drainage shall_ be provide to prevent anyincrease of drainage time of concentration to the hlghway
system.
A new 18r' CMP culvert shall be used. AlI cutverts (sldedrains) installed in open dltches shall have flared endsections.
Highway widenlng for the rlght turn acceleration lane shallbe 12 feet eride and 550 feet long, including a 180 foottaper.
tanes shall be constructed as per Colorado Department of
Highways specifications, with the following material placedfor final gradez t2tt ABC , Class 1; 5" AIIC, Class 6; and 3"of HBP, Crading E or EX place in the following lifts: 2 6nlifts class 1; L 6r'lift class 6; 21.5'' lifts HBp.Shoulders along the speed change lanes shall be 4 feet andpaved. The new pavement shall slope on the same plane asthe present pavement surface. The entire roadway shall beoverlaid with 1.5r' of HBP. permanent highway striping andsignlng shall be done by the Colorado Division of Highways
The actual cost of the work will be billed to thepermittee. The cost, will not exceed an estimated $2000.A REGTSTERED pRqFEssIoNAL ENGTNEEE must providece ne meeling specification.
CERTIFICATION Will be sent to the Colorado Division offfigfir\^rareE:pavement, design for construction may bemodified upon submission of an approved design by aprofesslonal engineer. Such design shall have a Structural
Number no less than 3.36. Written approval of the modifieddesign is required before construction.
No drainage from this site shall enter onto the surface ofthe highway. A11 existing drainage structures shall beextended to accomnodate all new construction and safetystandards.
Contractor shall follow the applicable constructionspeclfications set for by the Department of Highways in thelatest manual Standard Specifications for Road and BridqeConstruction. The property owner is responsible for anymfEles-d'Crupted by the-construcrion of tnis drivewa| andall expenses incurred for repair. Any damage to anyexisting Highway facitities shall be repaired prior tocontinuing other work.
Compaction of sub-grade, embankments and backfill shallcomply with Section 203.11 of the Division of HighwaysStandard Specifications.
Compaction of Hot Bituminous pavement (HBp) shal1 complywith section 401 .L7 of the division of Highways StandlrdSpecifications.If frost i.s present in the sub-grade, no surfacing materialshall be placed untll aII frost is gone or removed.Sl* 9T score asphalt, to assure a straight edge for patching.The first 20 feet beyond the closest highway-lane, includinggpeed change lanes, shall slope down and away from thehighway at a 2t grade to ensure proper drainige control .A11 excavatlons on Utllity lines, culverts, other trenchesor tunnels shall meet the requirements of ColoradoDepartment of Highways, OSHA, Colorado Industrial Commissionand the Colorado Division of Mines whichever applles.
10
11
L2
L3
L4
15
16
L7
PAGE NO. 1
o
2JL<-errI
frao
-- - \t fris-ar+t Faq-s tlonr.a*rrtezi Asce.
4o E,ze- E-qqep-s
-
* - Bax-J31o
3P,.*r/',ett
;-b. - - -- -,-Z16 .4^Flht6. .Pzl;,-.L_3lle-j_-: t.rrye+,[.
*€-abr_E€++-_<A- Ja/o6_
"f,
,,f't'
.11 OO Oo /rt'a' ' i' jf
OwNasPlmrc
NunbenArd
4n-2r3t
479489
75 roulh trontrge roed
Eil, colorado 81657
(303) 476-7000 olllcc of communlty d.Yclopment
January 18, L989
Mr. Uark MilanMilan Architects
L775 Lee Lane
Lakewood, Colorado B0215
Re: Vail Mountain School Conditional Use Applicationifanuary 1989
Dear Mark:
The staff reviewed your proposal and has the following connentson the VaiI Mountain Schoo1:
1. The project is located in the Agricultural and Open Spacezone district. Agricultural and Open Space (AOSj has a
maxirnum height of 33 feet. the builaing is proposed to be
34'6t1 . Unless the building is lowered by a 1r6n, a heightvariance will be necessary. The staff would prefer thaf.you lower the buildlng by Lr6r', as it seems that the heightrequirement can easily be met.
Aos zone district also calls for a site coverage maximum of58 of the totat site area. please subrnit the iigures forthe site coverage given your addition.
Parking is not allowed in the front setback according tothe AOS zone district. A variance will be necessary tohandle the parking as located on the plan.
2. The names and addresses of the adjacent property ownersshould be checked to nake sure that there have been nochanges since your previous application. This can be doneby calling the Eagle County Assessor, g4g-5257.
3. Please submit information on the vacation of the easernentin the area of the addition.
oo oo
4. Please submit inforrnation frorn the Highway Departmentconcerning the new exit. We would appreciate someinformation as to whether or not the Highway Departnentfeels that the proposal is acceptable.
5, Please subrnit a breakdown of square footages per use andbackground on the proposal . The background inforrnationshould include a statenent on how rockfatl will behandled.
6. Please subnit an explanation as to the capacity of the VaiIMountain School and how that relates to required parking.WiIl there be an increase in enrollment due to the newclassrooms? what type of expansion is anticipated in thefuture for the Vail Mountain School? Staff believes thatyou should add parking to the west of the new parking lot.
We also feel it would be appropriate to locate one or twobus parking spaces in this area.
7. Please subrnit information on how the one-way exit will becontrolLed.
8. The landscape plan should indicate existing and proposedIandscaping. Staff believes that the berm needs morelandscaping and that it should also be irrigated. life wouldprefer to see a rnix of deciduous and evergreen trees alongthe berm. Deciduous trees must have a minimum caliper of
2rr and evergreens a minimun height of 6,. I{e would also
recommend that landscaping be added on the north and westsides of the gynnasiurn addition.
I would appreciate it if you would subrnit this additionatinfornation to our office by January 25, 1989. If you have anyfurther guestions, please feel free to give rne a call at 479-
2138.
Sincerely,
{(,tf'- R'h
Kristan PritzSenior Planner
KP:br
cc: Peter Patten
t.oaMILAN
AFIEHITEETS. p.c.
1 775 LEE LANE
LAKEWOOD. COLORADO AO21 5-2a93
August l-5, 1"988
Ms. Kristan Pritz, Senior PLanner
Department of Cononunity Development
Town of Vai.l
?5 South Frontage RoadVail. CO 81-65?
\a!J'r a5a-alao
RE:Vail Mountain School
CondiLlonal Use_ ApplS.cation
Dear Kristan:
I am ln receipt of your letter dated August 8, 1988 concerning' the Fire
DeparLment's review of the proposed drawing's on the above-ref erenced project.
I have contacted Mr. McGee, the Fire Chj.ef, and we discussed the three items in
your letter.
In the interest of good order we shall respond to the items as they appear in
your correspondence:
1. Pursuant of our Code Study; lre intend to sprinkle certain areas of
the Existing Structure and portions of the new addition '
2. The new Hanmerhead Turnaround at the west end of the new parking
area wlll be increased to accofimodate vail Fire Department
Equl-pment. The bike path will be configured to avold the new
Hanrnerhead Turnaround.
3. Mr. Mccee advised me that me that Ate addlt.tonal fire hydrant will
be required for fire protectlon of the netd addition. He suggests
that five additional fire hydrants would be excessive.
with the foregoing j-n vi-ew, I believe Mr. McGee's concerns have now been
addressed. The above items will be incorporated in the construction documents.
ff you have questions or additional concerns, please do not hesitate to contactthis office.
Sincerely, /7M
J. l4ark Milan
Milan Architects. P. C.
ccr Fred Otto, Esq., Vail MountainMr. Michael McGee, Chief. Vail
MEMBER OF THE ATERI
SchoolFire Department
CAN Ilt'STITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
alcr{rltctrrJ?taxxtl
oLonaoo lLLlt'lOll TIIAS ARIZOTA wYoull|G
oo oo
75 aoulh trontego road
yail, colondo 8165t
(303) 476-7000
August 8, 1988
offlcc of communlty devolopment
Mr. J. Mark MilanI.filan Architects
1775 Lee Lane
Lakewood, Colorado 80215
Re: Vail Mountain School Conditionat Use Application
Dear Mark
Mike McGee from our Fire Departrnent reviewed your subrnittal forthe Vail lilountain School and had the fo]Iowing cornnents:
1. The new additlon is in excess of 15o feet from the FireDepartnent access. Tbe building nust be sprinklered.
2. The access and fire truck turn-around are at a rninimum.
No reductions or encroachments will be allowed without aredesign.
3. +*-erddi**;rdL dire fryarants will need to be installedfor your addition.
I suggest that you contact Mike lifcGee at the VaiI FlreDepartment if you have further questions on these comments.
You can reach hin at 476-7000, ext 223.
Sincerely,
\) I Ar
{rirlr^VfuKristan Pritz
Senior Planner
XPbr
75 south trontago road
vall, colorado 81 O57
(3O3) 476.7OOo
July 28, L988
Mr. Mark Milan
Milan Architects
L775 Lee lJane
Lakewood, CO 8021-5
Re: Tabling of vail l.[ountain School Conditional UseApplication
Dear Mark:
I received your letter stating that you would like to table theVail Mountain School ,s Conditional Use Review. I ranted toenphasize that when you do choose to go forward with theproject, it will be necessary to send out notices to your
adjacent property owners. In order to allow for thisnotification, please make sure that you give us notice of yourintent to proceed before a regular subrnittal deadline for a PECrneeting. Without this lead time, the staff will be unable toinform adjacent property olrners of the review. Attached is theIist of subrnittal deadlines and PEC dates for 1988. If you
have any other questions, please feel free to give me a call.
Sincerely,
'! ) ) nl\J. I l)'+-,,fhrfhn t(rthKristan Fritz-
Senior Planner
Attachment
KP:Kc
l
PI,ANNING AND E}TVTRONMENTAL COMMISSION1988 SUAMTTTAI., AND MEETING DATES
DEADLTNE
December 28
ilanuary 11January 25
February 15February 29
I'Iarch 14llarch 28
ApriJ. 11ApriJ. 25
ltay 16
May 31
ilune 13June 27
iluly 1l
;Iu1y 25
August 15
Augrust 22
October 1?October 31
November 14
November 28
1989
MEETING DATE
,tanuary 25
Sebruary 8February 22
March 14
March 28
April ltApril 25
May 9
May 23
June L3
ifune 27
JuIy 11July 25
August 8
August 22
Septenber 12
Septernber 26
September 12 October 10Septenber 26 October 24
Novenber 14
Novernber 28
Decenber 12
December 26
December 12 ;fanuary 9Decernber 26 ,Ianuar! z3
January 16 february 13January 3o februarri i?
oo oo
75 south lrontrgo road
vall, colot.do 81 657
(3Os) 476-7000
July 13, 1988
Mr. Mark MilanMilan Architects
1775 Lee Lane
I-,akehlood, CO 802L5
Re: Vail Mountain School Conditional Use Application
Dear Mark:
The staff reviewed your proposal and has the following conmentson the Vail MountaLn School:
1. The bike path shou14-!g:'pushed to the sbuth of theproposed parking area. Routing the bike path into theparking area creates a safety problem. We realize thatthe bike path would need to be routed on Highway Publicright-of-way. However, many of our bike paths are locatedon right-of-way and this nonnally does not create anyproblerns for the Highway Department. Please investigaterelocating the path.
2. The basketball court should be moved to the south and a
berm should be created along the north perimeter of yourproperty. Separation between the court and adjacent
residences needs to be created.
3. We would like to know the capacity of the new facility and
how that relates to the parking you are providing on site.
We would also like to know if the additional classrooms onthe third floor of the existing school will increaseenrollment. Basically, rdhat we need is your rationale forthe additional parking and how that relates to the people
capacity of the new building.
4. I would Like a breakdown of square footage for the gyrnarea, support facilities, cJ-assroom, and seating capacityof the new building.
i of oo
5. I have subnitted your drawings to the public Works andFire Departnents. If there are any comnents, I willinfom you of their concerns.
I have also talked to Paro Hopkins about getting thedocumentation of the deed restriction. She is in the processof getting this document to me. Please address these lssuesand if you have any further guestions, please feel free to callme. I would apprecLate it if you would send me revised'drawings by July 25, L988.
Sincerely,
v. t 0,\
n$1an t'ftKristan Pritz
Senior Planner
KP:Kc
ooMILAN
AFICHITEETS. r.c.
.I 775 LEE LANE
L-AKEWOOD. COLORADO aoa 15-2493
<3o3> 232-2256
.TuIy 11, 1988
Ms. Kristan Pritz, Town Planner
Department of Community Development'rown or varr
75 S. Frontage RoadVaiI, Colorado 8l-657
Re: VaiI Mountain School GymnasJ-um Addition.
Planning and Environmental Commission.July 11-, 1988 Submittal.
Dear Ms. Pritz:
Enclosed herewith please find the formal planning and
environmental submiLtal . In the interest of good order, f will
reference the ltems in the same sequence requested from the
"Material to be Submitted" list supplied by you. I have enclosed
a copy for easy reference:
I. New Construction
A, Topographic Map and Slte Plan
Items #1 through #? have been included on the enclosed
survey. Items #8 through #10 have been included on the
enclosed architectural site plan.
B. Utility Verification
Enclosed please find letters from Mountain 8e11, Public
ServJ.ce, Holy Cross Electric, Upper Eagle Va11ey Water
and Sanitation District, and Heritage Cablevision. You
will probably notice that I didn't submit a fetter from
western Slope Gas. I spoke with Mr. Don Paquette on
,Ju1y 1-, 1988. Mr. Paquette has informed me that Western
Slope Gas has sold their gas interests to Publj.c Service
Company.
C. Title Report
. Enclosed please find the olvnerrs title insurance policy
to show their ownership.
UETBER OF THE Af ERICAN II{STITUTE OF ANCHITECTS
alct'trttcta.attaxxll
coLorAoo rLLrfl 0rt ARIZOT{A wYoIt G
|p oo
Ms. Kristan Pritz, Town PlannerJuIy 11, 1988
Page Two
D. Landscape Plan
Items #1 through #3 have been included on the enclosed
Iandseape plan.
E. Architectural Plans
The enclosed drawings contain an exterior perspectivef
floor plans and elevations.
Also enclosed please find photographs of a 1/8" : 1'-0rl
scal-e study modeL prepared by this office. This modelis on display at the Vail Mountain School. I have
submitted photographs since the model measures
approximately 24r' x 36r x 72n. ff the model wil-l assist
you with your review and analysis of the addition,please cal-I and I will have the model dellvered to your
office.
II. Adriitiona I Tssues
A. lilritten Description of Project
Enclosed please find a narrative explaining the purpose
and intended use of the project.
B. State l{iohway Access Permit
This office has been coordinating with Mr. A1 Pierce ofthe State Department of Highways. We have madeapplication for an access permit and have enclosed a
copy for your information.
C. Rockfall
We have been advised by the owners that the Neighborhood
Homeownerrs Association is joining together to build arockfall uphill from the resl-dences and below therlmrock ledge to protect the entire development. The
owners will report directly to you on the status of therockfall construction.
ff you have any questions, concerns or any additional requirements,please do not hesitate to contact this office. We are anxiously
await j.ng your conments .
Milan Architects, P.C.
cc: Fred Otto, Esquire,
MILAN
AFICHITEETB. p.c.
Sincer
,J. Mark 'MiLan
Vail Mountain School
,t oo ooMILAN
AFICHITECTS, p.c.
1775 LEE LANE
L.AKEWOOD, COLORADO AO2t 5-2493
(303) 232-2256
DESCRIPTION OT PRO'JECT
The Vail Mountain School- is proposing to build a gymnasium
addition to their facility. The proposed location will be to thewest side of the existing school butlding where the outside
basketball court is presently located.
The expansion will provJ-de additional recreation and
educational facilit.ies. Activities in the gymnasium will include
basketball, vo11eyba1l, j-ndoor soccer. weightlifting, and Locker
room facilities. Flooring for the gymnasium space is to be a
multi-purpose material to accommodate dances, assemblies, and
theatrical productions held in the gym, Additional classrooms anda student loungie wlll be constructed on the third floor of theexisting maj-n school building. Provisions for securing the
gl.mnasium from the main schooL buitding will be incorporated intothe design to allow gym activities after school hours with rninimal
concern for securj.ty in the balance of the facility.
Exterior materials for the new addition will be similar to
those on the existl-ng structure, thus maintaining the residentialcharacter of the school and allowing the new addition toarchitectually blend with the total composition.
Vehicular access and circulation has been addressed in thesite desi-gn. Entry into the site wl-l1 be from Katsos Ranch Road,to a nernr "Drop-off/Pick-up" circle drive. Exiting will occur ontothe frontage road through an 'Exl-t Only" drive. Application has
been made to the state highway department for this configuration.
Al-sof 34 new parking spaces have been provided on-site.
It is the intention of the Vail Mountain School to provlde apleasing and compatible design solution with minimal neighborhoodimpact, maintaining the open-space feeting of the site. They hopeto continue to be an asset to the VaiL communi-ty.
TETtEER OF THE AIIERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARC}IITECTS
algHrl:clr rd?t/lxt{ll
TEIAI
!t.
MILAN
AFICHITEETS, p.c.
1775 LEE LANE
LAKEWOOD, COLORADO AO2 r 5-2A93
VATL MOUNTAIN SCHOOLPreliminary program/Space Requirements(subject to revlsion)
Apr j-l 18, 1 998
qTTF TQCITFC
VacatLon of utility easement through soccer field
Rewiew with city agencies
. Plan review procedures
. Additional parking requlrements
. Zoning requirements
. Utility availability and location
. Fire department review
RevLew frontage road access rrith State
oo oo
access.
Review Of "Rock StOp" earth
Impact of new constructionsize.
GYMNASTUM BUTI,DTISGS
Physical Education ActivitLes
. Basketball
(303) 232-2256
Highway Department for new
l
berm with Woodward-Clyde EngJ.neers.
on existing soccer field location and
6 backboard,/hoops with glass boards 4L enas
Vo11eybal1
Provide equipment floor inserts
fndoor soccer
IIEIIBER OF THE AIIERICAI{ IN6TI?UTE OF ANCHITECTS
Alcltlttcrrrdttaxtll
coroBADo rLrtltort TII 3 Anr20lta wYorrrG
? 1=J}oo oo
Vail llouattl,n ScboolPage :!ro
GymnastJ-cs
Frovl-de equiprnent floor
Weightroom
and ceiling inserts
ovenS
sLie)
room
code
Retractable bleachers
Electronlc gcoreboard
Floor sraterial ls under J.nvestlgatJ-on
School Actlvltl.eg
Stage
Music performance wlth lnstrurnent storage
Drama Performance wLth dressLng rooms
Assenbll-es
Servlng kLtcben
BeEidentLal type equipment and
- (2) four-burner rangetops
- (2, stackable convectlon
- No mLcrowave
Support facLlltles
Locker roomE (boys/glrls equal
- Slx shower stalls ln each
- Indlvldual Ehower stalls:
20 lockers Ln each room
- ToLlet facllltles as per
a
to ao
VaiI Mountaia Sehoo].Page Tbree
Physical Education Office
- Private teachers shoner and toilet
Eguipment Storage
Outdoor storage
- Accessible from soccer fleld
Additional skl storage
Clrair storage (possibly under stage)
General storage as needed
Classrooms
(1) large classroom: 50 people
(2 or 3) small classrooms: 20 people each
Possible science lab with greenhouse
Provide adequate soundproofing from g1m noise
Connectino Ll-nk to School
. Public Ently
. . Public Restrooms
a-Ar+Er-1rl{a. Two-story space with cLrculation on both levelstf tn* ,' ,.existing schoolrs hallways to the nes glrm
. Provide abllity to lock-off the school for evening andweekend gym activitles
Miseellaneous
-. Mechanical,/Electric Rooms
. School Storaqe
|V|ILAN .AF|CHITEETS. r.c.
(oo oo i,'n*^H*\r.d
75 south frontage road
vail, colorado 81657
(303) 476-7000
January 26t lggg
olflce of communlty development
Ms. Pam Hopkins
Snowdon Hopkins Architects
2O1 East Gore Creek DriveVail , Colorado 81652
Re: Vail Mountain Schoo1 Addition
Dear Pam:
On January 25, lgggr the planning Cournission reviewed the VailMountain schoor addilion at a .woik session.-- i"'g.""r"r, theBoard members felt that the.project was positivel Berow is alist of issues and info.rrnatiln. inat shoutd be subnitted beforewe wilL be able to schedule the-froject i"" ii""i pranningCornrnission review:
1. Woodward and Ctyde's rockfall rnitigation report and.preliminary design, which shourd iiclude ariwings ttratwill show where the nitigation wirr ue-i"""I"a and what itwill look lixe.
2. The inpact of the rnitigation on neighbors to the northshoul_d be addressed.
3. The_proposed-parking to the west by the soccer fiel_d mustbe landscaped and sEreened from neignrors. --ar"o, we feerthat the parking area nust be small6r so thal you are notimpacting the soccer fierd ind the rot to-itre nortn of theparking area.
4' The new one-way exit should be controlred in such a waythat it wirr be difficult to enter ttrrougn-Ihis exitpoint. This was mentioned as a concern by one of theplanning cornmission nenbers. rn aaaiiionl ltre start wouldrike to know the finar highway a"p"iir"n['"Jr,aitions ofapproval for the one-way exit.
;. rt appearlFt the pEc had no r"j""Qtrns with thevacation of the deed restriction. The ptanning stafffeels that the conditional use review gives us the meansto review any future development at the school . Ouropinion is that the restriction may be lifted. Pleaselet me know what your attorney is asking from VAconcerning the deed restriction.
After the meeting, d Mr. John Burdick asked me about the Vail
Mountain School froposal . He is the owner of Lot l-t-. He is
concerned about the impacts of the additional parking by thesoccer field on his lot. f gave hin your name and phone
number, howgver, you may wish to also contact hirn. you mayreach hirn in Boulder at 447-2000.
Once we receive the infornation above, I will schedule theproject for a final Planning Commission review. I think thework session was a good idea and hope it was helpful to the
school .
Sincerely,,,1 nl
(rr-ln^ti,+
Kristan PritzSenior Planner
KP:br
iltruanr
AnCH|TECTS,p.c.
I 775 l--ee t-ane
L-akewood, Cotorado 8O2i s
J. MARK MII.
Rojec, .a!_
Elus. (3O3) 234ZZfi
//oo
75 soulh fronlage road
vail, colorado 81657
(303) 476-7000 oltlce of communlly development
December 15, 1987
Ms. Pam Hopkins
Snowdon and Hopkins Architects
20L East core Creek DriveVaiI , Colorado 91657
Re: Vail Mountain School Conditional Use Review
Dear Pam:
As we discussed on the phone today, the following informationmust be submitted before we wirr be abre to scheiule theproject for Planning Conmission review.
l-. An-updated survey showing existing topo lines, existingbuildings, site inprovenents, and the rockfali barrier]
2. A list of adjacent property owners with their mailingaddresses.
3. Vail Associatesr approval of the request. The lettershould specificalry address the fact, that the structure isbeing buj-lt outsid.e of the deed restricted area.
4- The rockfall-rnitigation report and associated. d.rawingsfrom a certified engineer or geologist.
5. Elevations
6. A written statement of the reason for the request thatincludes proposed, square footages and parking.
r would also recommend that you contact a titre conpany as soonas.possible to update the titre report which is in the-Town ofVail file for the project. The schedule B attached to the deedis dated 7/L9/Bo. r im asking that you subrnit an updated titlereport before the project goes to the Design Review Board.
or
Kr{unQrh
Kristan Pritz
Town Pl-anner
KP:br
nt
1..lr
Once lre have received this infornatLon, we witl schedule theproject for the earliest planning Conmission neeting possible.
Good luck.
Sincerely,
MILAN
AFICHITEETS. p.c.
I 775 LEE LANE
LAKEWOOD, COLORADO AO2 1 5.2493
JuJ-y 22, L985
oo to
<303) 232-?256
Ms. Krl-stan Pritz, Senior Planner
Department of Cofiununity Development
Town of VaiI
75 S. Frontage RoadVaiI, Colorado 81657
Re: vail MountaLn SchoolConditional Use Application
Dear Kristan,
Pursuant to our phone conversatlon today, the ownersto place the Conditional Use Application on I'hold.'
Mr. Fred Otto and he gave me authorization to notifyVail of the school board's decision.
If you have any questions, please donrt hesltate to
have decldedI spoke with
the Town of
contact our
office or Mr. Otto.
Sincerely,
J. Mark Milan
Milan Architects, P.C.
c.c. Fred Otto, Esquire
HEXEER OF THE AIIERlCATI INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTg
alcxrltcrrrl?laxxll
OLORADO tLLtrot3 IEIAT AtrzoxA WYOTIHG
I
I
aTt*"d. Cltde Consultants
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SPECIFICATIONS
PROTECTIVE EMBANKMENT ANt) TRENCH EXTENSION
NORTH SIDE OF VAIL MOUI{TAI}I SCHOOL
vAIL, C0L0RA00
Prepared for
Snowden & Hopkins Architects
201 Gore Creek Drive
Va'i1, Colorado 81657
Job No. 22279-2L377
I 22279-21377 (22279sCv 06-li-89) (SpC)
June 1989
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
2.
u0*"tU. Clyde Gonsultants
Paqe
1
2
2
2
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
7
8
10
10
11
13
13
13
13
13
L4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCT ION
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
2.T PLANS ANt) SPECIFICATIONS2.2 ENGINEERING ANt) CONSTRUCTION2.3 PLANT AND EQUIPIIENT2.4 RIGHT TO CHANGE LOCATION ANO2.5 RIGHTS-OF.t{AY2.6 CONTRACTOR'S FACILITIES2.7 EMERGENCY PROTECTION2.8 LOSSES FROI'I NATURAL CAUSES2.9 WORK SCHEDULE AND COMPLETION
PLACEMENT OF EMBANKiIENT EXTENSION
3.1 GENERAL3.2 EMBANKMENT EXTENSION PLACEMENT3.3 EMBANKMENT EXTENSION FILL
EMBANKMENT EXTENSION REINFORCEMENT
4.1 MATERIALS4.? CONSTRUCTIOil PROCEDURE
SEED ING
5.1 GENERAL5.2 SITE PREPARATION5.3 SEEDBED PREPARATION5.4 SEEDING5.5 COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER
OBSERVATION
PLANS
OF }IORK
3.
4.
5.
22279-21377 (22279sIc 06-r3-89) (SPC)
-'t -
fi *.*.Clyde ConsultantsI
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
1. INTRODUCTION
These Specifications are for use in constructing the extension of the
protective embankment and trench on the north side of the Vaj'l Mountajn
School.
It is understood that the materia'l s to be used jn constructing the
embankment extension will be avajlab'le as a result of earthwork be'ing
carried out on the school property and off-site bomow if necessary. It is
understood that the materials available on school property are clean sands
and grave'l s of glacial origin. If, during excavation, jt js found that the
characteristics of these materials differ substant'ia1ly from those
expected, the Owner reserves the right to amend these Spec'ifications
accord i ng1y.
The Technical Specificat'ions inc'luded herein only address the construction
of the embankment extension and trench and the seed'ing of the embankment
thereafter. It is expected that the Contractor will supply sultable labor
and equipment in order to carry out the proposed work. The Owner/Archjtect
will specify the chain'ljnk fence to be erected a'long the top of the
embankment and the final s'ite grading independent of the embankment
extens i on.
Measurement and payment and unit quantltles are presented in the General
Conditions of the Contract Documents.
22279-21377 (22279s 06-13-89) (SPC)
-1-
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I 2zz7g-21317 azz?'ss o6-rf-Be) (spc)
I
Wf*"tO.Chrde Gonsultants
2. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
2.1 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
The Plans and Specifications are jntended to be coordjnate. Anything shown
on the Plans but not mentioned in the Speclfications, or vice versa, or
anything not expressly set forth in ejther but which is reasonably implied,
shall be furnjshed as though speciflcally shown and mentioned in both
without any charge. Shou'ld anything be omitted from the P'lans necessary to
the proper operation and utj'llzation of the structure which ls the subJect
of this Contract,'it shall be the duty of the Contractor to so notify the
Owner before signing the Contract and, ln the event of the Contractor
failing to give such notice, he shall complete the structure so that lt
wll1 operate properiy for jts Jntended purpose without extra charge.
2.2 ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTIOI'I OBSERVATION
The Owner shall furnlsh all boundary surveys and establish all baselines
for locating the principal component parts of the work together wjth a
sultable benchnark adjacent to the work. From the informat'lon provided by
the Owner, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall develop and make all detaj'l surveys needed for con-
struction such as slope stakes, batter boards, and other work'lng polnts,
'l ines, elevations and cut sheets.
The Contractor shal'l carefully preserve benchmarks, reference points and
stakes and, 'in case of willful or careless destruction, he shal 1 be charged
w'ith the resulting expense and shal1 be responsible for any mistakes that
may be caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance.
The Contractor shal'l keep the 0wner lnformed, a reasonable time ln advance,
of the tjme at which he intends to do work in order that necessary measure-
ments for the record of payment may be made with a minimum of lnconvenience
to the Owner and delay to the Contractor.
-2-
tfr*"rO.CW ConsultantsI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Al'l materials furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to the examjna-
tion and approval of the 0wner, or his representat'ive, at any and al'l tjmes
during the progress of the work and until the final complet'ion of the
same. As soon as the materia] s are examined and tested as appropriate, the
Contractor shal'l imnedlate'ly remove al'l rejected material from the slte.
No materjal shal'l be used before be'ing exam'ined and approved by the 0wner
or his duly authorized representatjve, but the failure on the part of the
0wner, or h'is representat'ive to condemn or reject lnferior materials or
work shall not be construed to imply an acceptance of the sarne should their
inferiority become evident at any tlme prior to one year after final
acceptance of the work.
The Owner shall in all cases determlne the quantities and the several kinds
of work which are to be paid for under thjs Contract. He shall determine
all questions in relatjon to sajd work and the construction thereof. He
shall in all cases arbltrate every question that may arise relatjve to the
execution of thls Contract on the part of the Contractor, and hjs estinates
and findings shall be the condition precedent to the r'lght of the Con-
tractor to any actjon of the Contract, and to any rights to receive any
money under the Contract.
The Owner and hjs duly authorized representatives shalI have free access to
the work at all t'imes, and the Contractor sha1l furnish them with facili-
tles for ascertaining whether the work be'ing performed or the work which
has been completed is 'in accordance w'ith the requirements of the Contract,
even to the extent of uncovering, testing or removing portions of finjshed
work if such 1s necessary.
The Owner may order the Contractor to suspend any work that nay be damaged
or endangered by cllmatic condjt'lons. In the event adverse climatic
conditlons are unusual and extensjve, and extenslon of tlme may be granted
the Contractor at the dlscretlon of the Ourner.
22279-21377 (2?279s 06-13-89) (SPC)
-3-
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I 2zz7s-2tt7t (zz.7ss 06-13-89) (spc)
!
fffi rvarU.ClydeConsultants
l,lhenever the work provided and contemplated by the Contract shal1 be com-
pleted, and the fjnal clean'ing up performed, the Contractor shall notify
the 0wner that alI work under the Contract has been completed, and the
0wner will, within five days of such notjce, make the flnal inspectlon. If
the 0wner finds that the work has been satisfactorily completed'in
accordance with the requ'irements of the Contract, he will accept the work
and make payment jn accordance with the provislons set forth jn the
Contract.
2.3 PLANT At{D EQUTPMENT
The Contract shall provide plant and equlpment of adequate capacity and
suitable in character to do the work as specifjed and jn the time pres-
cribed. Said plant and equipment shall be subject to the approval of the
0wner.
2.4 RIGHT TO CHANGE LOCATION AND PLANS
As additional jnformation regarding the topography, geologic formations or
other cond'itions becomes available as a result of excavation, testing or
other exploratory work, the Owner may fjnd it desirable to change a'lign-
ment, d'imens'ions or design of the work to conform to the newly disclosed
conditions. Toward this end, the 0rrrner reserves the right to make any such
reasonable changes and the Contractorrs plant shal'l be'laid out and his
operations shall be conducted so as to acconmodate reasonable changes with
no increase ln prices as bid'ln the Schedule, and the Contractor shall be
entitled to no addltional compensation therefrom.
2.5 RIGHTS-OF-}IAY
The Omer will provide the necessary rights-of-way and site required for
any bomow areasr for d'isposal of waste naterlals, and for access thereto.
-4-
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
lfirorO. c|rde Consultants
2.6 CONTRACTOR'S FACILITIES
I The Contractor wil1 be permitted to use, without charge, for constructionIfacility purposes, land within the confines of the property of the Owner.
Sanitary conveniences for the use of a1'l persons emp'loyed on the work shall
be provided and majntajned by the Contractor ln sufficient number, of such
manner, and at such places as shall be ordered or approved. All sanitary
fixtures and receptacles and toi'let rooms, laboratories and washrooms shall
be kept acceptably cleaned and shal'l be frequently disinfected. The waste
disposai methods shall be approved by the 0wner and shall be in compliance
w'ith Federal , State and 1ocal requ'irements. A11 garbage and rubbish shall
be disposed of daily in an acceptable manner and in compliance with
Federal , State and local requirements.
2.7 EI',IERGENCY PROTECTION
Whenever, in the opinion of the 0wner, the Contractor has not taken suffi-
cient precaution for the safety of the public or the children of the Vail
Itlountain School , or for the protectjon of the work to be constructed under
th'is Contract or of adjacent structures or property, and whenever, in the
opinion of the Owner, an emergency has arlsen and jmmediate action is
considered necessary, then the Owner, with or wjthout notice to the Con-
tractor, may provide suitable protection by caus'ing work to be done and
material to be furnjshed and placed. The cost of such work and materia'l
sha'l 'l be borne by the Contractor, and, if the same is not paid on presenta-
tion of the bll1s therefor, such costs may be deducted from any amounts due
or to become due the Contractor. The perfornance of such emergency work
shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibi'l ity for any damage wh'ich may
occur.
22279-2t377 (22279s 06-13-89) (SPC)
-5-
I
I
2.8 L0SSES FRotl NATURAL CAUSES
t
A'l 'l loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work, or from the
I act'ion of the elements, or from floods, or from overf'lows, or from groundIwater, or from falling rock or from any unusual obstructjon or difficulty,
I or any other natural or existr'ng circumstance, ejther known or unforeseen,
I which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustajned
I and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense.
I
2.9 HORK SCHEDULE AND COMPLETION OF I.IORK
I
The Contractor may not begin construction prior to
I shall satisfactorily complete the work by
I
I
t
I
t
I
I 2227s-21377 (zzz,ss o6-ri-8e) (spc)
I
rrl*orU. Clyde Consultants
t
I
T
-6-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
I
atG"oa. Clyde Consultants
3. PLACEMENT OF EI'IBANKMENT EXTENSION
3.1 GENERAL
Placing embankment extension shall include furnish'ing labor and equipment
requ'ired for construction of the embankment in accordance with provis'ions
and requirements spec'ifjed herein including proper tje-jn with the exist'ing
embankment, proper p'lacement and compactjon of fill and construction of the
embankment extension and random fil'l to the lines and grades shown on the
Plans or established by the Owner's Representatjve.
3.2 EMBANKMENT EXTENSION PLACEMENT
The embankment extension shall be constructed to the lines and grades shown
on the Plans.
The embankment extension shall be tied into the ex'isting embankment. For
this tie-in, soj'l wjthin the ex'istjng sheets of reinforcing grid shall be
removed to the extent shown ln the Plans or as required by the Engineer
w'ithout damage to the existing reinforcing grid. The existing sheets of
reinforcing grid shal'l be tied back to the existJng embankment in such a
manner that placement of the embankment tie-in can proceed unimpeded and
that ravell ing of the so'il in the existlng embankment is ninimized.
Reinforcing grid for the embankment extens'ion shall be overlapped with the
existing reinforcing grid the amount shown in the Plans. The embankment
extension shall be constructed in llfts extendjng across the entire length
of both the t'ie-in area and the extension.
The embankment extension shall be constructed of suitable materials as
specified herein, and all materials shall be placed ln approx'imately
horizontal layers of the specified thickness. Previously p'laced materjals
shal1 be moistened or aerated, scarified, and worked with harrows, disks,
or other sujtable eguipment as appropriate in a manner and to such depth as
wi'l 1 provide a satisfactory bond'ing surface wjth the new materials,
22279-21377 (22279s 06-13-89) (sPC)
-7-
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 2227s-21377 (22z7es o6-r3-Be) (spc)
I
UO*"d.CseConsultants
Each'load of materia'l piaced in the embankment extensjon, whether from
excavation, other parts of the work or bonow areas, shall be placed in the
location designated by the Engineer.
l{o materials shal1 be placed in the enbankment extension until the founda-
tion has been cleared, stripped, or otherwise prepared as required, in
accordance with the provisions of these Specifications. The foundatjon
shall be roughened so that surface materials of the foundation will be well
bonded with the first layer of compacted fill. l'lo frozen fill shall be
placed and no fill shall be placed on frozen ground.
3.3 EMBANKMENT EXTENSION FILL
The conpacted fj'l 'l of the embankment extension shall be constructed of
materials from required excavatJon or other parts of the work and sha'l 1
jnc1ude inorgan'ic so'l ls placed as directed by the Owner. If sufficient
quantities of sujtable materia'l s are not avai'l ab1e from required excava-
tion, they shall be obtained from borrow areas as specified by the 0wner.
No cobbles larger than 6 inches shall remain wjthjn the embankment exten-
sion and material shall be mjxed as necessary during excavatjon and
placement to result in a unjform and acceptable product.
The mojsture content of the embankment extension prior to and during
compaction shal'l be distributed uniformly throughout each layer of the
material .
The distribution and gradation of materials throughout the embankment
extensjon shall be such that the material will be free from lenses,
pockets, streaks, or layers of material differlng substantial 1y ln texture
or gradation from the sumoundlng material . The combjned excavat'ion and
placing operation shal'l be such that the materlal when compacted will be
blended sufficiently to secure the best practicable compaction.
-8-
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t0*"d.Chf,e Gonsultants
If, 'in the opinion of the Engineer, the surface of any layer of fi'l I is too
wet or dry for proper compaction of the next layer of materjal to be placed
thereon, it shall be dried or moistened, then compacted to provide a satis-
factory surface before succeeding layer of fill is placed.
llhen each layer of materia'l has been conditioned, it shall be spread in
layers not exceeding 8 inches jn thickness (loose) and compacted wjth a
minimum of 6 passes of a pedestrian-controlled, 2-axle vibratory ro11er,
such that the fina'l th'ickness of each layer placed shall be 6'inches. Care
sha'l I be taken near the edges of the embankment extension to avoid
excessive bulging of the fill.
22279-2t377 122279s 06-13-89) ( SPC)
-9-
I
I
I
,to*rd. Clyde Gonsu ltants
4. EMBANKIvIENT EXTENSION REINFORCEMEI{T
4.1 MATERIALS
Relnforcement of the proposed embanknent extenslon shall be made using
I sheets of polymeric geotextile material placed in horizonta'l layers at
I intervals of 18 inches, extending from the open edge of the embankment
I extensjon for a mininum distance of 8 feet on the north side and 10.5 feet
I on the south side except as noted on the P'lans to avoid geotextile
p'l acenent in the uti'l ity easenent. The material to be used sha'l 'l have theI
I fol lowing Specifications:
I Polymer PolypropyleneI
Minimum Tensjle Modulus (lb/ft)
I along length 18,500I a*ois width 3o;ooo
rl Minimum Junction Strength (lb/ft)I :ll::,';tgll l:333
I Nomina'l Junction Th'ickness (in. ) 0.16t
Nomjna'l Aperture Size (in.) 1.0 x 1.3
'' Tensar S5-2, manufactured by the Tensar Corporation, 1210 Citizens Parkway,
I
Box 986, Morrow, GA 30260, conforms to the above Specifications.
) In order to prevent loss of materlal at the edges of the embankment exten-
! sion, a polymeric material wjth a smaller mesh and higher resistance to
r decay by U.V. llght 'ls required. The material sha'l'l have the fo'llowing
I specifications:
I Polymer H'lgh Density PolypropyleneI
M'lnlmum Peak Tensile Strength (lb/ft) 335
t Nominal Unit t'leight (oz/yd2) 2L
I -10-
' 22279-2137i (2227% o6-li-89) (spc)
-
I
,fi *"a.Ctyde Gonsultants
58
0.3
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Nomina1 0pen Area (#)
Nomjnal Opening Size (in.)
Sunllght Resistance Stabi'llzed for long period of
exposure to U.V.
Tensar NS 1300, manufactured by the Tensar Corporation, I2l0 Cit'izens
Parkway, Box 986, Morrow, GA 30260, conforms to the above specif'lcatjons.
4.2 CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE
The sheets of Tensar SS-2, or equ'iva1ent, sha'l I be incorporated lnto the
embankment extension as construction proceeds. with the Tensar CE 121, or
equ'iva1ent, being used to contain the edges, as shown on the P'lans.
Prior to 1qy'ing any sheet of reinforcement, the upper surface of the
embankment shall be cleaned of any cobbles larger than 4 inches jn
diameter, and any other naterial likely to damage the re'inforcement. The
embankment fill shall be properly compacted prior to laying the reinforce-
ment sheet. The grid sheet shal'l be lald with the long axis of the
openings perpendicular to the long axis of the embankment extension.
0verlap between the SS-2 and NS 1300 (or sin'i1ar) shall be at least
2.4 feet. A six-inch layer of topsoi'l shall be placed along the faces of
the extension and be enclosed by the SS-2 and NS 1300 (or sim'i1ar) as shown
in the Plans. A slope forming tool sim'i lar to that shown in the Plans, or
other such approved former supplied by the Contractor and approved by the
Engineer shall be used to ensure correct side s'lopes. The c'lose-weave mesh
(Tensar NS 1300 or equiva'lent) shall be used to wrap the edges of the
embankment fill as shown in the Plans.
Upon reaching the top elevation of the embankment extension, the uppermost
'level of the ilS 1300, or similar, mesh sha'll be doubled over as shown on
the Plans to form a continuous perimeter bolster prior to placement of the
flnal two layers of granular fjll and the'layer of topso'i1.
I zzzTs-21377 (z227es o6-ri-8e) (spc)
I
- 11-
t W]*.t*Cft de Gonsultants
The upper surface of the embankment shal I
surface drainage.
be sllghtly cambered to aid
72279-2t377 122279s 06-r3-89) (SFC)
-L2-
(1) l,lestern wheatgrass,
(2) Indian ricegrass
25 parts per 100
25 parts per 100
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
t
t
T
I
tTt*"d. Glyde Gonsultants
5.1 SEEDING
5.1 GENERAL
Seeding for mixed grasses shall be completed on the crest, faces and end
slope of the embankment extension. Seeding for mixed grasses shall consist
of ground preparation, furnishing and plac'ing approved seed and mulch; and
furnishing and spreading approved commercjal fertilizer. All seeding
operat'ions shall be performed in accordance wjth the following provlslons.
5.2 SITE PREPARATION
A'l 'l debris such as large stones, tree branches and large tree roots that
wi'l 1 interfere with normal seeding operating shall be removed from the
crest and end s'lope. Materja'l suitab1e for the vegetation seedbed should
be contour tilled (to 3 or 4 inches) and evenly topdressed with a minjmum
of 6 inches of topsoil. No site preparation is required on the faces of
the embankment extens'ion.
5.3 SEEDBED PREPARATION
The seedbed on the crest and end slope should be weed free, t'i 'l led to a
3-lnch depth, smoothed, fertil'lzed and firmed. In areas where equipment
cannot be operated, the seedbed will be prepared by hand. No seedbed
preparation 'is required on the faces of the embankment extension.
5.4 SEEDING
The Contractor sha'l I furnlsh and sow a suitable grass seed mixture,
specified by the Owner or as follows:
22279-21377 (22279s 06-13-89) ( SPC)
- 13-
t
t
t (3) Crested wheatgrass 35 parts per 100
I (4) Cicer milkvetch 5 parts per 100
(5) I'linterfat 10 parts per 100I
Al1 seed used shall be pure live seed. Seed shall be sown at the rate of
I 24 pounds per acre.
(r-'
I The mixture of grass seed specified herejn shall be unlformly broadcast on
I the crest and end slope. It should be raked in or covered wjth soil to a
depth of L/4 to l/2 inch.l,
I
0n the faces of the embankment extension, the grass seed specifjed'is to be
I placed by hydromulching.a
I Grass seeding should be accomplished in early spring before July 4; or from
f,' August 15 to August 30; or after 0ctober 1 for next spring germ'ination, but
r not from July 4 to August 14; or from August 31 to September 30.
5.5 COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER
'a
I,
A standard commercial fertjlizer shall be uniformly broadcast by hand and
I raked to a 2-lnch depth or applied mechanically to 2 inches at the crest!r and end slope. It shall be hydromulched for the embankment extension
I faces. It should be applied iust prior to cormencement of seeding
t operations. Application rate sha'll be 40 pounds nltrogen per acre and
r 40 pounds phosphorus per acre.
-
rn
fi*"d.C[@ConsuJtants
I
I
I 2227s-21377 tzzzTss o6-r5-Be) (spc)
l
-14-